TW201531248A - Customizable component insole system and method thereof - Google Patents

Customizable component insole system and method thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201531248A
TW201531248A TW104101875A TW104101875A TW201531248A TW 201531248 A TW201531248 A TW 201531248A TW 104101875 A TW104101875 A TW 104101875A TW 104101875 A TW104101875 A TW 104101875A TW 201531248 A TW201531248 A TW 201531248A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
heel
pad
arch support
insole
region
Prior art date
Application number
TW104101875A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Raymond J Anthony
Jacob Martinez
William Sterling Wynn
David B Granger
Original Assignee
Spenco Medical Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Spenco Medical Corp filed Critical Spenco Medical Corp
Publication of TW201531248A publication Critical patent/TW201531248A/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B7/00Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements
    • A43B7/14Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts
    • A43B7/28Adapting the inner sole or the side of the upper of the shoe to the sole of the foot
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B7/00Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements
    • A43B7/14Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts
    • A43B7/1405Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form
    • A43B7/1415Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form characterised by the location under the foot
    • A43B7/1445Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form characterised by the location under the foot situated under the midfoot, i.e. the second, third or fourth metatarsal
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B17/00Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined
    • A43B17/003Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined characterised by the material
    • A43B17/006Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined characterised by the material multilayered
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B17/00Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined
    • A43B17/02Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined wedge-like or resilient
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B17/00Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined
    • A43B17/02Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined wedge-like or resilient
    • A43B17/023Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined wedge-like or resilient wedge-like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B17/00Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined
    • A43B17/14Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined made of sponge, rubber, or plastic materials
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B3/00Footwear characterised by the shape or the use
    • A43B3/24Collapsible or convertible
    • A43B3/246Collapsible or convertible characterised by the sole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B7/00Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements
    • A43B7/14Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts
    • A43B7/1405Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form
    • A43B7/141Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form having an anatomical or curved form
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B7/00Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements
    • A43B7/14Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts
    • A43B7/1405Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form
    • A43B7/1415Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form characterised by the location under the foot
    • A43B7/142Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form characterised by the location under the foot situated under the medial arch, i.e. under the navicular or cuneiform bones
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B7/00Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements
    • A43B7/14Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts
    • A43B7/1405Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form
    • A43B7/1415Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form characterised by the location under the foot
    • A43B7/1425Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form characterised by the location under the foot situated under the ball of the foot, i.e. the joint between the first metatarsal and first phalange
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B7/00Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements
    • A43B7/14Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts
    • A43B7/1405Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form
    • A43B7/1415Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form characterised by the location under the foot
    • A43B7/1435Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form characterised by the location under the foot situated under the joint between the fifth phalange and the fifth metatarsal bone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B7/00Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements
    • A43B7/14Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts
    • A43B7/1405Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form
    • A43B7/1415Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form characterised by the location under the foot
    • A43B7/144Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form characterised by the location under the foot situated under the heel, i.e. the calcaneus bone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B7/00Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements
    • A43B7/14Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts
    • A43B7/1405Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form
    • A43B7/1455Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form with special properties
    • A43B7/1464Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form with special properties with adjustable pads to allow custom fit
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B7/00Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements
    • A43B7/14Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts
    • A43B7/16Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with elevated heel parts inside
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B7/00Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements
    • A43B7/14Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts
    • A43B7/24Insertions or other supports preventing the foot canting to one side , preventing supination or pronation

Abstract

This invention provides for individualized adjustment to a user's specific needs through the use of multiple variable size, thickness and rigidity components that can be placed or integrated into an insole. The current invention is an insole that incorporates, but is not limited to: (1) a base layer with various depressions, (2) a metatarsal dome, (3) a first metatarsal head pad, (4) a forefoot wedge to create a pronation moment around the midfoot joint, (5) a heel cushion, (6) a heel lift to raise the heel area of the foot, (7) a rearfoot wedge to increase the supination moments around the subtalar joint, and (8) an arch support of a specific stiffness or with varying stiffness.

Description

可自定義組件鞋墊系統及其製造方法 Customizable component insole system and method of manufacturing same

本發明有關一種具有可自定義彈性墊作用及支撐穿戴者腳部之鞋墊。 The present invention relates to an insole having a customizable elastic pad function and supporting the wearer's foot.

相關申請案的交互參照 Cross-references to related applications

本申請案有關於2014年1月21日申請的第61/929,944號臨時專利申請案,且主張依美國法規第35節119(e)所申請的此臨時申請案之優先權。此臨時專利申請案亦併入本專利申請案供參考。 This application is related to Provisional Patent Application No. 61/929,944, filed on Jan. 21, 2014, and the priority of the provisional application filed in the s. This provisional patent application is also incorporated herein by reference.

人腳是非常複雜的生物機構。腳部的許多骨頭、肌肉、韌帶、與腱,其功能係吸收及消散衝擊力。當人走路時,腳跟著地的腳部負荷典型為1.5倍於人體重量。當跑不或攜帶額外重物(諸如背包)時,腳部的負荷可能超過3倍於體重。 Human feet are very complex biological institutions. Many of the bones, muscles, ligaments, and tendons of the foot absorb and dissipate the impact. When a person walks, the foot load on the heel strikes the ground typically 1.5 times the weight of the human body. When running or carrying extra weight (such as a backpack), the load on the foot may exceed 3 times the weight.

許多腳部的骨頭、肌肉、韌帶與腱的功能係吸收及消散衝擊力、攜帶人體重量和其他負荷、且提供推力。適當設計的鞋墊有助於腳部履行這些功能且保護腳部免於受傷。 The bones, muscles, ligaments, and tendons of many feet absorb and dissipate impact, carry body weight and other loads, and provide thrust. A properly designed insole helps the foot perform these functions and protects the foot from injury.

鞋墊可利用實際穿戴者腳部的模製、或可為熱塑性材料所製成的鞋墊,其採用穿戴者腳部的塑製而特別模製成實際穿戴者腳部的輪廓。類似多數自定義製成的項目,自定義鞋墊傾向較昂貴,因為量低且需長時間製造且要適當適合其。同樣地,製造公眾的此款自定義鞋墊是不實際。需要可針對個別化調整與適合性而修改的鞋墊,但避免穿戴者腳部的「單一款式」模製。存在著需求在於達成下列目標的鞋墊:(1)提供增加腳踝與腳部穩定性;(2)在推蹬與著地期間,以鞋墊緩衝足跟與前足;(3)自定義多重可變強度與硬組件;(4)提高彈性墊作用能力。 The insole may utilize molding of the actual wearer's foot, or an insole that may be made of a thermoplastic material that is molded from the wearer's foot to specifically contour the actual wearer's foot. Like most custom-made items, custom insoles tend to be more expensive because they are low in quantity and require long-term manufacture and are suitable for them. Similarly, it is not practical to manufacture this custom insole for the public. There is a need for an insole that can be modified for individual adjustment and suitability, but avoids "single style" molding of the wearer's foot. There are insoles in need to achieve the following goals: (1) to provide increased ankle and foot stability; (2) to cushion the heel and forefoot during the push and landing; (3) custom multiple variable strength And hard components; (4) improve the ability of the elastic pad.

申請者已取得關於具有穩定墊片及位於鞋墊的多重緩衝塊墊之鞋墊的專利案。這些專利案包括美國專利案第7484319號、第7665169號、第7908768號、與第8250784號。不過,這些專利案並未提出基於置於或整合在鞋墊之鞋墊的組件以個別化自定義鞋墊。鞋使用期間的可能鞋墊運動提供更強化的彈性墊作用特徵。 Applicants have obtained patents for insoles with stable gaskets and multiple cushion pads located in the insole. These patents include U.S. Patent Nos. 7,484,319, 7,665,169, 7,908,768, and 8,250,784. However, these patents do not suggest individualized insoles based on components placed or integrated into the insole. The possible insole movement during use of the shoe provides a more enhanced elastic pad action feature.

先前技術的鞋墊是置放在鞋內,不過先前技術的各種不同設計並未提供個別化自定義功能連同充份的彈性墊作用與支撐特性。目前需要達成對各種不同疾病與預斷的可自定義治療目標、以及對穿戴者腳部的充份彈性墊作用與支撐之鞋墊。 Prior art insoles were placed in the shoe, although various designs of the prior art did not provide individualized custom functions along with sufficient elastic pad action and support characteristics. There is a need to achieve a customizable treatment target for a variety of different diseases and pre-cuts, as well as an insole for supporting the elastic padding of the wearer's foot.

本發明提供透過使用可安置或整合在鞋墊的多重可變尺寸、厚度與硬組件以對穿戴者特殊需求進行個別化調整。本發明是一鞋墊,該鞋墊結合(但未受限於):(1)一基底層,其具有各種不同凹部;(2)一蹠骨墊;(3)一第一蹠骨頭墊;(4)一前足楔形墊,用以在該中足關節的周圍建立一腳掌內翻力矩;(5)一足跟墊;(6)一足跟抬高墊,用以舉高腳部的足跟區;(7)一後足楔形墊,用以增加在該距下關節周圍的腳掌外翻力矩;及(8)一足弓支撐部,其具特殊硬度或可變硬度。 The present invention provides individualized adjustments to the wearer's particular needs through the use of multiple variable sizes, thicknesses, and hard components that can be placed or integrated into the insole. The present invention is an insole that is combined (but not limited): (1) a base layer having various recesses; (2) a tibial pad; (3) a first metatarsal head pad; (4) a forefoot wedge pad for establishing a varus moment around the midfoot joint; (5) a heel pad; (6) a heel raising pad for raising the heel area of the foot; (7) a hind foot wedge pad for increasing the valgus moment of the foot around the subtalar joint; and (8) a arch support portion having a special hardness or a variable hardness.

本發明個別且以各種不同組合來使用這些組件,其將可視穿戴者的個別需求以強化穿戴者腳部的彈性墊作用與支撐。例如,本發明可於正常使用;或者,如需要可於更費力或技術性挑戰性活動(諸如,攜帶重背包或穿越困難地帶)提供足夠的彈性墊作用。 The present invention uses these components individually and in various combinations that will effect and support the elastic pads of the wearer's feet, depending on the individual needs of the wearer. For example, the invention may be used in normal use; or, if desired, may provide sufficient elastic cushioning for more laborious or technically challenging activities, such as carrying heavy backpacks or crossing difficult terrain.

此外,本發明藉由提供相對堅硬與僵硬的足弓或組件以提供控制,以藉由限制腳部運動以控制腳部的彎曲與扭曲。硬質結構擅長控制運動,但可經由調整以在使用期間提供穿戴者更為寬大的限制運動。 Moreover, the present invention provides control by providing a relatively rigid and stiff arch or assembly to control the bending and twisting of the foot by limiting foot motion. The rigid structure is good at controlling motion, but can be adjusted to provide a more restrictive movement of the wearer during use.

本說明書揭露本發明的鞋墊(利用可自定義組件與支撐元 件)提供對穿戴者腳部的可自定義彈性墊作用與支撐,然而穿戴者腳部受制於下肢最普通肌肉骨骼病理學的生物力學原因論。本發明為結合各種不同組件以符合穿戴者個體需要的最佳化控制與彈性墊作用特徵的鞋墊,包括(但未受限於)下列組件:(1)一基底層,其具有各種不同凹部;(2)一蹠骨墊;(3)一第一蹠骨頭墊;(4)一前足楔形墊,用以在該中足關節的周圍建立一腳掌內翻力矩;(5)一足跟墊;(6)一足跟抬高墊,用以舉高腳部的足跟區;(7)一後足楔形墊,用以增加在該距下關節周圍的腳掌外翻力矩;及(8)一足弓支撐部,其具特殊硬度或可變硬度。 The present specification discloses the insole of the present invention (utilizing customizable components and supporting elements) A) provides a customizable elastic pad action and support to the wearer's foot, whereas the wearer's foot is subject to the biomechanical cause of the most common musculoskeletal pathology of the lower extremity. The present invention is an insole that incorporates various components to meet the individualized control and elastic pad action characteristics desired by the wearer, including, but not limited to, the following components: (1) a base layer having various recesses; (2) a humeral pad; (3) a first humeral head pad; (4) a forefoot wedge pad for establishing a varus moment around the midfoot joint; (5) a heel pad; (6) a heel lift pad for lifting the heel area of the foot; (7) a hind foot wedge pad for increasing the valgus moment of the foot around the subtalar joint; and (8) a foot arch support It has special hardness or variable hardness.

101‧‧‧鞋墊 101‧‧‧ insole

103‧‧‧頂片 103‧‧‧Top film

105‧‧‧基底層 105‧‧‧ basal layer

105A‧‧‧頂面 105A‧‧‧ top surface

105B‧‧‧底面 105B‧‧‧ bottom

106‧‧‧足弓支撐部 106‧‧‧foot arch support

107‧‧‧前足楔形區 107‧‧‧Forefoot Wedge

108‧‧‧前足楔形部 108‧‧‧Forefoot wedge

109‧‧‧第一蹠骨頭墊區 109‧‧‧First humeral head area

110‧‧‧第一蹠骨頭墊 110‧‧‧First humeral head cushion

111‧‧‧足跟墊區 111‧‧‧ heel pad area

112‧‧‧足跟墊 112‧‧‧ heel pad

113‧‧‧後足楔形/足跟抬高區 113‧‧‧ hind foot wedge/heel elevation zone

114‧‧‧後足楔形部 114‧‧‧ hind foot wedge

115‧‧‧足跟抬高部 115‧‧‧Heel uplift

117‧‧‧足弓支撐區 117‧‧‧foot arch support area

118‧‧‧足弓支撐部 118‧‧‧foot arch support

118A‧‧‧延伸肋部 118A‧‧‧Extended ribs

118B‧‧‧水平肋部 118B‧‧‧ horizontal ribs

118C‧‧‧肋形凹部 118C‧‧‧ Rib recess

120‧‧‧分隔壁 120‧‧‧ partition wall

138‧‧‧蹠骨墊 138‧‧‧跖骨骨垫

205‧‧‧基底層 205‧‧‧ basal layer

205A‧‧‧頂面 205A‧‧‧ top surface

205B‧‧‧底面 205B‧‧‧ bottom

206‧‧‧足弓區 206‧‧‧The arch area

207‧‧‧前足楔形區 207‧‧‧Forefoot Wedge

209‧‧‧第一蹠骨頭墊區 209‧‧‧First humeral head area

211‧‧‧足跟墊區 211‧‧‧foot pad area

213‧‧‧後足楔形/足跟抬高區 213‧‧‧ hind foot wedge/heel elevation zone

217‧‧‧足弓支撐區 217‧‧‧foot arch support area

220‧‧‧分隔壁 220‧‧‧ partition wall

303‧‧‧頂片 303‧‧‧Top film

306‧‧‧足弓支撐部 306‧‧‧foot arch support

338‧‧‧蹠骨墊 338‧‧‧跖骨骨垫

405‧‧‧基底層 405‧‧‧ basal layer

405B‧‧‧底面 405B‧‧‧ bottom

406‧‧‧足弓支撐部 406‧‧‧foot arch support

407‧‧‧前足楔形區 407‧‧‧Forefoot Wedge

409‧‧‧第一蹠骨頭墊區 409‧‧‧First humeral head area

411‧‧‧足跟墊區 411‧‧‧foot pad area

413‧‧‧後足楔形/足跟抬高區 413‧‧‧ hind foot wedge/heel elevation zone

417‧‧‧足弓支撐區 417‧‧‧foot arch support area

420‧‧‧分隔壁 420‧‧‧ partition wall

503‧‧‧頂片 503‧‧‧Top film

505‧‧‧基底層 505‧‧‧ basal layer

505A‧‧‧頂面 505A‧‧‧ top surface

505B‧‧‧底面 505B‧‧‧ bottom

506‧‧‧足弓支撐部 506‧‧‧foot arch support

507‧‧‧足楔形區 507‧‧‧foot wedge zone

513‧‧‧後足楔形/足跟抬高區 513‧‧‧ hind foot wedge/heel elevation

538‧‧‧蹠骨墊 538‧‧‧跖骨骨垫

603‧‧‧頂片 603‧‧‧Top film

605‧‧‧基底層 605‧‧‧ basal layer

605A‧‧‧頂面 605A‧‧‧ top surface

605B‧‧‧底面 605B‧‧‧ bottom

606‧‧‧足弓支撐部 606‧‧‧foot arch support

609‧‧‧第一蹠骨頭墊區 609‧‧‧First humeral head area

617‧‧‧足弓支撐區 617‧‧‧foot arch support area

620‧‧‧分隔壁 620‧‧‧ partition wall

638‧‧‧蹠骨墊 638‧‧‧跖骨骨垫

703‧‧‧頂片 703‧‧‧Top film

705‧‧‧基底層 705‧‧‧ basal layer

705A‧‧‧頂面 705A‧‧‧ top surface

705B‧‧‧底面 705B‧‧‧ bottom

706‧‧‧足弓支撐部 706‧‧‧foot arch support

717‧‧‧足弓支撐區 717‧‧‧foot arch support area

803‧‧‧頂片 803‧‧‧Top film

805‧‧‧基底層 805‧‧‧ basal layer

805A‧‧‧頂面 805A‧‧‧ top surface

805B‧‧‧底面 805B‧‧‧ bottom

806‧‧‧足弓支撐部 806‧‧‧foot arch support

807‧‧‧前足楔形區 807‧‧‧Forefoot Wedge

811‧‧‧足跟墊區 811‧‧‧foot pad area

813‧‧‧後足楔形/足跟抬高區 813‧‧‧ hind foot wedge/heel elevation zone

838‧‧‧蹠骨墊 838‧‧‧跖骨骨垫

903‧‧‧頂片 903‧‧‧Top film

905‧‧‧基底層 905‧‧‧ basal layer

905A‧‧‧頂面 905A‧‧‧ top surface

905B‧‧‧底面 905B‧‧‧ bottom

907‧‧‧前足楔形區 907‧‧‧Forefoot Wedge

909‧‧‧第一蹠骨頭墊區 909‧‧‧First humeral head area

917‧‧‧足弓支撐區 917‧‧‧foot arch support area

920‧‧‧分隔壁 920‧‧‧ partition wall

938‧‧‧蹠骨墊 938‧‧‧跖骨骨垫

1003‧‧‧頂片 1003‧‧‧Top film

1005‧‧‧基底層 1005‧‧‧ basal layer

1005A‧‧‧頂面 1005A‧‧‧ top surface

1005B‧‧‧底面 1005B‧‧‧ bottom

1011‧‧‧足跟墊區 1011‧‧‧ heel pad area

1013‧‧‧後足楔形/足跟抬高區 1013‧‧‧ hind foot wedge/heel elevation zone

1107‧‧‧前足墊區 1107‧‧‧ Front footpad area

1109‧‧‧第一蹠骨墊區 1109‧‧‧First metatarsal pad area

1111‧‧‧足跟墊區 1111‧‧‧Heel pad area

1113‧‧‧後足楔形/足跟抬高區 1113‧‧‧ hind foot wedge/heel elevation zone

1117‧‧‧足弓支撐區 1117‧‧‧ arch support area

1120‧‧‧分隔壁 1120‧‧‧ partition wall

1170‧‧‧跟骨 1170‧‧‧Bone bone

1172‧‧‧距骨 1172‧‧‧ talus

1174‧‧‧舟骨 1174‧‧‧Stern

1176‧‧‧骰骨 1176‧‧‧骰骨骨

1178‧‧‧楔狀骨 1178‧‧‧Wedge bone

1180A‧‧‧第一蹠骨 1180A‧‧‧ First bone

1180B‧‧‧蹠骨 1180B‧‧‧跖骨骨

1180C‧‧‧蹠骨 1180C‧‧‧跖骨骨

1180D‧‧‧蹠骨 1180D‧‧‧跖骨骨

1180E‧‧‧第五蹠骨 1180E‧‧‧ fifth metatarsal

1182‧‧‧近端趾骨 1182‧‧‧ proximal phalanx

1184‧‧‧中趾骨 1184‧‧‧ Middle phalanx

1186‧‧‧遠端趾骨 1186‧‧‧ distal phalanx

1205‧‧‧基底層 1205‧‧‧ basal layer

1205B‧‧‧基底層底面 1205B‧‧‧ basement floor

1206‧‧‧足弓支撐部 1206‧‧‧foot arch support

1207‧‧‧前足墊區 1207‧‧‧Forefoot pad area

1209‧‧‧第一蹠骨墊區 1209‧‧‧First metatarsal area

1211‧‧‧足跟墊區 1211‧‧‧Heel pad area

1213‧‧‧後足楔形/足跟抬高區 1213‧‧‧ hind foot wedge/heel elevation zone

1217‧‧‧足弓支撐區 1217‧‧‧foot arch support area

1220‧‧‧分隔壁 1220‧‧‧ partition wall

1251‧‧‧腳拇趾區 1251‧‧‧foot toe area

1252‧‧‧小腳趾區 1252‧‧‧Small toe area

1253‧‧‧第一蹠骨區 1253‧‧‧First metatarsal area

1254‧‧‧小蹠骨區 1254‧‧‧Small humeral area

1255‧‧‧內側足弓區 1255‧‧‧medial arch area

1256‧‧‧外側中足區 1256‧‧‧Outer midfoot area

1257‧‧‧內側足弓區 1257‧‧‧medial arch area

1258‧‧‧足跟區 1258‧‧‧foot area

1261‧‧‧腳趾區 1261‧‧‧Toe area

1262‧‧‧蹠骨區 1262‧‧‧跖骨骨区

1263‧‧‧前足區 1263‧‧‧Forefoot area

1264‧‧‧中足區 1264‧‧‧ midfoot area

1265‧‧‧後足區 1265‧‧‧ hindfoot area

1310‧‧‧第一蹠骨頭墊 1310‧‧‧First humeral head pad

1418‧‧‧足弓支撐部 1418‧‧‧foot arch support

1418A‧‧‧延伸肋部 1418A‧‧‧Extended ribs

1518‧‧‧足弓支撐部 1518‧‧‧foot arch support

1518C‧‧‧肋形凹部 1518C‧‧‧ Rib recess

1618‧‧‧足弓支撐部 1618‧‧‧foot arch support

1618A‧‧‧延伸肋部 1618A‧‧‧Extended ribs

1618B‧‧‧水平肋部 1618B‧‧‧ horizontal ribs

1618C‧‧‧肋形開口 1618C‧‧‧ ribbed opening

1708‧‧‧前足楔形部 1708‧‧‧Forefoot wedge

1812‧‧‧足跟墊 1812‧‧‧ heel pad

1915‧‧‧足跟抬高部 1915‧‧‧Heel uplift

2014‧‧‧後足楔形部 2014‧‧‧ hind foot wedge

圖1為根據本發明的原理之鞋墊之示意說明具體實施例的透視圖;圖2為顯示鞋墊基底層底部的透視圖;圖3為鞋墊的上(背側)視圖;圖4為鞋墊的底(足底)視圖;圖5為鞋墊的外側(外側邊)視圖;圖6為鞋墊的內側(內側邊)視圖;圖7為鞋墊的後(近端)視圖;圖8為圖4所示鞋墊的縱向截面視圖;圖9為圖4所示鞋墊蹠骨區後面的橫截面圖;圖10為沿著圖4所示鞋墊足跟區的橫截面圖; 圖11為重疊在鞋墊底(足底)視圖之腳骨頭的視圖;圖12為示意說明鞋墊之各種不同區域的底(足底)視圖;圖13A為第一蹠骨頭墊的底(足底)視圖;圖13B為第一蹠骨頭墊的內側視圖;圖14A為足弓支撐部之第一具體實施例的透視圖;圖14B為足弓支撐部之第一具體實施例的底(足底)視圖;圖14C為足弓支撐部之第一具體實施例的後(近端)視圖;圖14D為足弓支撐部之第一具體實施例的剖面圖;圖15A為足弓支撐部之第二具體實施例的透視圖;圖15B為足弓支撐部之第二具體實施例的底(足底)視圖;圖15C為足弓支撐部之第二具體實施例的後(近端)視圖;圖15D為足弓支撐部之第二具體實施例的剖面圖;圖16A為足弓支撐部之第三具體實施例的透視圖;圖16B為足弓支撐部之第三具體實施例的底(足底)視圖;圖16C為足弓支撐部之第三具體實施例的後(近端)視圖;圖16D為足弓支撐部之第三具體實施例的剖面圖;圖17A為前足楔形墊的透視圖;圖17B為前足楔形墊的底(足底)視圖;圖17C為前足楔形墊的後(近端)視圖;圖18A為足跟墊的透視圖;圖18B為足跟墊的底(足底)視圖;圖18C為足跟墊的內側視圖; 圖19A為足跟抬高墊的透視圖;圖19B為足跟抬高墊的底(足底)視圖;圖19C為足跟抬高墊的剖面圖;圖20A為後足楔形墊的透視圖;圖20B是後足楔形墊的底(足底)視圖;圖20C是後足楔形墊的剖面圖。 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 is a perspective view of a schematic illustrative embodiment of an insole in accordance with the principles of the present invention; Figure 2 is a perspective view showing the bottom of the insole base layer; Figure 3 is an upper (back side) view of the insole; Figure 4 is a bottom view of the insole; Figure 5 is a view of the outer side (outer side) of the insole; Figure 6 is a view of the inside (inside side) of the insole; Figure 7 is a rear (proximal) view of the insole; Figure 8 is a view of the rear (proximal) of the insole; A longitudinal cross-sectional view of the insole; FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view of the insole region of the insole shown in FIG. 4; FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view along the heel region of the insole shown in FIG. Figure 11 is a view of the foot bone superimposed on the sole (foot) view; Figure 12 is a bottom (foot) view illustrating various areas of the insole; Figure 13A is the bottom (foot) of the first metatarsal head pad Figure 13B is an inside side view of the first metatarsal head pad; Figure 14A is a perspective view of a first embodiment of the arch support; and Figure 14B is a bottom (foot) of the first embodiment of the arch support Figure 14C is a rear (proximal) view of the first embodiment of the arch support; Figure 14D is a cross-sectional view of the first embodiment of the arch support; Figure 15A is the second of the arch support Figure 15B is a bottom (foot) view of a second embodiment of the arch support; Figure 15C is a rear (proximal) view of a second embodiment of the arch support; 15D is a cross-sectional view of a second embodiment of the arch support; FIG. 16A is a perspective view of a third embodiment of the arch support; and FIG. 16B is a bottom of the third embodiment of the arch support Figure 16C is a posterior (proximal) view of a third embodiment of the arch support; Figure 16D is a view of the arch support 3A is a perspective view of a forefoot wedge pad; FIG. 17B is a bottom (foot) view of the forefoot wedge pad; FIG. 17C is a posterior (proximal) view of the forefoot wedge pad; FIG. Figure 18B is a bottom (foot) view of the heel pad; Figure 18C is an internal side view of the heel pad; Figure 19A is a perspective view of the heel lift pad; Figure 19B is a bottom (foot) view of the heel lift pad; Figure 19C is a cross-sectional view of the heel lift pad; Figure 20A is a perspective view of the hind foot wedge pad Figure 20B is a bottom (foot) view of the hindfoot wedge pad; Figure 20C is a cross-sectional view of the hind foot wedge pad.

具足跟杯墊與內側縱向足弓支撐部的所有鞋墊將提供小角度(研究建議2-3度)的腳掌內翻控制。腳掌內翻控制是足跟外翻與降低內側縱向足弓的程度。 All insoles with a heel coaster and medial longitudinal arch support will provide a small angle (2-3 degrees of study recommendation) for the varus control. The varus control of the sole is the degree of heel valgus and lowering of the medial longitudinal arch.

某些專業的研究人員已提出腳部功能的運動變化可能不是使用鞋墊改善肌肉骨骼痛、疼痛與慢性傷害的始發途徑。本說明書揭露的本鞋墊發明是一替代性鞋墊,其主要設計是調適處理腳與腿的共同肌肉骨骼病理的運動學與運動因素,藉此針對穿戴者的個別需要提供最適宜的控制與彈性墊作用特徵。 Some professional researchers have suggested that changes in the movement of the foot function may not be the starting route to improve musculoskeletal pain, pain and chronic injury with the insole. The present insole disclosed in the present specification is an alternative insole, the main design of which is to adapt the kinematics and motor factors of the common musculoskeletal pathology of the foot and the leg, thereby providing the most suitable control and elastic cushion for the individual needs of the wearer. Function characteristics.

本發明為結合各種不同組件以符合穿戴者個體需要的最佳化控制與彈性墊作用特徵的鞋墊,包括(但未受限於)下列組件:(1)一基底層,其具有各種不同凹部;(2)一蹠骨墊;(3)一第一蹠骨頭墊;(4)一前足楔形墊,用以在該中足關節的周圍建立一腳掌內翻力矩;(5)一足跟墊;(6)一足跟抬高墊,用以舉 高腳部的足跟區;(7)一後足楔形墊,用以增加在該距下關節周圍的腳掌外翻力矩;及(8)一足弓支撐部,其具特殊硬度或可變硬度。 The present invention is an insole that incorporates various components to meet the individualized control and elastic pad action characteristics desired by the wearer, including, but not limited to, the following components: (1) a base layer having various recesses; (2) a humeral pad; (3) a first humeral head pad; (4) a forefoot wedge pad for establishing a varus moment around the midfoot joint; (5) a heel pad; (6) a foot with a raised pad to lift a heel area of the high foot; (7) a hind foot wedge pad for increasing the valgus moment of the foot around the subtalar joint; and (8) a foot arch support having a special hardness or a variable hardness.

請即參考圖1至20C,揭露根據本發明之原理構成的鞋墊。應瞭解,鞋墊通常調適插入穿戴者鞋內部。穿戴者的右鞋與左鞋為彼此鏡射影像,因為鞋墊調適分別插入右鞋與左鞋。圖式只示意說明左鞋墊。熟諳此技者應瞭解,右鞋墊具有左鞋墊的鏡射影像結構。 Referring now to Figures 1 through 20C, an insole constructed in accordance with the principles of the present invention is disclosed. It will be appreciated that the insole is typically adapted to be inserted into the interior of the wearer's shoe. The wearer's right and left shoes mirror images of each other because the insole fits into the right and left shoes, respectively. The figure only illustrates the left insole. Those skilled in the art should appreciate that the right insole has a mirror image structure of the left insole.

除如本說明書說明之外,本發明的鞋墊本質成形係類似於鞋的底內部(且因此係經調適以承接通常具有類似於當休息時形狀的穿戴者腳部)。鞋墊是從一足跟端(近端)延伸至一腳趾端(遠端)且具有在腳部足弓側的內側界或側部,沿著鞋墊的足弓側、或在其另一側的外側界或側部連接該腳趾端至該足跟端,連接該腳趾端至鞋墊另一側的該足跟端。鞋墊亦具有一前足區(有關足部的蹠骨與趾骨之區域)、一足弓區(沿著內側邊)、一足跟區(在足跟端前)、與一中足區(介於足跟區與前足區間)。鞋墊的足弓區不平置於穿戴者鞋內部,而是提供穿戴者腳部足弓區的抬高支撐。 In addition to the description herein, the insole of the present invention is formed substantially similar to the bottom of the shoe (and is thus adapted to receive a wearer's foot that typically has a shape similar to when resting). The insole extends from a heel end (proximal end) to a toe end (distal end) and has an inner or side portion on the arch side of the foot, along the arch side of the insole, or on the other side of the insole A boundary or side connects the toe end to the heel end and connects the toe end to the heel end on the other side of the insole. The insole also has a forefoot area (in the area of the tibia and phalanx of the foot), a forefoot area (along the medial side), a heel area (before the heel end), and a midfoot area (between the heel) Zone and forefoot interval). The arch area of the insole is not placed flat inside the wearer's shoe, but provides an elevated support for the arch area of the wearer's foot.

如圖1的分解圖所示,鞋墊(101)最好包括一頂片(103)(頂 片(103)呈現面向上以顯現表面細節)與一基底層(105),該基底層(105)具有一頂面(105A),其固定至該頂片(103);及一相反底面(105B)。最好係,該基底層(105)的該頂面(105A)定義一向上延伸部或蹠骨墊(138)(如圖3、5、6、8和9所示),其位在腳部的第二至第四足底蹠骨區後面。基底層(105)亦定義一縱向足弓支撐部(106),其沿著鞋墊的內側邊向上延伸以對腳部足弓區提供附加墊層與支撐。 As shown in the exploded view of Figure 1, the insole (101) preferably includes a topsheet (103) (top) The sheet (103) is presented face up to reveal surface detail) and a base layer (105) having a top surface (105A) secured to the top sheet (103) and an opposite bottom surface (105B) ). Preferably, the top surface (105A) of the base layer (105) defines an upward extension or a tibial pad (138) (as shown in Figures 3, 5, 6, 8 and 9) which is located at the foot. Second to fourth posterior tibial area. The base layer (105) also defines a longitudinal arch support (106) that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide additional cushioning and support to the ankle arch region.

基底層(105)具有一凸緣,其圍繞足跟周圍且部分沿著腳部側邊延伸,使得鞋墊具有符合腳部自然形狀的一足跟杯墊。如圖5-8和10所示,凸緣的高度在相鄰於鞋墊的內側界通常是較高與較厚且在相鄰鞋墊的外側界是較低與較薄。相較於外側界,凸緣在沿著縱向足弓支撐部(106)尤其較高。 The base layer (105) has a flange that extends around the heel and partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel coaster that conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As shown in Figures 5-8 and 10, the height of the flange is generally higher and thicker adjacent the inner side of the insole and is lower and thinner at the outer boundary of the adjacent insole. The flange is particularly taller along the longitudinal arch support (106) than the lateral boundary.

基底層(105)最好利用具有適當彈性墊作用特性的泡棉或其他材料製成。最好係,基底層(105)包括一乙烯醋酸乙烯酯(EVA,Ethylene Vinyl Acetate)泡棉,其為乙烯和醋酸乙烯酯的共聚物。一較佳EVA泡棉具有約55-60 Asker C的硬度(Durometer)。其他材料可用於基底層(105),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持基底層(105)的整體結構與彈性。 The substrate layer (105) is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable elastic pad action characteristics. Preferably, the substrate layer (105) comprises an EVA (Ethylene Vinyl Acetate) foam which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate. A preferred EVA foam has a Durometer of about 55-60 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the substrate layer (105), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the substrate layer (105). Structure and flexibility.

在一較佳具體實施例中,基底層(105)的該頂面(105A)複蓋頂片(103),其最好為一具低摩擦係數的非織物層,以減少起水泡的可能性。在一較佳具體實施例中,該織物係使用抗菌劑處理過,其結合一防濕層減少引起細菌與菌類的氣味。一針織物亦可使用,最好具低摩擦係數。 In a preferred embodiment, the top surface (105A) of the base layer (105) covers the topsheet (103), preferably a low coefficient of friction non-woven layer to reduce the likelihood of blisters . In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antimicrobial agent that incorporates a moisture barrier to reduce the odor of bacteria and fungi. A knitted fabric can also be used, preferably with a low coefficient of friction.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,基底層(105)具有約264mm(公釐)長度、前足區約86.5mm(公釐)寬度、足跟區約63mm(公釐)寬度、且通過足弓與中央區域約76.5mm(公釐)寬度。這些寬度可為±5mm(公釐)變化且仍維持基底層(105)的想要效能。長度可改變且可甚至短達26mm(公釐)以適合在想要的鞋內。較長或較短長度亦可藉由依比例地改變基底層的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the base layer (105) has a length of about 264 mm (millimeters), a forefoot area of about 86.5 mm (millimeters) width, a heel area of about 63 mm (millimeters) width, and a foot. The bow is approximately 76.5 mm (millimeter) wide with the central region. These widths can vary by ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the substrate layer (105). The length can vary and can be as short as 26 mm (millimeters) to fit within the desired shoe. Longer or shorter lengths can also be achieved by proportionally varying all dimensions of the substrate layer.

基底層(105)的底面(105B)定義各種不同凹部或區域:一前足楔形區(107),其在前足區的後部;一第一蹠骨頭墊區(109),其在第一蹠骨頭區;一足跟墊區(111)與後足楔形/足跟抬高區(113),其在足跟區;及一足弓支撐區(117),其從鞋墊的中央向著接近內側邊的足跟區。 The bottom surface (105B) of the base layer (105) defines various recesses or regions: a forefoot wedge region (107) at the posterior portion of the forefoot region; a first metatarsal head pad region (109) in the first metatarsal region a heel pad area (111) and a hindfoot wedge/heel elevation area (113) in the heel area; and a arch support area (117) from the center of the insole toward the heel near the medial side Area.

基底層(105)亦定義一分隔壁(120),其從足弓支撐區(117)分開第一蹠骨頭墊區(109)。分隔壁(120)有助基底層(105)定義第 一蹠骨頭墊區(109)與足弓支撐區(117),用於正確置放第一蹠骨頭墊(110)與足弓支撐部(118),且保持第一蹠骨頭墊(110)與足弓支撐部(118)組件免於彼此干擾。因此,置放在第一蹠骨頭墊區(109)的第一蹠骨頭墊(110)係藉由分隔壁(120)而從足弓支撐區(117)分開,且同樣地,第一蹠骨頭墊(110)不位在其中設置足弓支撐部(118)的相同凹區、或任何類型凹區。 The base layer (105) also defines a dividing wall (120) that separates the first metatarsal head pad region (109) from the arch support region (117). The dividing wall (120) helps the base layer (105) to define a bone pad area (109) and an arch support area (117) for correctly placing the first metatarsal head pad (110) and the arch support portion (118), and maintaining the first metatarsal head pad (110) and The arch support (118) components are protected from interference with each other. Therefore, the first metatarsal head pad (110) placed in the first metatarsal head pad region (109) is separated from the arch support region (117) by the partition wall (120), and likewise, the first metatarsal head The pad (110) is not located in the same recessed area in which the arch support (118) is disposed, or any type of recessed area.

或者,基底層(105)的底面(105B)可只有下列定義區域之一或多者:前足楔形區(107)、第一蹠骨頭墊區(109)、足跟墊區(111)、後足楔形/足跟抬高區(113)、與足弓支撐區(117)。 Alternatively, the bottom surface (105B) of the base layer (105) may have only one or more of the following defined regions: the forefoot wedge region (107), the first metatarsal head pad region (109), the heel pad region (111), the hind foot. Wedge/heel elevation zone (113), and arch support zone (117).

蹠骨墊(138)最好位在第二至第四蹠骨後面。為了一般前足舒適度,蹠骨墊(138)提供遠離小蹠骨的壓力重新分配,且相對增加第一蹠骨頭墊區(109)的深度,以在步伐前進階段期間促成較大程度的第一趾幅蹠屈。最好係,蹠骨墊(138)是基底層(105)的延伸。 The tibial pad (138) is preferably located behind the second to fourth metatarsal. For general forefoot comfort, the tibial pad (138) provides pressure redistribution away from the small tibia and relatively increases the depth of the first metatarsal head pad region (109) to promote a greater degree of the first toe during the advancement phase of the step Wrong. Preferably, the tibial pad (138) is an extension of the base layer (105).

蹠骨墊(138)最好在頂面(105A)上面具有2.0-3.0mm(公釐)高度。高度可為±1mm(公釐)變化,但不建議改變超過其,因為太少或太多的蹠骨墊可能有不想要影響。 The tibial pad (138) preferably has a height of 2.0-3.0 mm (millimeter) above the top surface (105A). The height can vary by ±1 mm (millimeters), but it is not recommended to change beyond it, as too little or too much of the tibial pad may have unwanted effects.

或者,蹠骨墊(138)為一類似錐形組件,其係固定在第二至 第四蹠骨後面之區域中的基底層(105)的該頂面(105A),且頂片(103)固定在基底層(105)的該頂面(105A),且在蹠骨墊(138)上或允許蹠骨墊(138)經由其延伸。另一替代選擇係固定蹠骨墊(138)至第二至第四蹠骨之區域的頂片(103)。 Alternatively, the tibial pad (138) is a similar conical component that is secured in the second to The top surface (105A) of the base layer (105) in the region behind the fourth metatarsal, and the topsheet (103) is secured to the top surface (105A) of the base layer (105) and on the tibia pad (138) Or allowing the tibial pad (138) to extend therethrough. Another alternative is to secure the topsheet (103) of the tibial pad (138) to the regions of the second to fourth metatarsal.

最好係,蹠骨墊(138)是利用相同於基底層(105)的材料製成。其他材料可用於蹠骨墊(138),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持蹠骨墊(138)的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the tibial pad (138) is made of the same material as the base layer (105). Other materials may be used for the tibial pad (138), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall thickness of the tibial pad (138). Structure and flexibility.

前足楔形區(107)是在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面開始且近側延伸至腳部的中央。 The forefoot wedge region (107) begins behind the second to fifth metatarsal heads and extends proximally to the center of the foot.

前足楔形部(108)本質成形係相同於前足楔形區(107),且固定其中。前足楔形部(108)具有一內側緣、一外側緣、一近(背)緣與一遠(前)緣。遠緣是位在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面。前足楔形部(108)的內側緣沿著從該鞋墊的該內側界側面隔開的一條線加以延伸,本質從遠緣延伸至近緣。近緣從該內側緣橫向(或側向)延伸至該外側緣,其略微從該鞋墊的該外側界內側隔開。外側緣連接該近緣至該前足楔形墊的遠緣。圖11顯示腳骨置放在鞋墊。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定前足楔形部(108)至前足楔形區(107)。 The forefoot wedge (108) is formed in the same manner as the forefoot wedge (107) and is secured therein. The forefoot wedge (108) has an inner edge, an outer edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge. The far edge is behind the second to fifth metatarsal bones. The medial edge of the forefoot wedge (108) extends along a line spaced from the medial side of the insole, extending intrinsically from the distal edge to the proximal edge. A proximal edge extends laterally (or laterally) from the inner edge to the outer edge, which is slightly spaced from the inner side of the insole. The outer edge connects the proximal edge to the distal edge of the forefoot wedge pad. Figure 11 shows the foot bone placed on the insole. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the forefoot wedge (108) to the forefoot wedge region (107).

前足楔形部(108)具有3°斜率,其從約4mm(公釐)厚的較厚側緣至約1mm(公釐)薄的較薄內側緣呈錐形化。前足楔形部(108)用來在中足關節的周圍建立腳掌內翻力矩。此力矩有助對著後足以穩定前足,減少由前足外翻變形所引起的腳掌外翻力矩,藉由增加在前足的側面下方的地面反作用力(GRF,Ground Reaction Force)以負荷減輕第一蹠趾關節(MTPJ,Metatarsophalangeal Joint),及減少在距下關節周圍的不正常腳掌外翻力矩。 The forefoot wedge (108) has a 3[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker side edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) thick to a thinner inner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The forefoot wedge (108) is used to establish a varus moment around the midfoot joint. This moment helps to stabilize the forefoot after the pair, reducing the valgus moment of the foot caused by the valgus deformation of the forefoot, and reducing the first load by increasing the ground reaction force (GRF) below the side of the forefoot. Toe joint (MTPJ, Metatarsophalangeal Joint), and reduce the abnormal foot valgus moment around the subtalar joint.

假如替代形狀概略在小蹠骨頭或其後面維持一遠緣,且內側與近緣不會妨礙第一蹠骨頭墊區(109)與足弓支撐區(117),前足楔形部(108)的形狀可改變。 If the alternative shape is outlined to maintain a distal edge at or behind the small humeral head, and the medial and proximal edges do not interfere with the first metatarsal head pad region (109) and the arch support region (117), the shape of the forefoot wedge portion (108) Can be changed.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,前足楔形部(108)具有約55.9mm(公釐)長度與約51.3mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化,且仍維持前足楔形部(108)的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變前足楔形部(108)的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the forefoot wedge (108) has a length of about 55.9 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 51.3 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the forefoot wedge (108). For different sized insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the forefoot wedge (108).

最好係,前足楔形部(108)是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於前足楔形部(108),諸如 聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部(108)的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the forefoot wedge (108) is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials can be used for the forefoot wedge (108), such as Polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel that provides suitable hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge (108).

第一蹠骨頭墊區(109)是在基底層(105)的底面(105B)中的一區域,且位在腳部的第一蹠骨頭下面。第一蹠骨頭墊(110)本質成形係相同於第一蹠骨頭墊區(109),且固定至第一蹠骨頭墊區(109)。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定第一蹠骨頭墊(110)至第一蹠骨頭墊區(109)。 The first metatarsal head pad region (109) is a region in the bottom surface (105B) of the base layer (105) and is located below the first metatarsal head of the foot. The first metatarsal head pad (110) is formed in the same manner as the first metatarsal head pad region (109) and is secured to the first metatarsal head pad region (109). An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the first metatarsal head pad (110) to the first metatarsal head pad region (109).

使用上,第一蹠骨頭墊(110)保持在第一蹠骨頭(即是,穿戴者腳部的內側足球點)下面,且隨著其移動。移除墊將減少在第一蹠骨頭下方的地面反作用力(GRF)。此將提高患有功能性拇趾僵直症(FHL,Functional Hallux Limitus)穿戴者的腳前進。 In use, the first metatarsal head pad (110) is held underneath the first metatarsal head (ie, the inner football point of the wearer's foot) and moves with it. Removing the pad will reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the first metatarsal head. This will improve the foot advancement of the wearer with Functional Hallux Limitus (FHL, Functional Hallux Limitus).

第一蹠骨頭墊(110)的外形略微不規則多角形狀。最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊(110)具有一本質線性遠緣;一略微曲線內側緣,其遵循鞋墊的內側界的曲線;一近緣,其為彎曲或形成角度,其遵循足弓支撐區(117)的蹠骨緣形狀;及一外側緣,其為曲線或線性。 The shape of the first metatarsal head pad (110) is slightly irregular and polygonal. Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad (110) has an intrinsic linear distal edge; a slightly curved inner edge that follows the curve of the medial boundary of the insole; a proximal edge that is curved or angled that follows the arch of the foot The shape of the humerus edge of the support region (117); and an outer edge that is curved or linear.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,第一蹠骨頭墊(110)在遠緣具有約73.5mm(公釐)長度與約29.3mm(公釐)寬度。第 一蹠骨頭墊(110)的近端來到在近與外側緣處的一點。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一蹠骨頭墊(110)的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變第一蹠骨頭墊(110)的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's mid-size insole, the first metatarsal head pad (110) has a length of about 73.5 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 29.3 mm (millimeter) at the distal edge. First The proximal end of a bone pad (110) comes to a point near the outer and outer edges. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first metatarsal head pad (110). For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the first metatarsal head pad (110).

最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊(110)是具有約40-45 Asker C硬度的EVA材料。或者,第一蹠骨頭墊的硬度可約介於45-55 Asker C、或(或者)55-60 Asker C間。第一蹠骨頭墊(110)的厚度是約2-2.5mm(公釐)厚或第一蹠骨頭墊區(109)的深度。第一蹠骨頭墊區(109)的基本設計是在蹠骨頭下面建立地面反作用力(GRF)差異,且當未接合第一蹠骨頭墊(110)時,使第一蹠骨頭降低於其他蹠骨面。其他材料可用於第一蹠骨頭墊(110),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持第一蹠骨頭墊(110)的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad (110) is an EVA material having a hardness of about 40-45 Asker C. Alternatively, the first metatarsal head pad may have a hardness of between about 45-55 Asker C, or (or) 55-60 Asker C. The thickness of the first metatarsal head pad (110) is about 2-2.5 mm (millimeters) thick or the depth of the first metatarsal head pad region (109). The basic design of the first metatarsal head pad area (109) is to establish a ground reaction force (GRF) difference below the humeral head, and to lower the first metatarsal head to the other humeral surface when the first metatarsal head pad (110) is not engaged. . Other materials may be used for the first metatarsal head pad (110), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the first metatarsal head The overall structure and elasticity of the mat (110).

足弓支撐區(117)是沿著縱向足弓支撐部(106)設置,且其一近緣端最接近鞋墊的足跟端,且一遠緣端延伸向鞋墊的該腳趾端。連接該近緣端至該遠緣端是一內側緣與一外側緣,該外側緣具有一類似拋物線形狀。足弓支撐部(118)係部分圍繞在內側縱向足弓支撐部(106)下面的基底層(105)的內側邊。大體上,其概略位在腳部的足弓區或在距骨、舟骨、第一楔骨、與第一蹠骨之近部下面。足弓支撐部(118)本質成形係相同於足弓支撐區 (117),且固定至在基底層(105)的底面(105B)的該足弓支撐區(117)。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定足弓支撐部(118)至足弓支撐區(117)。 The arch support region (117) is disposed along the longitudinal arch support portion (106) with a proximal end closest to the heel end of the insole and a distal end extending toward the toe end of the insole. Connecting the proximal end to the distal end is an inner edge and an outer edge, the outer edge having a parabolic shape. The arch support portion (118) partially surrounds the medial side of the base layer (105) below the medial longitudinal arch support portion (106). In general, it is located either in the arch region of the foot or below the talus, the scaphoid, the first clavicle, and the proximal portion of the first metatarsal. The arch support (118) is essentially formed in the same arch support region (117) and secured to the arch support region (117) at the bottom surface (105B) of the base layer (105). An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the arch support (118) to the arch support region (117).

足弓支撐部的一具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個延伸肋部(118A),其是從該足弓支撐部向外延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的硬支撐。延伸肋部(118A)是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。每個延伸肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A specific embodiment of the arch support portion defines a plurality of extension ribs (118A) extending from the proximal end to the distal end from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a hard support for the arch region. The extension rib (118A) is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The width of each of the extended ribs is about 5 mm (millimeters).

此第一具體實施例最好是利用約90-100 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的足弓支撐部厚度範圍自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部(118)的整體結構與彈性。 This first embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 90-100 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeter). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide suitable hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support (118). .

足弓支撐部的一第二具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個肋形凹部(118C),其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的彈性支撐。肋形凹部(118C)係凹入該足弓支撐部(118)約0.5mm(公釐)。每個肋形凹部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A second embodiment of the arch support defines a plurality of rib-shaped recesses (118C) extending from the proximal end to the distal end extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides elastic support for the arch region. The rib recess (118C) is recessed into the arch support (118) by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The width of each rib recess is about 5 mm (millimeter).

此第二具體實施例最好是利用約80-90 Shore A硬度的尼 龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的足弓支撐部厚度範圍自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部(118)的整體結構與彈性。 This second embodiment preferably utilizes a hardness of about 80-90 Shore A hardness. Made of dragon material, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeter). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support (118). .

足弓支撐部的一第三具體實施例包括複數個延伸肋部(118A),其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸;複數個本質水平肋部(118B),其具有在該足弓支撐部呈鋸齒狀的一肋部外形;及複數個肋形開口(118C),其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的半彈性或半硬支撐。 A third embodiment of the arch support includes a plurality of extension ribs (118A) extending outwardly from the arch support portion; a plurality of essentially horizontal ribs (118B) having the arch support portion a ribbed profile having a serration; and a plurality of ribbed openings (118C) extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a semi-elastic or semi-rigid support of the arch region.

足弓支撐部(118)是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義一或多個延伸肋部(118A)、一或多個本質水平肋部(118B)、與一或多個肋形凹部(118C)。最好係,使用三個延伸肋部(118A)、該等本質水平肋部(118B)之三者、與三個肋形凹部(118C)。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。延伸肋部(118A)是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。肋形凹部(118C)係凹入該足弓支撐部(118)約0.5mm(公釐)。本質水平肋部(118B)具有約0.5mm(公釐)深度的肋部外形。 The arch support portion (118) defines one or more extended ribs (118A), one or more intrinsic horizontal ribs (118B), and one or more rib shaped recesses from the proximal end to the distal end (118C). Preferably, three extension ribs (118A), three of the essentially horizontal ribs (118B), and three rib recesses (118C) are used. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The extension rib (118A) is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The rib recess (118C) is recessed into the arch support (118) by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The intrinsic horizontal rib (118B) has a rib profile of about 0.5 mm (millimeter) depth.

肋形凹部(118C)改善在足弓支撐部(118)的該遠緣端之彈性,不會犧牲在足弓支撐部(118)之中央與近端的縱向足弓支撐部。 The rib recess (118C) improves the elasticity at the distal end of the arch support (118) without sacrificing the longitudinal arch support at the center and proximal end of the arch support (118).

在足弓支撐部(118)的遠端三分之一處的最初三個肋形凹部(118C)係提供使緊鄰第一蹠骨頭(即是,第一蹠骨的遠側軸)的區域保持彈性,以在步伐行進階段期間促成不受限的第一趾幅蹠屈。 The first three rib-shaped recesses (118C) at the distal third of the arch support (118) provide flexibility to maintain an area adjacent the first metatarsal head (ie, the distal axis of the first metatarsal) To promote unrestricted first toe flexion during the pace of travel.

足弓支撐部(118)(本質水平肋部(118B)與延伸肋部(118A))的中央與近位三分之二處係藉由逐漸較厚的橫條變硬,以提供改善的足弓支撐,且當腳部移至內旋位置時,施加較高的抗腳掌內翻地面反作用力(GRF)大小至載距突區。 The center and the proximal two-thirds of the arch support (118) (essentially horizontal ribs (118B) and extension ribs (118A)) are stiffened by progressively thicker transverse strips to provide improved foot The bow is supported, and when the foot is moved to the internal rotation position, a higher anti-foot inversion ground reaction force (GRF) is applied to the load-to-distance region.

此第三具體實施例最好是利用約80-90 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部(118)的整體結構與彈性。 This third embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support (118). .

或者,肋形凹部(118C)可為肋形開口。肋形開口係定義允許該基底層(105)經由其延伸。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。基底層(105)係成型以便其部分材料注入該等肋形開口,使得此部分概略齊平足弓支撐部(118)的外表面,且機械式鎖定足弓支撐部(118)與基底層(105)一起。有利地係,當壓縮基底層 (105)(例如,當步行或跑步)時,基底層材料亦透過肋形開口鼓起以提供附加的彈性墊作用。 Alternatively, the rib recess (118C) may be a rib shaped opening. The ribbed opening is defined to allow the base layer (105) to extend therethrough. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The base layer (105) is shaped such that a portion of its material is injected into the rib-shaped openings such that the portion is substantially flush with the outer surface of the arch support (118) and mechanically locks the arch support (118) and the base layer ( 105) Together. Advantageously, when compressing the substrate layer (105) (eg, when walking or running), the base layer material also bulges through the rib-shaped openings to provide additional elastic pad action.

對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足弓支撐部(118)是約104-105mm(公釐)長度。在接近中央之最寬點處的寬度是約37.5至38.5mm(公釐)。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化,且仍維持第一足弓支撐部(118)的想要效能。 For a men's midsize insole, the arch support (118) is about 104-105 mm (millimeters) in length. The width at the widest point near the center is about 37.5 to 38.5 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ± 5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first arch support (118).

當腳部處於「自然姿勢」(即是,不是內旋或外旋)位置時,足弓支撐部是無作用或施加溫和腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩至中足。 When the foot is in a "natural position" (ie, not an internal or external rotation) position, the arch support is inactive or applies a gentle foot valgus (anti-foot varus) moment to the midfoot.

當腳部移至內旋位置時,足弓支撐部對載距突(即是,近端足弓)下方的區域施加較高地面反作用力(GRF)大小,以增加腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩在距下關節(即是,後足)。 When the foot is moved to the internal rotation position, the arch support applies a higher ground reaction force (GRF) to the area below the load-bearing protrusion (ie, the proximal arch) to increase the foot valgus (anti-foot) Turn the moment in the lower joint (ie, the hind foot).

後足楔形/足跟抬高區(113)位在鞋墊的足跟區,其從概略鞋墊的足跟區近端的足骰骨延伸。後足楔形/足跟抬高區(113)係經調適以承受一補充軟墊,該補充軟墊可為一後足楔形部(114)或一足跟抬高部(115)。後足楔形/足跟抬高區(113)為略微縱向形成角度向外側界,使得其不會妨礙足弓支撐區(117)。 The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (113) is located in the heel region of the insole, which extends from the ankle bone at the proximal end of the heel region of the outlined insole. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone (113) is adapted to withstand a supplemental cushion that can be a hindfoot wedge (114) or a heel elevation (115). The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (113) is slightly longitudinally angled to the lateral boundary such that it does not interfere with the arch support region (117).

後足楔形部(114)具有4°傾斜,其係從約4mm(公釐)的較厚內側緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄外側緣呈錐形化。4°後足楔形部(114)用來在距下關節周圍建立腳掌外翻力矩(且減少腳掌內翻力矩)。 The hindfoot wedge (114) has a 4[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker inner edge of about 4 mm (millimeter) to a thinner outer edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The 4° hindfoot wedge (114) is used to establish a foot valgus moment (and reduce the varus moment) around the lower joint.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區(117),後足楔形部(114)的形狀可改變。 The shape of the hindfoot wedge (114) may vary if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region (117).

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,後足楔形部(114)具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持後足楔形部(114)的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變後足楔形部(114)的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the hindfoot wedge (114) has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the hindfoot wedge (114). For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the hindfoot wedge (114).

最好係,後足楔形部(114)是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於後足楔形部(114),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部(108)的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the hindfoot wedge (114) is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the hindfoot wedge (114), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the forefoot wedge (108) The overall structure and flexibility.

足跟抬高部(115)概略從約4mm(公釐)的較厚近緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄遠緣呈錐形化。足跟抬高部(115)用來調整在矢狀面的鞋墊,用以調適前足與腳踝蹠屈、及下肢肌肉骨骼系統 的其相關運動學與運動影響;或用來平衡下肢長度差異。 The heel elevation (115) is generally tapered from a thicker edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The heel lift (115) is used to adjust the insole in the sagittal plane to adjust the forefoot and ankle flexion, and the lower extremity musculoskeletal system Its related kinematics and exercise effects; or used to balance differences in lower limb length.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區(117),足跟抬高部(115)的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel elevation (115) may vary if the alternative shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region (117).

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟抬高部(115)具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟抬高部(115)的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟抬高部(115)的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel lift (115) has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel lift (115). For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel elevation (115).

最好係,足跟抬高部(115)是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於足跟抬高部(115),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟抬高部(115)的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel lift (115) is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the heel elevation (115), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides adequate hardness and material characteristics to maintain heel elevation The overall structure and flexibility of the part (115).

足跟墊區(111)位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區(113)的邊界內的鞋墊足跟區。足跟墊(112)可固定在基底層與後足楔形部(114)或足跟抬高部(115)間的足跟墊區(111)。足跟墊(112)亦可固定在足跟墊區(111),沒有後足楔形部(114)或足跟抬高部(115)固定其。足跟墊(112)在腳跟著地提供衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。維持足跟墊未接合將可減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力 (GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,及減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The heel pad area (111) is located in the heel area of the insole within the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone (113). The heel pad (112) can be secured to the heel pad region (111) between the base layer and the hindfoot wedge portion (114) or the heel elevation portion (115). The heel pad (112) can also be secured to the heel pad region (111) without the hindfoot wedge portion (114) or the heel lift portion (115). The heel pad (112) provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action on the heel strike. Maintaining the heel pad unengaged will reduce ground reaction forces below the central heel area (GRF) to treat specific foot diseases and reduce the thickness of the insole to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區(117),足跟墊(112)的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel pad (112) may vary if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region (117).

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊(112)具有約63.3mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊(112)的想要效能,且最好是小於後足楔形部(114)或足跟抬高部(115)。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊(112)的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel pad (112) has a length of about 63.3 mm (millimeters) and a width of about 38.9 mm (millimeters). This length and width can vary within ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad (112), and preferably less than the hindfoot wedge (114) or heel elevation (115) . For different sized insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel pad (112).

最好係,足跟墊(112)是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用於足跟墊(112),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊(112)的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad (112) is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad may have a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) a medium density material of 50-75 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the heel pad (112), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the heel pad (112) The overall structure and flexibility.

在本發明的一第一較佳具體實施例中,固定在底面(105B)的基底層(105)所定義區域的基底層(105)之鞋墊的各種不同組件係使用一適當構件(諸如,一黏著或接合劑)以固定在基底層(105)。 In a first preferred embodiment of the invention, the various components of the insole of the base layer (105) secured to the area defined by the base layer (105) of the bottom surface (105B) utilize a suitable component (such as a Adhesive or bonding agent) to be fixed to the substrate layer (105).

圖2示意說明沒有任何墊、緩衝塊墊或接合的基底層底部的透視圖。基底層(205)具有一頂面(205A);及一相反底面(205B)。基底層(205)亦定義一縱向足弓支撐部(206),其沿著鞋墊的內側邊向上延伸,以提供附加墊及腳部足弓區的支撐。 Figure 2 illustrates a perspective view of the bottom of a substrate layer without any pads, cushion pads or bonds. The base layer (205) has a top surface (205A) and an opposite bottom surface (205B). The base layer (205) also defines a longitudinal arch support portion (206) that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide additional pad and support for the arch portion of the foot.

基底層(205)具有一凸緣,其圍繞足跟周圍且部分沿著腳部側邊延伸,使得鞋墊具有符合腳部自然形狀的一足跟杯墊。如圖5-8和10所示,凸緣的高度在相鄰於鞋墊的內側界是通常較高與更厚,且在相鄰鞋墊的外側界是較低與較薄。相較於外側界,凸緣沿著縱向足弓支撐部(206)是特別較高。 The base layer (205) has a flange that extends around the heel and partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel coaster that conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As shown in Figures 5-8 and 10, the height of the flange is generally higher and thicker adjacent the inner side of the insole and is lower and thinner at the outer boundary of the adjacent insole. The flange is particularly tall along the longitudinal arch support (206) as compared to the lateral boundary.

基底層(205)最好是利用具有適當彈性墊作用特性的泡棉或其他材料製成。最好係,基底層(205)包括一乙烯醋酸乙烯酯(EVA)泡棉,其是乙烯和醋酸乙烯酯的共聚物。一較佳EVA泡棉具有約55-60 Asker C硬度(Durometer)。其他材料可用於基底層(205),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持基底層(205)的整體結構與彈性。 The substrate layer (205) is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable elastic pad action characteristics. Preferably, the substrate layer (205) comprises an ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) foam which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate. A preferred EVA foam has a pressure of about 55-60 Asker C (Durometer). Other materials may be used for the substrate layer (205), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, to provide adequate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the substrate layer (205). Structure and flexibility.

在一較佳具體實施例中,基底層(205)的頂端覆蓋一頂片,其最好是一具低摩擦係數的非織物層,使得減少起水泡的可能 性。在一較佳具體實施例中,該織物係使用抗菌劑處理過,其結合一防濕層以減少引起細菌與菌類的氣味。一織物亦可使用,最好是具低摩擦係數。 In a preferred embodiment, the top end of the substrate layer (205) is covered with a topsheet, preferably a non-woven layer having a low coefficient of friction, thereby reducing the likelihood of blisters. Sex. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antimicrobial agent that incorporates a moisture barrier to reduce the odor of bacteria and fungi. A fabric can also be used, preferably with a low coefficient of friction.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,基底層(205)具有約264mm(公釐)長度、前足區約86.5mm(公釐)寬度、足跟區約63mm(公釐)寬度、與通過足弓和中央區域約76.5mm(公釐)寬度。這些寬度可為±5mm(公釐)變化且仍維持基底層(205)的想要效能。長度可改變且可甚至縮短達26mm(公釐)以適合在想要的鞋內。較長或較短長度亦可藉由依比例地改變基底層的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the base layer (205) has a length of about 264 mm (millimeter), a forefoot area of about 86.5 mm (millimeter) width, a heel area of about 63 mm (millimeter) width, and a foot. The bow and central area are approximately 76.5 mm (millimeters) wide. These widths can vary by ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the substrate layer (205). The length can be varied and can even be shortened by up to 26 mm (millimeters) to fit within the desired shoe. Longer or shorter lengths can also be achieved by proportionally varying all dimensions of the substrate layer.

基底層(205)的底面(205B)定義各種不同凹部或區域:一前足楔形區(207),其在前足區的後部;一第一蹠骨頭墊區(209),其在第一蹠骨頭區;一足跟墊區(211)與後足楔形/足跟抬高區(213),其在足跟區;及一足弓支撐區(217),其從鞋墊的中央朝向接近內側邊的足跟區。 The bottom surface (205B) of the base layer (205) defines various recesses or regions: a forefoot wedge region (207) at the posterior portion of the forefoot region; a first metatarsal head pad region (209) in the first metatarsal region a heel pad area (211) and a hindfoot wedge/heel elevation area (213) in the heel area; and a arch support area (217) from the center of the insole toward the heel near the medial side Area.

基底層(205)亦定義一分隔壁(220),其從足弓支撐區(217)分開第一蹠骨頭墊區(209)。分隔壁(220)有助基底層(205)定義第一蹠骨頭墊區(209)與足弓支撐區(217),用於正確置放第一蹠骨頭墊與足弓支撐部,及保持第一蹠骨頭墊與足弓支撐部避免彼 此干擾。因此,置放在第一蹠骨頭墊區(209)的第一蹠骨頭墊係藉由分隔壁(220)而從足弓支撐區(217)分開,且同樣地,第一蹠骨頭墊不位在其中設置足弓支撐部的相同凹區、或任何類型凹區。 The base layer (205) also defines a dividing wall (220) that separates the first metatarsal head pad region (209) from the arch support region (217). The partition wall (220) assists the base layer (205) to define a first metatarsal head pad region (209) and an arch support region (217) for correctly placing the first metatarsal head pad and the arch support portion, and maintaining the first One bone pad and arch support to avoid This interference. Therefore, the first metatarsal head pad placed in the first metatarsal head pad region (209) is separated from the arch support region (217) by the partition wall (220), and likewise, the first metatarsal head pad is not positioned. The same recessed area in which the arch support is provided, or any type of recessed area.

或者,基底層(205)的底面(205B)可只有下列定義區域之一或多者:前足楔形區(207)、第一蹠骨頭墊區(209)、足跟墊區(211)、後足楔形/足跟抬高區(213)、與足弓支撐區(217)。 Alternatively, the bottom surface (205B) of the base layer (205) may have only one or more of the following defined regions: the forefoot wedge region (207), the first metatarsal head pad region (209), the heel pad region (211), the hind foot. Wedge/heel elevation zone (213), and arch support zone (217).

前足楔形區(207)是在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面開始且近側延伸至腳部的中央。 The forefoot wedge region (207) begins at the back of the second to fifth metatarsal heads and extends proximally to the center of the foot.

前足楔形區(207)具有一內側緣、一外側緣、一近(背)緣與一遠(前)緣。遠緣是位在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面。前足楔形區(207)的內側緣沿著從該鞋墊的該內側界所側面隔開的一條線延伸,本質上從遠緣延伸至近緣。近緣從該內側緣橫向(或側面地)延伸至該外側緣,其從該鞋墊的該外側界略微內側隔開。外側緣連接該近緣至該前足楔形部的該遠緣。圖11顯示腳骨置放在鞋墊。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定前足楔形部至前足楔形區(207)。 The forefoot wedge region (207) has an inner edge, an outer edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge. The far edge is behind the second to fifth metatarsal bones. The medial edge of the forefoot wedge region (207) extends along a line spaced from the side of the medial boundary of the insole, extending substantially from the distal edge to the proximal edge. A proximal edge extends laterally (or laterally) from the inner edge to the outer edge, which is slightly spaced from the outer side of the insole. The outer edge connects the proximal edge to the distal edge of the forefoot wedge. Figure 11 shows the foot bone placed on the insole. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the forefoot wedge to the forefoot wedge region (207).

假如替代形狀可概略在小蹠骨頭或其後面維持一遠緣,且 內側與近緣不會妨礙第一蹠骨頭墊區(209)與足弓支撐區(217),前足楔形區(207)的形狀可改變。 If the alternative shape can roughly maintain a distal edge on the small humeral head or behind it, and The medial and proximal edges do not interfere with the first metatarsal head region (209) and the arch support region (217), and the shape of the forefoot wedge region (207) may vary.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,前足楔形區(207)具有約55.9mm(公釐)長度與約51.3mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持前足楔形區(207)的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變前足楔形區(207)的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the forefoot wedge region (207) has a length of about 55.9 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 51.3 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (mm) and still maintain the desired performance of the forefoot wedge (207). For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the forefoot wedge region (207).

第一蹠骨頭墊區(209)是在基底層(205)的底面(205B)中的一區域,且位在腳部的第一蹠骨頭下面。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定一第一蹠骨頭墊至第一蹠骨頭墊區(209)。 The first metatarsal head pad area (209) is a region in the bottom surface (205B) of the base layer (205) and is located below the first metatarsal head of the foot. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure a first metatarsal head pad to the first metatarsal head pad region (209).

第一蹠骨頭墊區(209)的外形略微不規則多角形狀。最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊區(209)具有一本質線性遠緣;一略微曲線內側緣,其遵循鞋墊的內側界之彎曲;一近緣,其為彎曲或形成角度,以遵循足弓支撐區(217)的蹠骨緣的形狀;及一外側緣,其為曲線或線性。 The shape of the first metatarsal head pad area (209) is slightly irregular and polygonal. Preferably, the first metatarsal head region (209) has an intrinsic linear distal edge; a slightly curved inner edge that follows the curvature of the inner side of the insole; a proximal edge that is curved or angled to follow the foot The shape of the humeral margin of the arch support region (217); and an outer edge that is curved or linear.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,第一蹠骨頭墊區(209)在遠緣具有約73.5mm(公釐)長度與約29.3mm(公釐)寬度。第一蹠骨頭墊區(209)的近端係來到近與外側緣處的一點。此長度 與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一蹠骨頭墊區(209)的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變第一蹠骨頭墊區(209)的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the first metatarsal head region (209) has a length of about 73.5 mm (millimeters) and a width of about 29.3 mm (mm) at the distal edge. The proximal end of the first metatarsal head region (209) comes to a point near the outer and outer edges. This length The desired performance can be varied from a width of ± 5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the first metatarsal head pad area (209). For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the first metatarsal headrest region (209).

足弓支撐區(217)是沿著縱向足弓支撐部(206)設置,且其一近緣端最接近鞋墊的足跟端,且一遠緣端延伸向鞋墊的該腳趾端。連接該近緣端至該遠緣端是一內側緣與一外側緣,該外側緣具有一類似拋物線形狀。足弓支撐區(217)部分圍繞在內側縱向足弓支撐部(206)下面之基底層(205)的內側邊。大體上,其概略位在腳部足弓區或距骨、舟骨、第一楔骨、與第一蹠骨之近部下面。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定足弓支撐部至足弓支撐區(217)。 The arch support region (217) is disposed along the longitudinal arch support (206) with a proximal end closest to the heel end of the insole and a distal end extending toward the toe end of the insole. Connecting the proximal end to the distal end is an inner edge and an outer edge, the outer edge having a parabolic shape. The arch support region (217) partially surrounds the medial side of the base layer (205) below the medial longitudinal arch support (206). In general, it is located roughly in the arch area of the foot or under the talus, the scaphoid, the first clavicle, and the proximal portion of the first metatarsal. An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the arch support to the arch support region (217).

對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足弓支撐區(217)長度約104-105mm(公釐)。在接近中央之最寬點處的寬度是約37.5至38.5mm(公釐)。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足弓支撐區(217)的想要效能。 For a men's midsize insole, the arch support area (217) is approximately 104-105 mm (millimeters) in length. The width at the widest point near the center is about 37.5 to 38.5 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ± 5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the arch support region (217).

當腳部處於「自然姿勢」位置時,足弓支撐部是無作用或施加溫和腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩至中足。 When the foot is in the "natural position" position, the arch support is inactive or applies a gentle foot valgus (anti-foot varus) moment to the midfoot.

當腳部移至內旋位置時,足弓支撐部對載距突(即是,近 位足弓)下方的區域施加較高地面反作用力(GRF)大小,以對距下關節(即是,後足)增加腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩。 When the foot is moved to the internal rotation position, the arch support is opposite to the load (ie, near The area below the arch of the foot applies a higher ground reaction force (GRF) to increase the moment of the valgus (anti-foot varus) moment on the subtalar joint (ie, hind foot).

後足楔形/足跟抬高區(213)位在鞋墊的足跟區,其從概略足骰骨近側延伸至鞋墊的足跟端。後足楔形/足跟抬高區(213)係經調適以承受一補充軟墊,該補充軟墊可為一後足楔形或一足跟抬高部。後足楔形/足跟抬高區(213)為略微縱向形成角度向外側界,使得其不會妨礙足弓支撐區(217)。 The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (213) is located in the heel region of the insole, extending from the proximal side of the outlined footbone to the heel end of the insole. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone (213) is adapted to withstand a supplemental cushion that may be a hindfoot wedge or a heel elevation. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (213) is slightly longitudinally angled to the lateral boundary such that it does not interfere with the arch support region (217).

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區(217),後足楔形/足跟抬高區(213)的形狀可改變。 If the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region (217), the shape of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (213) may vary.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,後足楔形/足跟抬高區(213)具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持後足楔形/足跟抬高區(213)的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變後足楔形/足跟抬高區(213)的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (213) has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone (213). For different sizes of insoles, the dimensions can be scaled to vary all dimensions of the hindfoot wedge/heel lift zone (213).

足跟墊區(211)位於後足楔形/足跟抬高區(213)的邊界內之鞋墊的足跟區。一足跟墊可固定在基底層與後足楔形或足跟抬高部間的足跟墊區(211)。足跟墊亦可固定至足跟墊區(211),沒有一後足楔形或足跟抬高部固定其中。足跟墊在腳跟著地處提 供衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。維持足跟墊未接合將可減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The heel pad region (211) is located in the heel region of the insole within the boundaries of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (213). A heel pad can be secured to the heel pad region (211) between the base layer and the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. The heel pad can also be secured to the heel pad area (211) without a hind foot wedge or heel lift. The heel pad is raised at the heel For impact attenuation and elastic pad action. Maintaining the heel pad unengaged will reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel area to treat a particular foot condition and reduce the insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區(217),足跟墊區(211)的形狀可改變。 If the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region (217), the shape of the heel pad region (211) can be varied.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊區(211)具有約63.3mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊區(211)的想要效能,且最好是小於後足楔形/足跟抬高區(213)。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊區(211)的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel pad region (211) has a length of about 63.3 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 38.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad (211), and is preferably less than the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone (213). For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the heel pad area (211).

在本發明的一第一較佳具體實施例中,固定在底面(205B)的基底層(205)所定義區域的基底層(205)之鞋墊的各種不同組件係使用一適當構件(諸如,一黏著或接合劑)以固定至基底層(205)。 In a first preferred embodiment of the invention, the various components of the insole of the base layer (205) secured to the area defined by the base layer (205) of the bottom surface (205B) utilize a suitable component (such as a Adhesive or bonding agent) to be fixed to the substrate layer (205).

圖3為示意說明頂片(303)與蹠骨墊(338)之鞋墊的上視圖。線條9-9指出在蹠骨區後面的橫截面。線條10-10指出沿著足跟區的橫截面。該鞋墊最好包括一頂片(303)與一基底層,該基底層具有一頂面,其固定至該頂片(303);及一相反底面。 最好係,該基底層的該頂面定義一向上延伸部或蹠骨墊(338)(亦顯示在圖5、6、8和9),其位在腳部的第二至第四足底蹠骨區後面。基底層亦定義一縱向足弓支撐部(306),其沿著鞋墊的內側邊向上延伸,以提供腳部足弓區的附加墊與支撐。 3 is a top view schematically illustrating the insole of the topsheet (303) and the tibial pad (338). Lines 9-9 indicate the cross section behind the tibial region. Lines 10-10 indicate the cross section along the heel area. The insole preferably includes a topsheet (303) and a base layer having a top surface secured to the topsheet (303) and an opposite bottom surface. Preferably, the top surface of the base layer defines an upward extension or tibial pad (338) (also shown in Figures 5, 6, 8 and 9), which is located at the second to fourth plantar tibia of the foot. Behind the district. The base layer also defines a longitudinal arch support portion (306) that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide additional padding and support for the arch portion of the foot.

蹠骨墊(338)最好位在第二至第四蹠骨後面。為了通常前足舒適度,蹠骨墊(338)提供遠離小蹠骨的壓力重新分配且相對增加第一蹠骨頭墊區的深度,以在步伐行進階段期間促成較大程度的第一趾幅蹠屈。最好係,蹠骨墊(338)是基底層的延伸。 The tibial pad (338) is preferably located behind the second to fourth metatarsal. For normal forefoot comfort, the tibial pad (338) provides pressure redistribution away from the small tibia and relatively increases the depth of the first metatarsal head pad region to promote a greater degree of first toe flexion during the pace travel phase. Preferably, the tibial pad (338) is an extension of the base layer.

蹠骨墊(338)最好具有在頂面上面的2.0-3.0mm(公釐)高度。高度可為±1mm(公釐)變化,但不建議改變超過其,因為太少或太多蹠骨墊可能沒有想要的效果。 The tibial pad (338) preferably has a height of 2.0-3.0 mm (millimeters) above the top surface. The height can vary by ±1 mm (millimeters), but it is not recommended to change beyond it, as too little or too much of the tibial pad may not have the desired effect.

或者,蹠骨墊(338)是一類似錐形組件,其固定至第二至第四蹠骨後面區域中的基底層的頂面,且頂片(303)固定在基底層的頂面,且在蹠骨墊(338)或允許蹠骨墊(338)經由其延伸。另一替代選擇是固定蹠骨墊(338)至第二至第四蹠骨區的頂片(303)。 Alternatively, the tibial pad (338) is a similarly tapered component that is secured to the top surface of the base layer in the posterior region of the second to fourth metatarsal, and the topsheet (303) is secured to the top surface of the basement layer and is in the tibia The pad (338) or the tibial pad (338) is allowed to extend therethrough. Another alternative is to secure the tibial pad (338) to the topsheet (303) of the second to fourth metatarsal regions.

最好係,蹠骨墊(338)是利用相同於基底層的材料製成。其他材料可用於蹠骨墊(338),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持蹠骨墊 (338)的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the tibial pad (338) is made of the same material as the base layer. Other materials may be used for the tibial pad (338), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the tibial pad (338) The overall structure and flexibility.

在一較佳具體實施例中,基底層的頂面複蓋頂片(303),其最好是一具低摩擦係數的非織物層,以減少起水泡的可能性。在一較佳具體實施例中,該織物使用一抗菌劑處理過,其結合一防濕層減少引起細菌與菌類的氣味。一織物亦可使用,最好具低摩擦係數。 In a preferred embodiment, the top surface of the substrate layer covers the topsheet (303), which is preferably a non-woven layer having a low coefficient of friction to reduce the likelihood of blisters. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antimicrobial agent that incorporates a moisture barrier to reduce the odor of bacteria and fungi. A fabric can also be used, preferably with a low coefficient of friction.

圖4示意說明鞋墊的底視圖。該鞋墊最好包括一頂片與一基底層(405),該基底層(405)具有一頂面,其固定至該頂片;及一相反底面(405B)。基底層(405)亦定義一縱向足弓支撐部(406),其沿著鞋墊的內側邊向上延伸,以提供腳部足弓區的附加墊與支撐。線條8-8指出鞋墊的縱向截面。線條9-9指出在蹠骨區後面的橫截面。線條10-10指出沿著足跟區的橫截面。 Figure 4 schematically illustrates a bottom view of the insole. The insole preferably includes a topsheet and a base layer (405) having a top surface secured to the topsheet and an opposite bottom surface (405B). The base layer (405) also defines a longitudinal arch support (406) that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide additional padding and support for the arch of the foot. Lines 8-8 indicate the longitudinal section of the insole. Lines 9-9 indicate the cross section behind the tibial region. Lines 10-10 indicate the cross section along the heel area.

基底層(405)具有一凸緣,其圍繞足跟周圍且部分沿著腳部側邊延伸,使得鞋墊具有符合腳部自然形狀的一足跟杯墊。如圖5-8和10所示,凸緣的高度在相鄰於鞋墊的內側界通常是較高與較厚,且相鄰於鞋墊的外側界是較低與較薄。相較於外側界,凸緣沿著縱向足弓支撐部(406)是特別較高。 The base layer (405) has a flange that extends around the heel and partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel coaster that conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As shown in Figures 5-8 and 10, the height of the flange is generally higher and thicker adjacent the inner side of the insole, and the outer boundary adjacent the insole is lower and thinner. The flange is particularly tall along the longitudinal arch support (406) compared to the lateral boundary.

基底層(405)最好是利用具有適當彈性墊作用特性的泡棉 或其他材料製成。最好係,基底層(405)包括一乙烯醋酸乙烯酯(EVA)泡棉,其為乙烯和醋酸乙烯酯的共聚物。一較佳EVA泡棉具有約55-60 Asker C硬度(Durometer)。其他材料可用於基底層(405),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持基底層(405)的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the base layer (405) utilizes foam having suitable elastic pad action characteristics. Or made of other materials. Preferably, the substrate layer (405) comprises an ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) foam which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate. A preferred EVA foam has a pressure of about 55-60 Asker C (Durometer). Other materials may be used for the substrate layer (405), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the substrate layer (405). Structure and flexibility.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,基底層(405)具有約264mm(公釐)長度、前足區約86.5mm(公釐)寬度、足跟區約63mm(公釐)寬度、與通過足弓和中央區約76.5mm(公釐)寬度。這些寬度可為±5mm(公釐)變化且仍維持基底層(405)的想要效能。長度可改變且可甚至縮短達26mm(公釐)以適合於想要的鞋內。較長或較短長度亦可藉由依比例地改變基底層的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the base layer (405) has a length of about 264 mm (millimeters), a forefoot area of about 86.5 mm (millimeters) width, a heel area of about 63 mm (millimeters) width, and a foot. The bow and central zone are approximately 76.5 mm (millimeters) wide. These widths can vary by ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the substrate layer (405). The length can vary and can even be shortened by up to 26 mm (millimeters) to fit within the desired shoe. Longer or shorter lengths can also be achieved by proportionally varying all dimensions of the substrate layer.

基底層(405)的底面(405B)定義各種不同凹部或區域:一前足楔形區(407),其在前足區的後面;一第一蹠骨頭墊區(409),其在第一蹠骨頭區;一足跟墊區(411);後足楔形/足跟抬高區(413),其在足跟區;及一足弓支撐區(417),其從鞋墊的中央朝向接近內側邊的足跟區。 The bottom surface (405B) of the base layer (405) defines various recesses or regions: a forefoot wedge region (407) behind the forefoot region; a first metatarsal head pad region (409) in the first metatarsal region a heel pad area (411); a hindfoot wedge/heel elevation area (413) in the heel area; and a foot arch support area (417) from the center of the insole toward the heel near the medial side Area.

基底層(405)亦定義一分隔壁(420),其從足弓支撐區(417) 分開第一蹠骨頭墊區(409)。分隔壁(420)有助基底層(405)定義第一蹠骨頭墊區(409)與足弓支撐區(417),用於正確置放第一蹠骨頭墊與足弓支撐部,以保持第一蹠骨頭墊與足弓支撐部不彼此干擾。因此,置放在第一蹠骨頭墊區(409)的第一蹠骨頭墊係藉由分隔壁(420)而從足弓支撐區(417)分開,且同樣地,第一蹠骨頭墊不位在設置足弓支撐部的相同凹區、或任何類型凹區。 The base layer (405) also defines a dividing wall (420) from the arch support area (417) The first metatarsal head pad area (409) is separated. The partition wall (420) assists the base layer (405) to define a first metatarsal head pad area (409) and an arch support area (417) for correctly placing the first metatarsal head pad and the arch support portion to maintain the One of the bone pads and the arch support do not interfere with each other. Therefore, the first metatarsal head pad placed in the first metatarsal head pad area (409) is separated from the arch support region (417) by the partition wall (420), and likewise, the first metatarsal head pad is not in position. In the same recess, or any type of recess, in which the arch support is placed.

或者,基底層(405)的底面可只具有下列定義區域之一或多者:前足楔形區(407)、第一蹠骨頭墊區(409)、足跟墊區(411)、後足楔形/足跟抬高區(413)、與足弓支撐區(417)。 Alternatively, the bottom surface of the base layer (405) may have only one or more of the following defined regions: the forefoot wedge region (407), the first metatarsal head pad region (409), the heel pad region (411), the hindfoot wedge shape/ The heel elevation zone (413) and the arch support zone (417).

前足楔形區(407)是在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面開始且近側延伸至腳部的中央。 The forefoot wedge region (407) begins at the back of the second to fifth metatarsal heads and extends proximally to the center of the foot.

一前足楔形部本質成形係相同於前足楔形區(407)且固定其中。前足楔形部具有一內側緣、一外側緣、一近(背)緣與一遠(前)緣。遠緣是位在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面。前足楔形部的內側緣沿著從該鞋墊的該內側界所側面隔開的一條線延伸,其本質從遠緣延伸至近緣。該近緣從該內側緣橫向(或側面)延伸至該外側緣,其從該鞋墊的該外側界略微內側隔開。外側緣連接該近緣至該前足楔形部的該遠緣。圖11顯示腳骨置放在鞋墊。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定前足楔形部至前足楔形區 (407)。 A forefoot wedge is formed in the same manner as the forefoot wedge region (407) and is fixed therein. The forefoot wedge has an inner edge, an outer edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge. The far edge is behind the second to fifth metatarsal bones. The medial edge of the forefoot wedge extends along a line spaced from the side of the medial boundary of the insole, extending intrinsically from a distal edge to a proximal edge. The proximal edge extends laterally (or laterally) from the inner edge to the outer edge, which is slightly spaced from the outer side of the insole. The outer edge connects the proximal edge to the distal edge of the forefoot wedge. Figure 11 shows the foot bone placed on the insole. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the forefoot wedge to the forefoot wedge (407).

假如替代形狀概略在小蹠骨頭或其後面維持一遠緣,且內側與近緣不會妨礙第一蹠骨頭墊區(409)與足弓支撐區(417),可改變前足楔形墊的形狀。 The shape of the forefoot wedge pad can be altered if the alternate shape is outlined to maintain a distal edge at or behind the small humerus bone and the medial and proximal edges do not interfere with the first metatarsal head pad region (409) and the arch support region (417).

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,前足楔形部具有約55.9mm(公釐)長度與約51.3mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持前足楔形部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變前足楔形部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the forefoot wedge has a length of about 55.9 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 51.3 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the forefoot wedge. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the forefoot wedge.

最好係,前足楔形部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於前足楔形部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the forefoot wedge is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the forefoot wedge, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge.

前足楔形部具有3°斜率,其從約4mm(公釐)厚度的較厚外側緣至約1mm(公釐)厚度的較薄內側緣呈錐形化。前足楔形部用來在中足關節的周圍建立一腳掌內翻力矩。此力矩有助對著後足以穩定前足,減少由前足外翻變形所引起腳掌外翻力矩,藉由增加在前足外側面下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以負荷減輕 第一蹠趾關節(MTPJ),且減少在距下關節周圍的不正常腳掌外翻力矩。 The forefoot wedge has a 3[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker outer edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) thickness to a thinner inner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter) thickness. The forefoot wedge is used to establish a varus moment around the midfoot joint. This torque helps to stabilize the forefoot after the pair, reduces the valgus moment caused by the valgus deformation of the forefoot, and reduces the load by increasing the ground reaction force (GRF) under the outer side of the forefoot. The first metatarsophalangeal joint (MTPJ), and reduces the abnormal foot valgus moment around the lower joint.

第一蹠骨頭墊區(409)是在基底層(405)的底面(405B)中的一區域,且位在腳部的第一蹠骨頭下面。一第一蹠骨頭墊本質成形係相同於第一蹠骨頭墊區(409),且固定至第一蹠骨頭墊區(409)。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定第一蹠骨頭墊至第一蹠骨頭墊區(409)。 The first metatarsal head pad area (409) is a region in the bottom surface (405B) of the base layer (405) and is located below the first metatarsal head of the foot. A first metatarsal head pad is formed in the same manner as the first metatarsal head pad region (409) and is secured to the first metatarsal head pad region (409). An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the first metatarsal head pad to the first metatarsal head pad region (409).

使用上,第一蹠骨頭墊保持在第一蹠骨頭(即是,穿戴者腳部的內側足球點)下面,且隨著其移動。除去墊減少在第一蹠骨頭下方的地面反作用力(GRF)。此可增強患有功能性拇趾僵直症(FHL)之穿戴者的腳部行進。 In use, the first metatarsal head pad is held underneath the first metatarsal head (ie, the inner football point of the wearer's foot) and moves with it. Removing the pad reduces the ground reaction force (GRF) below the first metatarsal head. This enhances the foot travel of a wearer with functional hallux ankle stiffness (FHL).

第一蹠骨頭墊的外形是一略微不規則多角形狀。最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊具有一本質線性遠緣;一略微曲線內側緣,其遵循鞋墊的內側界之彎曲;一近緣,其為彎曲或形成角度,以遵循足弓支撐區(417)的蹠骨緣形狀;及一外側緣,其為曲線或線性。 The shape of the first metatarsal head pad is a slightly irregular polygonal shape. Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad has an intrinsic linear distal edge; a slightly curved inner edge that follows the curvature of the inner side of the insole; a proximal edge that is curved or angled to follow the arch support region ( 417) the shape of the humerus edge; and an outer edge, which is curved or linear.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,第一蹠骨頭墊在遠緣處具有約73.5mm(公釐)長度與約29.3mm(公釐)寬度。第一蹠 骨頭墊的近端來到在近與外側緣處的一點。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一蹠骨頭墊的想要效能。 對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變第一蹠骨頭墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the first metatarsal head pad has a length of about 73.5 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 29.3 mm (millimeter) at the distal edge. First The proximal end of the bone pad comes to a point near the outer and outer edges. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first metatarsal head pad. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the first metatarsal head pad.

最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊是利用約40-45 Asker C硬度的EVA材料。或者,第一蹠骨頭墊的硬度可概略介於45-55 Asker C、或(或者)55-60 Asker C間。第一蹠骨頭墊的厚度是約2-2.5mm(公釐)厚或第一蹠骨頭墊區(409)的深度。第一蹠骨頭墊的基本設計是建立在蹠骨頭下面的地面反作用力(GRF)差異,且當未接合第一蹠骨頭墊時,允許第一蹠骨頭降低於其他蹠骨面。其他材料可用於第一蹠骨頭墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持第一蹠骨頭墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad is an EVA material utilizing a hardness of about 40-45 Asker C. Alternatively, the hardness of the first metatarsal head pad can be roughly between 45-55 Asker C, or (or) 55-60 Asker C. The thickness of the first metatarsal head pad is about 2-2.5 mm (millimeters) thick or the depth of the first metatarsal head pad area (409). The basic design of the first metatarsal head pad is based on the ground reaction force (GRF) difference under the humeral head and allows the first metatarsal head to be lowered to the other metatarsal surface when the first metatarsal head pad is not engaged. Other materials may be used for the first metatarsal head pad, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the first metatarsal head pad. Structure and flexibility.

足弓支撐區(417)是沿著縱向足弓支撐部(406)設置,且其一近緣端最接近鞋墊的足跟端,且一遠緣端延伸向鞋墊的該腳趾端。連接該近緣端至該遠緣端是一內側緣與一外側緣,該外側緣具有一類似拋物線形狀。足弓支撐部係部分圍繞在內側縱向足弓支撐部(406)下面的基底層(405)的內側邊。大體上,其概略位在腳部的足弓區或在距骨、舟骨、第一楔骨、與第一蹠骨之近部下面。足弓支撐部本質成形係相同於足弓支撐區(417)且固 定至基底層(405)的底面(405B)的該足弓支撐區(417)。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定足弓支撐部至足弓支撐區(417)。 The arch support region (417) is disposed along the longitudinal arch support (406) with a proximal end closest to the heel end of the insole and a distal end extending toward the toe end of the insole. Connecting the proximal end to the distal end is an inner edge and an outer edge, the outer edge having a parabolic shape. The arch support portion partially surrounds the medial side of the base layer (405) below the medial longitudinal arch support (406). In general, it is located either in the arch region of the foot or below the talus, the scaphoid, the first clavicle, and the proximal portion of the first metatarsal. The arch support is essentially formed in the same manner as the arch support area (417) and is solid The arch support region (417) to the bottom surface (405B) of the base layer (405). An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the arch support to the arch support region (417).

足弓支撐部的一具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個延伸肋部,其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的硬支撐。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。每個延伸肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A specific embodiment of the arch support is defined from the proximal end to the distal end a plurality of extension ribs extending outwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a hard support for the arch region. The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The width of each of the extended ribs is about 5 mm (millimeters).

此第一具體實施例最好是利用約90-100 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This first embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 90-100 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide suitable hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第二具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個肋形凹部,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的彈性支撐。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。每個肋形凹部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A second embodiment of the arch support defines a plurality of rib-shaped recesses extending from the proximal end to the distal end extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides elastic support for the arch region. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The width of each rib recess is about 5 mm (millimeter).

此第二具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Shore A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安 酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This second embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Shore A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials can be used, such as Poly Asia Ester (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第三具體實施例包括複數個延伸肋部,其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸;複數個本質水平肋部,其具有在該足弓支撐部呈鋸齒狀的一肋部外形;及複數個肋形凹部,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的半彈性或半硬支撐。 A third embodiment of the arch support includes a plurality of extended ribs extending outwardly from the arch support; a plurality of essentially horizontal ribs having a rib that is serrated at the arch support a profile; and a plurality of rib-shaped recesses extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a semi-elastic or semi-rigid support of the arch region.

足弓支撐部是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義一或多個延伸肋部、一或多個本質水平肋部、與一或多個肋形凹部。最好係,使用三個延伸肋部、該等本質水平肋部之三者、與三個肋形凹部。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。本質水平肋部具有一約0.5mm(公釐)深度的肋部外形。 The arch support defines one or more extended ribs, one or more intrinsic horizontal ribs, and one or more rib shaped recesses from the proximal end to the distal end. Preferably, three extension ribs, three of the essentially horizontal ribs, and three rib recesses are used. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The intrinsic horizontal rib has a rib profile of about 0.5 mm (millimeter) depth.

肋形凹部改善足弓支撐部的該遠緣端之彈性,而沒有犧牲在足弓支撐部的中央與近端的縱向足弓支撐部。 The rib recess improves the elasticity of the distal end of the arch support without sacrificing the longitudinal arch support at the center and proximal end of the arch support.

足弓支撐部之遠端三分之一的最初三個肋形凹部係提供,以允許緊鄰第一蹠骨頭近側的區域(即是,第一蹠骨的遠側軸)保持彈性,以在步伐行進階段期間促成不受限的第一趾 幅蹠屈。 The first three rib-shaped recesses of the distal third of the arch support are provided to allow the region proximal to the proximal side of the first metatarsal head (ie, the distal axis of the first metatarsal) to remain resilient at the pace Unconstrained first toe during the travel phase Awkwardness.

足弓支撐部(水平肋部與延伸肋部)的中央與近側三分之二係藉由逐漸較厚橫條而變硬以提供對足弓的改善支撐,且當腳部移至內旋位置時,施加較高的抗腳掌內翻地面反作用力(GRF)大小在載距突區。 The center and proximal two-thirds of the arch support (horizontal ribs and extension ribs) are stiffened by progressively thicker transverse strips to provide improved support for the arch and when the foot is moved to the internal rotation In position, a higher anti-foot varus ground reaction force (GRF) is applied in the load-to-distance zone.

此第三具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This third embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

或者,肋形凹部可為肋形開口。肋形開口係定義允許該基底層(405)經由其延伸。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。基底層(405)係成型以便其部分材料注入該等肋形開口,使得此部分概略齊平足弓支撐的外表面,且機械式鎖足弓支撐部與基底層(405)一起。有利地係,當壓縮基底層(405)(例如,當步行或跑步)時,基底層材料亦可透過肋形開口鼓起以提供附加的彈性墊作用。 Alternatively, the rib-shaped recess may be a rib-shaped opening. The ribbed opening is defined to allow the base layer (405) to extend therethrough. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The base layer (405) is shaped such that a portion of its material is injected into the rib-shaped openings such that the portion is substantially flush with the outer surface of the arch support and the mechanical locking arch support is with the base layer (405). Advantageously, when compressing the substrate layer (405) (e.g., when walking or running), the substrate layer material can also be blasted through the rib-shaped openings to provide additional elastic pad action.

對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足弓支撐部是約104-105 mm(公釐)長度。在接近中央之最寬點的寬度是約37.5至38.5mm(公釐)。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一足弓支撐部的想要效能。 For men's mid-size insoles, the arch support is about 104-105 Mm (millimeter) length. The width at the widest point near the center is about 37.5 to 38.5 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first arch support.

當腳部採取「自然姿勢」位置時,足弓支撐部是無作用或施加溫和腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩至中足。 When the foot is in the "natural position" position, the arch support is inactive or applies a mild foot valgus (anti-foot varus) moment to the midfoot.

當腳部移至內旋位置時,足弓支撐部對著在載距突(即是,近端足弓)下方的區域施加較高地面反作用力(GRF)大小,以增加距下關節(即是,後足)的腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩。 When the foot is moved to the internal rotation position, the arch support applies a higher ground reaction force (GRF) to the area below the load-bearing protrusion (ie, the proximal arch) to increase the subtalar joint (ie, Yes, hind foot) foot valgus (anti-foot varus) moment.

後足楔形/足跟抬高區(413)位在鞋墊的足跟區,其從概略足骰骨近側延伸至鞋墊的足跟端。後足楔形/足跟抬高區(413)係經調適以承受一補充軟墊,其可為一後足楔形部或一足跟抬高部。後足楔形/足跟抬高區(413)為略微縱向形成角度向外側界,使得其不會妨礙足弓支撐區(417)。 The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (413) is located in the heel region of the insole, extending from the proximal side of the outlined footbone to the heel end of the insole. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone (413) is adapted to withstand a supplemental cushion, which may be a hindfoot wedge or a heel elevation. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (413) is slightly longitudinally angled to the lateral extent such that it does not interfere with the arch support region (417).

後足楔形部具有4°斜率,其從約4mm(公釐)的較厚內側緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄外側緣呈錐形化。4°後足楔形部用來在距下關節的周圍建立腳掌外翻力矩(且減少腳掌內翻力矩)。 The hindfoot wedge has a 4[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker inner edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner outer edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The 4° hindfoot wedge is used to establish a foot valgus moment (and reduce the varus moment) around the lower joint.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓 支撐區(417),後足楔形部的形狀可改變。 If the alternative shape maintained in one of the heel areas does not interfere with the arch The support zone (417), the shape of the hindfoot wedge can vary.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,後足楔形部具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持後足楔形部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變後足楔形部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the hindfoot wedge has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the hindfoot wedge. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the hindfoot wedge.

最好係,後足楔形部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於後足楔形部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the hindfoot wedge is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the hindfoot wedges, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge. .

足跟抬高部概略從約4mm(公釐)的較厚近緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄遠緣呈錐形化。足跟抬高部用來調整在矢狀面的鞋墊,用以調適前足與腳踝蹠屈、及下肢肌肉骨骼系統的其相關運動學與運動影響;或用來平衡下肢長度差異。 The heel elevation is generally tapered from a thicker edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The heel lift is used to adjust the saddle in the sagittal plane to adjust the forefoot and ankle flexion, and the associated kinematics and motor effects of the lower extremity musculoskeletal system; or to balance the difference in length of the lower extremities.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區(417),足跟抬高部的形狀可改變。 If the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region (417), the shape of the heel elevation can vary.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟抬高部具有約 71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟抬高部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟抬高部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a man's medium-sized insole, the heel lift has about 71.8 mm (millimeter) length and approximately 46.9 mm (millimeter) width. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel lift. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the heel lift.

最好係,足跟抬高部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於足跟抬高部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟抬高部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel lift is made from a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel lifts, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide adequate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall heel elevation Structure and flexibility.

足跟墊區位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區(413)的邊界內之鞋墊的足跟區。一足跟墊可固定在基底層與後足楔形或足跟抬高部間的足跟墊區。足跟墊亦可固定至足跟墊區,沒有一後足楔形或足跟抬高部固定其中。足跟墊提供在腳跟著地處的衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。未接合的足跟墊減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The heel pad is located in the heel region of the insole within the boundaries of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (413). A heel pad can be secured to the heel pad area between the base layer and the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. The heel pad can also be secured to the heel pad area without a hind foot wedge or heel lift. The heel pad provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action at the heel strike. The unjoined heel pad reduces ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel area to treat specific foot conditions and reduces insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區(417),足跟墊的形狀可改變。 If the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region (417), the shape of the heel pad can be varied.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊具有約63.3 mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊的想要效能,且最好小於後足楔形部或足跟抬高部。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊的所有尺寸而達成。 It is best to have a men's medium size insole with a heel pad of about 63.3. The length of mm (millimeter) is about 38.9 mm (millimeter) wide. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad, and preferably less than the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel pad.

最好係,足跟墊是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可為具有約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用於足跟墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad can be a medium density material having a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) 50-75 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel pads, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gels, which provide suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the heel pad.

在本發明的一第一較佳具體實施例中,固定至底面(405B)的基底層(405)所定義區域的基底層(405)之鞋墊的各種不同組件係使用一適當構件(諸如,一黏著或接合劑)以固定至基底層(405)。 In a first preferred embodiment of the invention, the various components of the insole of the base layer (405) secured to the area defined by the base layer (405) of the bottom surface (405B) utilize a suitable component (such as a Adhesive or bonding agent) to be fixed to the substrate layer (405).

圖5示意說明鞋墊的外側邊視圖。該鞋墊最好包括一頂片(503)與一基底層(505),該基底層(505)具有一頂面(505A),其固定至該頂片(503);及一相反底面(505B)。最好係,該基底層(505)的該頂面(505A)定義一向上延伸部或蹠骨墊(538)(如圖3、5、6、8和9所示),其位在腳部的第二至第四足底蹠骨區後面。基底 層(505)亦定義一縱向足弓支撐部(506),其沿著鞋墊的內側邊向上延伸,以提供附加墊與腳部足弓區的支撐。 Figure 5 schematically illustrates an outer side view of the insole. The insole preferably includes a topsheet (503) and a base layer (505) having a top surface (505A) secured to the topsheet (503) and an opposite bottom surface (505B) . Preferably, the top surface (505A) of the base layer (505) defines an upward extension or tibial pad (538) (as shown in Figures 3, 5, 6, 8 and 9) which is located at the foot. Second to fourth posterior tibial area. Base The layer (505) also defines a longitudinal arch support (506) that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide support for the additional pad and the arch region of the foot.

基底層(505)具有一凸緣,其圍繞足跟的周圍且部分沿著腳部側邊延伸,使得鞋墊具有一足跟杯墊,其符合腳部的自然形狀。如圖5-8和10所示,凸緣的高度在相鄰於鞋墊的內側界通常是較高與較厚,且相鄰於鞋墊的外側界是較低與較薄。相較於外側界,凸緣沿著縱向足弓區是特別較高。 The base layer (505) has a flange that surrounds the circumference of the heel and partially extends along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel coaster that conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As shown in Figures 5-8 and 10, the height of the flange is generally higher and thicker adjacent the inner side of the insole, and the outer boundary adjacent the insole is lower and thinner. The flange is particularly tall along the longitudinal arch region compared to the lateral boundary.

基底層(505)最好是利用具有適當彈性墊作用特性的泡棉或其他材料製成。最好係,基底層(505)包括一乙烯醋酸乙烯酯(EVA)泡棉,其為乙烯和醋酸乙烯酯的共聚物。一較佳EVA泡棉具有約55-60 Asker C的硬度(Durometer)。其他材料可用於基底層(505),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持基底層(505)的整體結構與彈性。 The substrate layer (505) is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable elastic pad action characteristics. Preferably, the substrate layer (505) comprises an ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) foam which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate. A preferred EVA foam has a Durometer of about 55-60 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the substrate layer (505), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the substrate layer (505). Structure and flexibility.

在一較佳具體實施例中,基底層(505)的該頂面(505A)覆蓋頂片(503),其最好為一具低摩擦係數的非織物層,以減少起水泡的可能性少。在一較佳具體實施例中,該織物係使用抗菌劑處理過,其結合一防濕層以減少引起細菌與菌類的氣味。一織物亦可使用,最好具低摩擦係數。 In a preferred embodiment, the top surface (505A) of the substrate layer (505) covers the topsheet (503), which is preferably a non-woven layer having a low coefficient of friction to reduce the likelihood of blisters. . In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antimicrobial agent that incorporates a moisture barrier to reduce the odor of bacteria and fungi. A fabric can also be used, preferably with a low coefficient of friction.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,基底層(505)具有約264mm(公釐)長度、前足區約86.5mm(公釐)寬度、足跟區約63mm(公釐)寬度、與通過足弓與中央區約76.5mm(公釐)寬度。這些寬度可為±5mm(公釐)變化且仍維持基底層(505)的想要效能。長度可改變且可甚至縮短達26mm(公釐)以適合在想要的鞋內。較長或較短長度亦可藉由依比例地改變基底層的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's mid-size insole, the base layer (505) has a length of about 264 mm (millimeters), a forefoot area of about 86.5 mm (millimeters) width, a heel area of about 63 mm (millimeters) width, and a foot. The bow is approximately 76.5 mm (millimeter) wide with the central zone. These widths can vary by ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the substrate layer (505). The length can be varied and can even be shortened by up to 26 mm (millimeters) to fit within the desired shoe. Longer or shorter lengths can also be achieved by proportionally varying all dimensions of the substrate layer.

基底層(505)的底面(505B)定義各種不同凹部或區域:一足楔形區(507),其在前足區的後部;一第一蹠骨頭墊區,其在第一蹠骨區;一足跟墊區(未顯示);後足楔形/足跟抬高區(513),其在足跟區;及一足弓支撐區,其從鞋墊的中央朝向接近內側邊的足跟區。 The bottom surface (505B) of the base layer (505) defines various recesses or regions: a foot wedge region (507) at the posterior portion of the forefoot region; a first metatarsal head region, in the first metatarsal region; a heel pad region (not shown); a hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (513) in the heel region; and a arch support region from the center of the insole toward the heel region near the medial side.

或者,基底層(505)的底面(505B)可只有下列定義區域之一或多者:前足楔形區(507)、第一蹠骨頭墊區、足跟墊區、後足楔形/足跟抬高區(513)、與足弓支撐區。 Alternatively, the bottom surface (505B) of the base layer (505) may have only one or more of the following defined regions: the forefoot wedge region (507), the first metatarsal head pad region, the heel pad region, the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation Area (513), and the arch support area.

蹠骨墊(538)最好位在第二至第四蹠骨頭後面。為了一般性前足舒適度,蹠骨墊(538)提供遠離小蹠骨頭的壓力重新分配,且相對增加第一蹠骨頭墊區的深度,以在步伐行進階段期間促 成較大程度的第一趾幅蹠屈。最好係,蹠骨墊(538)是基底層(505)的延伸。最好係,蹠骨墊(538)是基底層(505)的延伸。 The tibial pad (538) is preferably located behind the second to fourth metatarsal heads. For general forefoot comfort, the tibial pad (538) provides pressure redistribution away from the small humeral head and relatively increases the depth of the first metatarsal head pad area to facilitate during the pace travel phase To a greater extent, the first toe is deformed. Preferably, the tibial pad (538) is an extension of the base layer (505). Preferably, the tibial pad (538) is an extension of the base layer (505).

蹠骨墊(538)最好具有在頂面(505A)上面的2.0-3.0mm(公釐)高度。高度可為±1mm(公釐)變化,但不建議改變超過其,因為太少或太多蹠骨墊可能沒有想要的效果。 The tibial pad (538) preferably has a height of 2.0-3.0 mm (millimeters) above the top surface (505A). The height can vary by ±1 mm (millimeters), but it is not recommended to change beyond it, as too little or too much of the tibial pad may not have the desired effect.

或者,蹠骨墊(538)是一類似錐形組件,其固定至在第二至第四蹠骨後面區域之基底層(505)的該頂面(505A),該頂片(503)固定在基底層(505)的該頂面(505A)且在超過蹠骨墊(538)或允許蹠骨墊(538)經由其延伸。另一替代選擇是固定蹠骨墊(538)至第二至第四蹠骨區的頂片(503)。 Alternatively, the tibial pad (538) is a similarly tapered component that is secured to the top surface (505A) of the base layer (505) in the area behind the second to fourth metatarsals, the topsheet (503) being secured to the base layer The top surface (505A) of (505) extends over the tibial pad (538) or allows the tibial pad (538). Another alternative is to secure the tibial pad (538) to the topsheet (503) of the second to fourth metatarsal regions.

最好係,蹠骨墊(538)是利用相同於基底層(505)的材料製成。其他材料可用於蹠骨墊(538),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持蹠骨墊(538)的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the tibial pad (538) is made of the same material as the base layer (505). Other materials may be used for the tibial pad (538), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall thickness of the tibial pad (538). Structure and flexibility.

圖6示意說明鞋墊的內側邊視圖。該鞋墊最好包括一頂片(603)與一基底層(605),該基底層具有一頂面(605A),其固定至該頂片(603);及一相反底面(605B)。基底層(605)亦定義一縱向足弓支撐部(606),其沿著鞋墊的內側邊向上延伸,以提供附加 墊與腳部足弓區的支撐。 Figure 6 schematically illustrates an inside side view of the insole. The insole preferably includes a topsheet (603) and a base layer (605) having a top surface (605A) secured to the topsheet (603) and an opposite bottom surface (605B). The base layer (605) also defines a longitudinal arch support (606) that extends upwardly along the inner side of the insole to provide additional Pad and foot support in the arch area.

基底層(605)具有一凸緣,其圍繞足跟的周圍,且部分沿腳部側邊延伸,使得鞋墊具有符合腳部自然形狀的一足跟杯墊。如圖5-8和10所示,凸緣的高度在相鄰於鞋墊的內側界通常是較高與較厚,且相鄰於鞋墊的外側界是較低與較薄。相較於外側界,凸緣沿著縱向足弓支撐部(606)是特別較高。 The base layer (605) has a flange that surrounds the circumference of the heel and that extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel coaster that conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As shown in Figures 5-8 and 10, the height of the flange is generally higher and thicker adjacent the inner side of the insole, and the outer boundary adjacent the insole is lower and thinner. The flange is particularly tall along the longitudinal arch support (606) as compared to the lateral boundary.

基底層(605)最好是利用具有適當彈性墊作用特性的泡棉或其他材料製成。最好係,基底層(605)包括一乙烯醋酸乙烯酯(EVA)泡棉,其是乙烯和醋酸乙烯酯的共聚物。一較佳EVA泡棉具有約55-60 Asker C的硬度(Durometer)。其他材料可用於基底層(605),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持基底層(605)的整體結構與彈性。 The base layer (605) is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable elastic pad action characteristics. Preferably, the substrate layer (605) comprises an ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) foam which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate. A preferred EVA foam has a Durometer of about 55-60 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the substrate layer (605), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the substrate layer (605). Structure and flexibility.

在一較佳具體實施例中,基底層(605)的該頂面(605A)覆蓋頂片(603),其最好是一具低摩擦係數的非織物層,以減少起水泡的可能性少。在一較佳具體實施例中,織物是使用抗菌劑處理過,其結合一防濕層以減少引起細菌與菌類的氣味。一織物亦可使用,最好具低摩擦係數。 In a preferred embodiment, the top surface (605A) of the base layer (605) covers the topsheet (603), which is preferably a non-woven layer having a low coefficient of friction to reduce the likelihood of blisters. . In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antimicrobial agent that incorporates a moisture barrier to reduce the odor caused by bacteria and fungi. A fabric can also be used, preferably with a low coefficient of friction.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,基底層(605)具有約264mm(公釐)長度、前足區約86.5mm(公釐)寬度、足跟區約63mm(公釐)寬度、與通過足弓與中央區約76.5mm(公釐)寬度。這些寬度可為±5mm(公釐)變化且仍維持基底層(605)的想要效能。長度可改變且可甚至縮短達26mm(公釐)以適合在想要的鞋內。較長或較短長度亦可藉由依比例地改變基底層的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a medium size insole for men, the base layer (605) has a length of about 264 mm (millimeter), a forefoot area of about 86.5 mm (millimeter) width, a heel area of about 63 mm (millimeter) width, and a foot. The bow is approximately 76.5 mm (millimeter) wide with the central zone. These widths can vary by ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the substrate layer (605). The length can be varied and can even be shortened by up to 26 mm (millimeters) to fit within the desired shoe. Longer or shorter lengths can also be achieved by proportionally varying all dimensions of the substrate layer.

基底層(605)的底面(605B)定義各種不同凹部或區域:一前足楔形墊,其在前足區的後部;一第一蹠骨頭墊區,其在第一蹠骨區;一足跟墊區(未顯示);後足楔形/足跟抬高區,其在足跟區;及一足弓支撐區,其從鞋墊的中央朝向接近內側邊的足跟區。 The bottom surface (605B) of the base layer (605) defines various recesses or regions: a forefoot wedge pad at the posterior portion of the forefoot region; a first metatarsal head pad region in the first metatarsal region; a heel pad region (not Shown; a hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone in the heel zone; and a arch support zone from the center of the insole toward the heel region near the medial side.

基底層(605)亦定義一分隔壁(620),其從足弓支撐區(617)分開第一蹠骨頭墊區(609)。分隔壁(620)有助基底層(605)定義第一蹠骨頭墊區(609)與足弓支撐區(617),用於正確置放第一蹠骨頭墊與足弓支撐部,且保持第一蹠骨頭墊與足弓支撐部免於彼此干擾。因此,置放在第一蹠骨頭墊區(609)的第一蹠骨頭墊係藉由分隔壁(620)而從足弓支撐區(617)分開,且同樣地,第一蹠骨頭墊不位在其中設置足弓支撐部的相同凹區、或任何類型凹區。 The basal layer (605) also defines a dividing wall (620) that separates the first metacarpal head pad region (609) from the arch support region (617). The partition wall (620) assists the base layer (605) to define a first metatarsal head pad area (609) and an arch support area (617) for correctly placing the first metatarsal head pad and the arch support portion, and maintaining the first A bone pad and an arch support are protected from interference with each other. Therefore, the first metatarsal head pad placed in the first metatarsal head pad area (609) is separated from the arch support region (617) by the partition wall (620), and likewise, the first metatarsal head pad is not positioned. The same recessed area in which the arch support is provided, or any type of recessed area.

或者,基底層(605)的底面(605B)可只有下列定義區域之一或多者:前足楔形區、第一蹠骨頭墊區(609)、足跟墊區、後足楔形/足跟抬高區、與足弓支撐區(617)。 Alternatively, the bottom surface (605B) of the base layer (605) may have only one or more of the following defined areas: the forefoot wedge region, the first metatarsal head pad region (609), the heel pad region, the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation Area, and arch support area (617).

蹠骨墊(638)最好位在第二至第四蹠骨頭後面。為了一般性前足舒適度,蹠骨墊(638)提供遠離小蹠骨頭的壓力重新分配,且相對增加第一蹠骨頭墊區的深度,以在步伐行進階段期間促成較大程度的第一趾幅蹠屈。最好係,蹠骨墊(638)是基底層(605)的延伸。最好係,蹠骨墊(638)是基底層(605)的延伸。 The tibial pad (638) is preferably located behind the second to fourth metatarsal heads. For general forefoot comfort, the tibial pad (638) provides pressure redistribution away from the small humeral head and relatively increases the depth of the first metatarsal head pad region to promote a greater degree of first toe amplitude during the pace travel phase Qu. Preferably, the tibial pad (638) is an extension of the base layer (605). Preferably, the tibial pad (638) is an extension of the base layer (605).

蹠骨墊(638)最好具有在頂面(605A)上面的2.0-3.0mm(公釐)高度。高度可為±1mm(公釐)變化,但不建議改變超過其,因為太少或太多蹠骨墊可能沒有想要的效果。 The tibial pad (638) preferably has a height of 2.0-3.0 mm (millimeters) above the top surface (605A). The height can vary by ±1 mm (millimeters), but it is not recommended to change beyond it, as too little or too much of the tibial pad may not have the desired effect.

或者,蹠骨墊(638)是一類似錐形組件,其固定在第二至第四蹠骨後面區域之基底層(605)的該頂面(605A),該頂片(603)固定在基底層(605)的該頂面(605A),且在蹠骨墊(638)或允許蹠骨墊(638)經由其延伸。另一替代選擇是固定蹠骨墊(638)至第二至第四蹠骨區的頂片(603)。 Alternatively, the tibial pad (638) is a similarly tapered component that is secured to the top surface (605A) of the base layer (605) of the second to fourth metatarsal region, the topsheet (603) being secured to the base layer ( The top surface (605A) of 605) and the tibial pad (638) or the tibial pad (638) are allowed to extend therethrough. Another alternative is to secure the tibial pad (638) to the topsheet (603) of the second to fourth metatarsal regions.

最好係,蹠骨墊(638)是利用相同於基底層(605)的材料製 成。其他材料可用於蹠骨墊(638),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持蹠骨墊(638)的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the tibial pad (638) is made of the same material as the base layer (605). to make. Other materials may be used for the tibial pad (638), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall thickness of the tibial pad (638). Structure and flexibility.

一第一蹠骨頭墊的背與內側緣略微向上延伸鞋墊的內側邊。第一蹠骨頭墊是位在足弓支撐部前面之腳部的第一蹠骨頭腳下面。 The back and inner edges of a first metatarsal head pad extend slightly upwardly to the inner side of the insole. The first metatarsal head pad is located under the head of the first metatarsal bone at the foot in front of the arch support.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,第一蹠骨頭墊在遠緣處具有約73.5mm(公釐)長度與約29.3mm(公釐)寬度。第一蹠骨頭墊的近端來到在近與外側緣處的一點。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一蹠骨頭墊的想要效能。 對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變第一蹠骨頭墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the first metatarsal head pad has a length of about 73.5 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 29.3 mm (millimeter) at the distal edge. The proximal end of the first metatarsal head pad comes to a point near the outer and outer edges. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first metatarsal head pad. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the first metatarsal head pad.

最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊是具有約40-45 Asker C硬度的EVA材料。或者,第一蹠骨頭墊的硬度可約介於45-55 Asker C、或(或者)55-60 Asker C間。第一蹠骨頭墊的厚度是約2-2.5mm(公釐)厚或第一蹠骨頭墊區(609)的深度。第一蹠骨頭墊的基本設計是建立在蹠骨頭下面的地面反作用力(GRF)差異,且當未接合第一蹠骨頭墊時,允許第一蹠骨降低於其他蹠骨面。其他材料可用於第一蹠骨頭墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、 聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持第一蹠骨頭墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad is an EVA material having a hardness of about 40-45 Asker C. Alternatively, the first metatarsal head pad may have a hardness of between about 45-55 Asker C, or (or) 55-60 Asker C. The thickness of the first metatarsal head pad is about 2-2.5 mm (millimeters) thick or the depth of the first metatarsal head pad area (609). The basic design of the first metatarsal head pad is based on the ground reaction force (GRF) difference under the humeral head and allows the first metatarsal to be lowered to the other humeral surface when the first metatarsal head pad is not engaged. Other materials can be used for the first metatarsal head pad, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), Polyethylene (PE) or gel that provides suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the first metatarsal head pad.

足弓支撐區(617)是沿著縱向足弓支撐部(606)設置,且其一近緣端最接近鞋墊的足跟端,且一遠緣端延伸向鞋墊的該腳趾端。連接該近緣端至該遠緣端是一內側緣與一外側緣,該外側緣具有一類似拋物線形狀。足弓支撐部係部分圍繞在縱向足弓支撐部(606)下面的基底層(605)的內側邊。大體上,其概略位在腳部的足弓區或在距骨、舟骨、第一楔骨、與第一蹠骨之近部下面。足弓支撐部本質成形係相同於足弓支撐區(617),且固定至基底層(605)的底面(605B)的該足弓支撐區(617)。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定該足弓支撐部至足弓支撐區(617)。 The arch support region (617) is disposed along the longitudinal arch support (606) with a proximal end closest to the heel end of the insole and a distal end extending toward the toe end of the insole. Connecting the proximal end to the distal end is an inner edge and an outer edge, the outer edge having a parabolic shape. The arch support portion partially surrounds the inner side of the base layer (605) below the longitudinal arch support (606). In general, it is located either in the arch region of the foot or below the talus, the scaphoid, the first clavicle, and the proximal portion of the first metatarsal. The arch support is formed in the same manner as the arch support region (617) and is secured to the arch support region (617) of the bottom surface (605B) of the base layer (605). An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the arch support to the arch support region (617).

足弓支撐部的一具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個延伸肋部,其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的硬支撐。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。每個延伸肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A specific embodiment of the arch support is defined from the proximal end to the distal end a plurality of extension ribs extending outwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a hard support for the arch region. The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The width of each of the extended ribs is about 5 mm (millimeters).

此第一具體實施例最好是利用具有約90-100 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與 材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This first embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 90-100 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate hardness and The material features to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第二具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個肋形凹部,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的彈性支撐。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。每個肋形凹部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A second embodiment of the arch support defines a plurality of rib-shaped recesses extending from the proximal end to the distal end extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides elastic support for the arch region. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The width of each rib recess is about 5 mm (millimeter).

此第二具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Shore A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This second embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Shore A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第三具體實施例包括複數個延伸肋部,其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸;複數個本質水平肋部,其具有在該足弓支撐部呈鋸齒狀的一肋部外形;及複數個肋形開口,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的半彈性或半硬支撐。 A third embodiment of the arch support includes a plurality of extended ribs extending outwardly from the arch support; a plurality of essentially horizontal ribs having a rib that is serrated at the arch support a shape; and a plurality of rib-shaped openings extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a semi-elastic or semi-rigid support of the arch region.

足弓支撐部是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義一或多個延伸肋部、一或多個本質水平肋部、與一或多個肋形凹部。最好係,使用三個延伸肋部、該等本質水平肋部之三者、與三個肋形凹 部。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。本質水平肋部具有一約0.5mm(公釐)深度的肋部外形。 The arch support defines one or more extended ribs, one or more intrinsic horizontal ribs, and one or more rib shaped recesses from the proximal end to the distal end. Preferably, three extended ribs, three of the essentially horizontal ribs, and three rib recesses are used. unit. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The intrinsic horizontal rib has a rib profile of about 0.5 mm (millimeter) depth.

肋形凹部改善足弓支撐部的該遠緣端之彈性,而沒有犧牲在足弓支撐部之中央與近端的縱向足弓支撐部。 The rib recess improves the elasticity of the distal end of the arch support without sacrificing the longitudinal arch support at the center and proximal end of the arch support.

足弓支撐部之遠端三分之一的最初三個肋形凹部係提供,以允許緊鄰第一蹠骨頭近側的區域(即是,第一蹠骨的遠側軸)保持彈性,以在步伐行進階段期間促成不受限的第一趾幅蹠屈。 The first three rib-shaped recesses of the distal third of the arch support are provided to allow the region proximal to the proximal side of the first metatarsal head (ie, the distal axis of the first metatarsal) to remain resilient at the pace Unconstrained first toe flexion is facilitated during the travel phase.

足弓支撐部(水平肋部與延伸肋部)的中央與近側三分之二係藉由漸進較厚橫條硬化,以提供改善的足弓支撐,且當腳部移至內旋位置時,施加較高的抗腳掌內翻地面反作用力(GRF)大小在載距突區。 The center and proximal two-thirds of the arch support (horizontal ribs and extension ribs) are hardened by progressively thicker transverse bars to provide improved arch support and when the foot is moved to the internal rotation position Apply a higher anti-foot varus ground reaction force (GRF) size in the load-to-distance zone.

此第三具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This third embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

或者,肋形凹部可為肋形開口。肋形開口係定義允許該基底層(605)經由其延伸。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。基底層(605)係成型以便其部分材料注入該等肋形開口,使得此部分概略齊平足弓支撐部的外表面,且機械式鎖定足弓支撐部與基底層(605)一起。有利地係,當壓縮基底層(605)(例如,當步行或跑步)時,基底層材料亦可透過肋形開口鼓起以提供附加的彈性墊作用。 Alternatively, the rib-shaped recess may be a rib-shaped opening. The ribbed opening is defined to allow the base layer (605) to extend therethrough. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The base layer (605) is shaped such that a portion of its material is injected into the rib-shaped openings such that the portion is substantially flush with the outer surface of the arch support and mechanically locking the arch support with the base layer (605). Advantageously, when compressing the substrate layer (605) (eg, when walking or running), the substrate layer material can also be blasted through the rib-shaped openings to provide additional elastic pad action.

對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足弓支撐部是約104-105mm(公釐)長度。在接近中央之最寬點的寬度是約37.5至38.5mm(公釐)。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一足弓支撐部的想要效能。 For a men's mid-size insole, the arch support is about 104-105 mm (millimeters) in length. The width at the widest point near the center is about 37.5 to 38.5 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first arch support.

當腳部處於「自然姿勢」位置時,足弓支撐部是無作用或施加溫和腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩至中足。 When the foot is in the "natural position" position, the arch support is inactive or applies a gentle foot valgus (anti-foot varus) moment to the midfoot.

當腳部移至內旋位置時,足弓支撐部對著載距突(即是,近位足弓)下方的區域施加較高地面反作用力(GRF)大小,以增加距下關節(即是,後足)的腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩。 When the foot is moved to the internal rotation position, the arch support applies a higher ground reaction force (GRF) to the area below the load distance protrusion (ie, the proximal arch) to increase the subtalar joint (ie, , hind foot) foot valgus (anti-foot varus) moment.

圖7示意說明鞋墊的後視圖。該鞋墊最好包括一頂片(703) 與一基底層(705),該基底層(705)具有一頂面(705A),其固定至該頂片(703);及一相反底面(705B)。基底層(705)亦定義一縱向足弓支撐部(706),其沿著鞋墊的內側邊向上延伸以提供附加墊與腳部足弓區的支撐。 Figure 7 illustrates a rear view of the insole. The insole preferably includes a topsheet (703) And a substrate layer (705) having a top surface (705A) secured to the top sheet (703) and an opposite bottom surface (705B). The base layer (705) also defines a longitudinal arch support (706) that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide support for the additional pad and the arch of the foot.

基底層(705)具有一凸緣,其圍繞足跟的周圍,且部分沿著腳部側邊延伸,使得鞋墊具有符合腳部自然形狀的一足跟杯墊。如圖5-8和10所示,凸緣的高度在相鄰於鞋墊的內側界通常是較高與較厚,且相鄰於鞋墊的外側界是較低與較薄。相較於外側界,凸緣沿著縱向足弓支撐部(706)是特別較高。 The base layer (705) has a flange that surrounds the circumference of the heel and that extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel coaster that conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As shown in Figures 5-8 and 10, the height of the flange is generally higher and thicker adjacent the inner side of the insole, and the outer boundary adjacent the insole is lower and thinner. The flange is particularly tall along the longitudinal arch support (706) as compared to the lateral boundary.

基底層(705)最好是利用具有適當彈性墊作用特性的泡棉或其他材料製成。最好係,基底層(705)包括一乙烯醋酸乙烯酯(EVA)泡棉,其是乙烯和醋酸乙烯酯的共聚物。一較佳EVA泡棉具有約55-60 Asker C硬度(Durometer)。其他材料可用於基底層(705),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持基底層(705)的整體結構與彈性。 The base layer (705) is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable elastic pad action characteristics. Preferably, the substrate layer (705) comprises an ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) foam which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate. A preferred EVA foam has a pressure of about 55-60 Asker C (Durometer). Other materials may be used for the substrate layer (705), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the substrate layer (705). Structure and flexibility.

在一較佳具體實施例中,基底層(705)的該頂面(705A)覆蓋頂片(703),其最好是一具低摩擦係數的非織物層,以減少起水泡的可能性少。在一較佳具體實施例中,該織物係使用抗菌劑 處理過,其結合一防濕層以減少引起細菌與菌類的氣味。一織物亦可使用,最好具低摩擦係數。 In a preferred embodiment, the top surface (705A) of the base layer (705) covers the topsheet (703), which is preferably a non-woven layer having a low coefficient of friction to reduce the likelihood of blisters. . In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is an antimicrobial agent After treatment, it incorporates a moisture barrier to reduce the odor caused by bacteria and fungi. A fabric can also be used, preferably with a low coefficient of friction.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,基底層(705)具有約264mm(公釐)長度、前足區約86.5mm(公釐)寬度、足跟區約63mm(公釐)寬度、與通過足弓與中央區約76.5mm(公釐)寬度。這些寬度可為±5mm(公釐)變化且仍維持基底層(705)的想要效能。長度可改變且可甚至縮短達26mm(公釐)以適合在想要的鞋內。較長或較短長度亦可藉由依比例地改變基底層的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the base layer (705) has a length of about 264 mm (millimeters), a forefoot area of about 86.5 mm (millimeters) width, a heel area of about 63 mm (millimeters) width, and a foot. The bow is approximately 76.5 mm (millimeter) wide with the central zone. These widths can vary by ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the substrate layer (705). The length can be varied and can even be shortened by up to 26 mm (millimeters) to fit within the desired shoe. Longer or shorter lengths can also be achieved by proportionally varying all dimensions of the substrate layer.

足弓支撐區(717)沿著縱向足弓支撐部(706)設置,且其一近緣端最接近鞋墊的足跟端,且一遠緣端延伸向鞋墊的該腳趾端。連接該近緣端至該遠緣端是一內側緣與一外側緣,該外側緣具有一類似拋物線形狀。足弓支撐部係部分圍繞縱向足弓支撐部(706)下面的基底層(705)的內側邊。大體上,其概略位在腳部的足弓區或在距骨、舟骨、第一楔骨、與第一蹠骨之近部下面。足弓支撐部本質成形係相同於足弓支撐區(717),且固定在基底層(705)的底面(705B)的足弓支撐區(717)。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定足弓支撐部至足弓支撐區(717)。 The arch support region (717) is disposed along the longitudinal arch support (706) with a proximal end closest to the heel end of the insole and a distal end extending toward the toe end of the insole. Connecting the proximal end to the distal end is an inner edge and an outer edge, the outer edge having a parabolic shape. The arch support portion partially surrounds the medial side of the base layer (705) below the longitudinal arch support (706). In general, it is located either in the arch region of the foot or below the talus, the scaphoid, the first clavicle, and the proximal portion of the first metatarsal. The arch support is formed in the same manner as the arch support region (717) and is secured to the arch support region (717) of the bottom surface (705B) of the base layer (705). An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the arch support to the arch support region (717).

足弓支撐部的一具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定 義複數個延伸肋部,其是從該足弓支撐部向外延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的硬支撐。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。 每個延伸肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A specific embodiment of the arch support is from the proximal end to the distal end A plurality of extension ribs extend outwardly from the arch support portion. This particular embodiment provides a hard support for the arch region. The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The width of each of the extended ribs is about 5 mm (millimeters).

此第一具體實施例最好是利用具有約90-100 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This first embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 90-100 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第二具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個肋形凹部,其是從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的彈性支撐。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。每個肋形凹部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A second embodiment of the arch support defines a plurality of rib-shaped recesses extending from the proximal end to the distal end extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides elastic support for the arch region. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The width of each rib recess is about 5 mm (millimeter).

此第二具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Shore A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This second embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Shore A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第三具體實施例包括複數個延伸肋部,其 從該足弓支撐部向外延伸;複數個本質水平肋部,其具有在該足弓支撐部呈鋸齒狀的一肋部外形;及複數個肋形開口,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的半彈性或半硬支撐。 A third embodiment of the arch support includes a plurality of extension ribs Extending outwardly from the arch support portion; a plurality of essentially horizontal ribs having a rib shape that is serrated at the arch support portion; and a plurality of rib-shaped openings extending inwardly from the arch support portion extend. This particular embodiment provides a semi-elastic or semi-rigid support of the arch region.

足弓支撐部是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義一或多個延伸肋部、一或多個本質水平肋部、與一或多個肋形凹部。最好係,使用三個延伸肋部、該等本質水平肋部之三者、與三個肋形凹部。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。本質水平肋部具有一約0.5mm(公釐)深度的肋部外形。 The arch support defines one or more extended ribs, one or more intrinsic horizontal ribs, and one or more rib shaped recesses from the proximal end to the distal end. Preferably, three extension ribs, three of the essentially horizontal ribs, and three rib recesses are used. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The intrinsic horizontal rib has a rib profile of about 0.5 mm (millimeter) depth.

肋形凹部改善足弓支撐部的該遠緣端之彈性,而沒有犧牲在足弓支撐部之中央與近端的縱向足弓支撐部。 The rib recess improves the elasticity of the distal end of the arch support without sacrificing the longitudinal arch support at the center and proximal end of the arch support.

足弓支撐部之遠端三分之一的最初三個肋形凹部係提供,以允許緊鄰第一蹠骨頭近側的區域(即是,第一蹠骨的遠側軸)保持彈性,以在步伐行進階段期間促成無限制性第一趾幅蹠屈。 The first three rib-shaped recesses of the distal third of the arch support are provided to allow the region proximal to the proximal side of the first metatarsal head (ie, the distal axis of the first metatarsal) to remain resilient at the pace Unrestricted first toe flexion during the travel phase.

足弓支撐部(水平肋部與延伸肋部)的中央與近位三分之二係藉由漸進較厚橫條硬化,以提供改善的足弓支撐,且當腳部 移至內旋位置時,施加較高的抗腳掌內翻地面反作用力(GRF)大小在載距突區。 The center and the proximal two-thirds of the arch support (horizontal ribs and extension ribs) are hardened by progressively thicker transverse bars to provide improved arch support and when the feet are When moving to the in-rotation position, a higher anti-foot inversion ground reaction force (GRF) is applied in the load-to-distance region.

此第三具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This third embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

或者,肋形凹部可為肋形開口。肋形開口係定義允許該基底層(705)經由其延伸。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。基底層(705)係成型以便其部分材料注入該等肋形開口,使得此部分概略齊平足弓支撐部的外表面,且機械式鎖定足弓支撐部與基底層(705)一起。有利地係,當壓縮基底層(705)(例如,當步行或跑步)時,基底層材料亦可透過肋形開口鼓起以提供附加的彈性墊作用。 Alternatively, the rib-shaped recess may be a rib-shaped opening. The ribbed opening is defined to allow the base layer (705) to extend therethrough. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The base layer (705) is shaped such that a portion of its material is injected into the rib-shaped openings such that the portion is substantially flush with the outer surface of the arch support and mechanically locking the arch support with the base layer (705). Advantageously, when the substrate layer (705) is compressed (e.g., when walking or running), the substrate layer material can also be blasted through the rib-shaped openings to provide additional elastic pad action.

對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足弓支撐部是約104-105mm(公釐)長度。在接近中央之最寬點的寬度是約37.5至38.5mm(公釐)。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一足弓支撐部的想要效能。 For a men's mid-size insole, the arch support is about 104-105 mm (millimeters) in length. The width at the widest point near the center is about 37.5 to 38.5 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first arch support.

當腳部處於「自然姿勢」位置時,足弓支撐部是無作用或施加溫和的腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩至中足。 When the foot is in the "natural position" position, the arch support is inactive or applies a mild foot valgus (anti-foot varus) moment to the midfoot.

當腳部移至內旋位置時,足弓支撐部對著在載距突(即是,近端足弓)下方的區域施加較高地面反作用力(GRF)大小,以增加距下關節(即是,後足)的腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩。 When the foot is moved to the internal rotation position, the arch support applies a higher ground reaction force (GRF) to the area below the load-bearing protrusion (ie, the proximal arch) to increase the subtalar joint (ie, Yes, hind foot) foot valgus (anti-foot varus) moment.

在本發明的一第一較佳具體實施例中,固定在底面(705B)的基底層(705)所定義區域的基底層(705)之鞋墊的各種不同組件係使用一適當構件(諸如,一黏著或接合劑)而固定至基底層(705)。 In a first preferred embodiment of the invention, the various components of the insole of the base layer (705) secured to the area defined by the base layer (705) of the bottom surface (705B) utilize a suitable component (such as a Adhesive or bonding agent) is fixed to the substrate layer (705).

或者,各種不同組件可於製程期間成型在基底層(705)。 Alternatively, various components can be formed in the substrate layer (705) during the process.

圖8是沿著鞋墊的中央之圖4所示鞋墊的縱向截面視圖。 該鞋墊最好包括一頂片(803)與一基底層(805),該基底層(805)具有一頂面(805A),其固定至該頂片(803);及一相反底面(805B)。最好係,該基底層(805)的該頂面(805A)定義一向上延伸部或蹠骨墊(838)(如圖3、5、6、8和9所示),其位在腳部的第二至第四足底蹠骨區後面。基底層(805)亦定義一縱向足弓支撐部(806),其沿著鞋墊的內側邊向上延伸以提供附加墊與腳部足弓區的支撐。 Figure 8 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the insole shown in Figure 4 along the center of the insole. The insole preferably includes a topsheet (803) and a base layer (805) having a top surface (805A) secured to the topsheet (803) and an opposite bottom surface (805B) . Preferably, the top surface (805A) of the base layer (805) defines an upward extension or tibial pad (838) (as shown in Figures 3, 5, 6, 8 and 9) which is located at the foot. Second to fourth posterior tibial area. The base layer (805) also defines a longitudinal arch support (806) that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide additional pad and foot arch support.

基底層(805)具有一凸緣,其圍繞足跟的周圍,且部分沿著腳部側邊延伸,使得鞋墊具有符合腳部自然形狀的一足跟杯墊。如圖所示5-8和10,凸緣的高度在相鄰於鞋墊的內側界通常是較高與較厚,且相鄰於鞋墊的外側界是較低與較薄。相較於外側界,凸緣沿著縱向足弓支撐部(806)足弓支撐部(806)是特別較高。 The base layer (805) has a flange that surrounds the circumference of the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel coaster that conforms to the natural shape of the foot. 5-8 and 10, the height of the flange is generally higher and thicker adjacent the inner side of the insole, and the outer boundary adjacent the insole is lower and thinner. The flange is particularly taller along the longitudinal arch support (806) arch support (806) than the lateral boundary.

基底層(805)最好是利用具有適當彈性墊作用特性的泡棉或其他材料製成。最好係,基底層(805)包括一乙烯醋酸乙烯酯(EVA)泡棉,其是乙烯和醋酸乙烯酯的共聚物。一較佳EVA泡棉具有約55-60 Asker C硬度(Durometer)。其他材料可用於基底層(805),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持基底層(805)的整體結構與彈性。 The substrate layer (805) is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable elastic pad action characteristics. Preferably, the substrate layer (805) comprises an ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) foam which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate. A preferred EVA foam has a pressure of about 55-60 Asker C (Durometer). Other materials may be used for the substrate layer (805), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the substrate layer (805). Structure and flexibility.

在一較佳具體實施例中,基底層(805)的該頂面(805A)覆蓋頂片(803),其最好是一具低摩擦係數的非織物層,以減少起水泡的可能性少。在一較佳具體實施例中,該織物使用一抗菌劑處理過,其結合一防濕層以減少引起細菌與菌類的氣味。一織物亦可使用,最好具低摩擦係數。 In a preferred embodiment, the top surface (805A) of the base layer (805) covers the topsheet (803), which is preferably a non-woven layer having a low coefficient of friction to reduce the likelihood of blisters. . In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antimicrobial agent that incorporates a moisture barrier to reduce the odor caused by bacteria and fungi. A fabric can also be used, preferably with a low coefficient of friction.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,基底層(805)具有約264mm(公釐)長度、前足區約86.5mm(公釐)寬度、足跟區約63mm(公釐)寬度、與通過足弓與中央區約76.5mm(公釐)寬度。這些寬度可為±5mm(公釐)變化且仍維持基底層(805)的想要效能。長度可改變且可甚至縮短達26mm(公釐)以適合在想要的鞋內。較長或較短長度亦可藉由依比例地改變基底層的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the base layer (805) has a length of about 264 mm (millimeters), a forefoot area of about 86.5 mm (millimeters) width, a heel area of about 63 mm (millimeters) width, and a foot. The bow is approximately 76.5 mm (millimeter) wide with the central zone. These widths can vary by ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the substrate layer (805). The length can be varied and can even be shortened by up to 26 mm (millimeters) to fit within the desired shoe. Longer or shorter lengths can also be achieved by proportionally varying all dimensions of the substrate layer.

基底層(805)的底面(805B)定義各種不同凹部或區域:一前足楔形區(807),其在前足區的後部;一第一蹠骨頭墊區,其在第一蹠骨頭區;一足跟墊區(811)與後足楔形/足跟抬高區(813),其在足跟區;及一足弓支撐區,其從鞋墊的中央朝向接近內側邊的足跟區。 The bottom surface (805B) of the base layer (805) defines various recesses or regions: a forefoot wedge region (807) at the posterior portion of the forefoot region; a first metatarsal head pad region in the first metatarsal region; a heel A pad region (811) and a hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (813), in the heel region; and a arch support region, from the center of the insole toward the heel region near the medial side.

或者,基底層(805)的底面(805B)可只有下列定義區域之一或多者:前足楔形區(807)、第一蹠骨頭墊區、足跟墊區(811)、後足楔形/足跟抬高區(813)、與足弓支撐區。 Alternatively, the bottom surface (805B) of the base layer (805) may have only one or more of the following defined regions: the forefoot wedge region (807), the first metatarsal head pad region, the heel pad region (811), the hindfoot wedge shape/foot. With the elevation area (813), and the arch support area.

蹠骨墊(838)最好位在第二至第四蹠骨後面。為了一般前足舒適度,蹠骨墊(838)提供遠離小蹠骨的壓力重新分配,且相對增加第一蹠骨頭墊區的深度,以在步伐行進階段期間促成較大程度的第一趾幅蹠屈。最好係,蹠骨墊(838)是基底層(805)的延 伸。 The tibial pad (838) is preferably located behind the second to fourth metatarsal. For general forefoot comfort, the tibial pad (838) provides pressure redistribution away from the small tibia and relatively increases the depth of the first metatarsal head pad region to promote a greater degree of first toe flexion during the pace travel phase. Preferably, the tibial pad (838) is the extension of the base layer (805). Stretch.

蹠骨墊(838)最好具有在頂面(805A)上面2.0-3.0mm(公釐)高度。高度可為±1mm(公釐)變化,但不建議改變超過其,因為太少或太多蹠骨墊可能沒有想要的效果。 The tibial pad (838) preferably has a height of 2.0-3.0 mm (millimeters) above the top surface (805A). The height can vary by ±1 mm (millimeters), but it is not recommended to change beyond it, as too little or too much of the tibial pad may not have the desired effect.

或者,蹠骨墊(838)是一類似錐形組件,其固定在第二至第四蹠骨後面區域之基底層(805)的該頂面(805A),頂片(803)以固定至基底層(805)的該頂面(805A),且在蹠骨墊(838)或允許蹠骨墊(838)經由其延伸。另一替代選擇是固定蹠骨墊(838)至第二至第四蹠骨區的頂片(803)。 Alternatively, the tibial pad (838) is a similarly tapered component that is secured to the top surface (805A) of the base layer (805) of the second to fourth metatarsal region, the topsheet (803) being secured to the base layer ( The top surface (805A) of 805) and the tibial pad (838) or the tibial pad (838) are allowed to extend therethrough. Another alternative is to secure the tibial pad (838) to the topsheet (803) of the second to fourth metatarsal regions.

最好係,蹠骨墊(838)是利用相同於基底層(805)的材料製成。其他材料可用於蹠骨墊(838),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持蹠骨墊(838)的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the tibial pad (838) is made of the same material as the base layer (805). Other materials may be used for the tibial pad (838), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall tibial pad (838). Structure and flexibility.

前足楔形區(807)是在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面開始且近側延伸至腳部的中央。 The forefoot wedge region (807) begins at the back of the second to fifth metatarsal heads and extends proximally to the center of the foot.

一前足楔形部本質成形係相同於前足楔形區(807)且固定其中。前足楔形部具有一內側緣、一外側緣、一近(背)緣與一 遠(前)緣。遠緣是在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面。前足楔形部的內側緣沿著從該鞋墊的該內側緣所側面隔開的一條線延伸,其本質從遠緣延伸至近緣。該近緣從該內側緣橫向(或側面)延伸至該外側緣,其從該鞋墊的該外側界略微內側隔開。外側緣連接該近緣至該前足楔形部的該遠緣。圖11顯示腳骨置放在鞋墊。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定前足楔形部至前足楔形區(807)。 A forefoot wedge is formed in the same manner as the forefoot wedge region (807) and is fixed therein. The forefoot wedge has an inner edge, an outer edge, a proximal (back) edge and a Far (front) edge. The far side is behind the second to fifth metatarsal bones. The inner edge of the forefoot wedge extends along a line spaced from the side of the inner edge of the insole, extending intrinsically from the distal edge to the proximal edge. The proximal edge extends laterally (or laterally) from the inner edge to the outer edge, which is slightly spaced from the outer side of the insole. The outer edge connects the proximal edge to the distal edge of the forefoot wedge. Figure 11 shows the foot bone placed on the insole. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the forefoot wedge to the forefoot wedge region (807).

前足楔形部具有3°斜率,其從約4mm(公釐)厚度的較厚外側緣至約1mm(公釐)厚度的較薄內側緣呈錐形化。前足楔形部用來在中足關節的周圍建立一腳掌內翻力矩。此力矩有助對著後足以穩定前足,減少由前足外翻變形所引起腳掌外翻力矩,藉由增加在前足外側面下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以負荷減輕第一蹠趾關節(MTPJ),且減少在距下關節周圍的不正常腳掌外翻力矩。 The forefoot wedge has a 3[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker outer edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) thickness to a thinner inner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter) thickness. The forefoot wedge is used to establish a varus moment around the midfoot joint. This moment helps to stabilize the forefoot after the pair, reduces the valgus moment caused by the valgus deformation of the forefoot, and reduces the first metatarsophalangeal joint (MTPJ) by increasing the ground reaction force (GRF) under the lateral aspect of the forefoot. And reduce the abnormal foot valgus moment around the lower joint.

假如替代形狀在小蹠骨頭或其後面概略維持一遠緣,且內側與近緣不會妨礙第一蹠骨頭墊區與足弓墊區,前足楔形部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the forefoot wedge may vary if the alternate shape generally maintains a distal edge at or behind the small humeral head and the medial and proximal edges do not interfere with the first metatarsal pad area and the arch pad area.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,前足楔形部具有約55.9mm(公釐)長度與約51.3mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持前足楔形部的想要效能。 對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變前足楔形部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the forefoot wedge has a length of about 55.9 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 51.3 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the forefoot wedge. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the forefoot wedge.

最好係,前足楔形部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於前足楔形部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the forefoot wedge is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the forefoot wedge, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge.

後足楔形/足跟抬高區(813)位在鞋墊的足跟區,其從概略足骰骨近側延伸至鞋墊的足跟端。後足楔形/足跟抬高區(813)係經調適以承受一補充軟墊,其可為後足楔形/足跟抬高區。 後足楔形/足跟抬高區(813)為略微縱向形成角度向外側界,使得其不會干擾足弓支撐區。 The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (813) is located in the heel region of the insole, extending from the proximal side of the outlined footbone to the heel end of the insole. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone (813) is adapted to withstand a supplemental cushion that can be a hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (813) is slightly longitudinally angled to the lateral boundary such that it does not interfere with the arch support region.

後足楔形部具有4°斜率,其係從約4mm(公釐)的較厚內側緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄外側緣呈錐形化。4°後足楔形部用來在距下關節的周圍建立腳掌外翻力矩(且減少腳掌內翻力矩)。 The hindfoot wedge has a 4[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker inner edge of about 4 mm (millimeter) to a thinner outer edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The 4° hindfoot wedge is used to establish a foot valgus moment (and reduce the varus moment) around the lower joint.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,後足楔形部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the hindfoot wedge may vary if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,後足楔形部具有約 71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持後足楔形部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變後足楔形部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a man's medium-sized insole, the hindfoot wedge has about 71.8 mm (millimeter) length and approximately 46.9 mm (millimeter) width. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the hindfoot wedge. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the hindfoot wedge.

最好係,後足楔形部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於後足楔形部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the hindfoot wedge is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the hindfoot wedges, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge. .

足跟抬高部概略從約4mm(公釐)的較厚近緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄遠緣呈錐形化。足跟抬高部用來調整在矢狀面的鞋墊,用以調適前足與腳踝蹠屈、及下肢肌肉骨骼系統的其相關運動學與運動影響;或用來平衡下肢長度差異。 The heel elevation is generally tapered from a thicker edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The heel lift is used to adjust the saddle in the sagittal plane to adjust the forefoot and ankle flexion, and the associated kinematics and motor effects of the lower extremity musculoskeletal system; or to balance the difference in length of the lower extremities.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟抬高部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel elevation can be altered if the alternative shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟抬高部具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟抬高部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟抬高部的所有尺寸 而達成。 Preferably, for a men's mid-size insole, the heel elevation has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel lift. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be scaled to change all sizes of the heel lift And reached.

最好係,足跟抬高部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於足跟抬高部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟抬高部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel lift is made from a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel lifts, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide adequate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall heel elevation Structure and flexibility.

足跟墊區(811)位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區(813)的邊界內的鞋墊足跟區。一足跟墊可固定在基底層與後足楔形或足跟抬高部間的足跟墊區(811)。足跟墊亦可固定至足跟墊區(811),而沒有後足楔形區或足跟抬高區固定其中。足跟墊提供在腳跟著地處的衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。未接合的足跟墊減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The heel pad area (811) is located in the heel area of the insole within the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone (813). A heel pad can be secured to the heel pad region (811) between the base layer and the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. The heel pad can also be secured to the heel pad area (811) without the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation zone being secured thereto. The heel pad provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action at the heel strike. The unjoined heel pad reduces ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel area to treat specific foot conditions and reduces insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟墊的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel pad can be altered if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊具有約63.3mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊的想要效能,且最好小於後足楔形部或足跟抬高部。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例 地改變足跟墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel pad has a length of about 63.3 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 38.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad, and preferably less than the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be proportional This is achieved by changing all the dimensions of the heel pad.

最好係,足跟墊是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可為具有約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用於足跟墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad can be a medium density material having a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) 50-75 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel pads, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gels, which provide suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the heel pad.

在本發明的一第一較佳具體實施例中,固定在底面(805B)的基底層(805)所定義區域的基底層(805)之鞋墊的各種不同組件係使用一適當構件(諸如,一黏著或接合劑)以固定至基底層(805)。 In a first preferred embodiment of the invention, the various components of the insole of the base layer (805) secured to the area defined by the base layer (805) of the bottom surface (805B) utilize a suitable component (such as a Adhesive or bonding agent) to be fixed to the substrate layer (805).

或者,各種不同組件在製程期間可成型在基底層(805)。 Alternatively, various components can be formed in the substrate layer (805) during the process.

圖9示意說明如圖3和4所示蹠骨區後面之鞋墊的橫截面9-9。該鞋墊最好包括一頂片(903)與一基底層(905),該基底層(905)具有一頂面(905A),其固定至該頂片(903);及一相反底面(905B)。最好係,該基底層(905)的該頂面(905A)定義一向上延伸部或蹠骨墊(938)(如圖3、5、6、8和9所示),其位在腳部的第二至第四足底蹠骨區後面。基底層(905)亦定義一縱向足弓支 撐部,其沿著鞋墊的內側邊向上延伸,以提供附加墊與腳部足弓區的支撐。 Figure 9 is a schematic illustration of a cross section 9-9 of the insole behind the tibial region shown in Figures 3 and 4. The insole preferably includes a topsheet (903) and a base layer (905) having a top surface (905A) secured to the topsheet (903) and an opposite bottom surface (905B) . Preferably, the top surface (905A) of the base layer (905) defines an upward extension or tibial pad (938) (as shown in Figures 3, 5, 6, 8 and 9) which is located at the foot. Second to fourth posterior tibial area. The base layer (905) also defines a longitudinal arch branch A struts that extend upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide support for the additional pad and the arch region of the foot.

基底層(905)具有一凸緣,其圍繞足跟的周圍,且部分沿著腳部側邊延伸,使得鞋墊具有符合腳部自然形狀的一足跟杯墊。如圖所示5-8和10,凸緣的高度在相鄰於鞋墊的內側界通常是較高與較厚,且相鄰於鞋墊的外側界是較低與較薄。相較於外側界,凸緣沿著縱向足弓區是特別較高。 The base layer (905) has a flange that surrounds the circumference of the heel and that extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel coaster that conforms to the natural shape of the foot. 5-8 and 10, the height of the flange is generally higher and thicker adjacent the inner side of the insole, and the outer boundary adjacent the insole is lower and thinner. The flange is particularly tall along the longitudinal arch region compared to the lateral boundary.

基底層(905)最好是利用具有適當彈性墊作用特性的泡棉或其他材料製成。最好係,基底層(905)包括一乙烯醋酸乙烯酯(EVA)泡棉,其是乙烯和醋酸乙烯酯的共聚物。一較佳EVA泡棉具有約55-60 Asker C硬度(Durometer)。其他材料可用於基底層(905),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持基底層(905)的整體結構與彈性。 The base layer (905) is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable elastic pad action characteristics. Preferably, the substrate layer (905) comprises an ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) foam which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate. A preferred EVA foam has a pressure of about 55-60 Asker C (Durometer). Other materials may be used for the substrate layer (905), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the substrate layer (905). Structure and flexibility.

在一較佳具體實施例中,基底層(905)的頂面(905A)覆蓋頂片(903),其最好是一具低摩擦係數的非織物層,以減少起水泡的可能性。在一較佳具體實施例中,該織物使用一抗菌劑處理過,其結合一防濕層以減少引起細菌與菌類的氣味。一織物亦可使用,最好具低摩擦係數。 In a preferred embodiment, the top surface (905A) of the substrate layer (905) covers the topsheet (903), which is preferably a non-woven layer of low coefficient of friction to reduce the likelihood of blisters. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antimicrobial agent that incorporates a moisture barrier to reduce the odor caused by bacteria and fungi. A fabric can also be used, preferably with a low coefficient of friction.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,基底層(905)具有約264mm(公釐)長度、前足區約86.5mm(公釐)寬度、足跟區約63mm(公釐)寬度、與通過足弓與中央區約76.5mm(公釐)寬度。這些寬度可為±5mm(公釐)變化且仍維持基底層(905)的想要效能。長度可改變且可甚至縮短達26mm(公釐)以適合在想要的鞋內。較長或較短長度亦可藉由依比例地改變基底層的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the base layer (905) has a length of about 264 mm (millimeters), a forefoot area of about 86.5 mm (millimeters) width, a heel area of about 63 mm (millimeters) width, and a foot. The bow is approximately 76.5 mm (millimeter) wide with the central zone. These widths can vary by ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the substrate layer (905). The length can be varied and can even be shortened by up to 26 mm (millimeters) to fit within the desired shoe. Longer or shorter lengths can also be achieved by proportionally varying all dimensions of the substrate layer.

基底層(905)的底面(905B)定義各種不同凹部或區域:一前足楔形區(907),其在前足區的後部;一第一蹠骨頭墊區(909),其在第一蹠骨頭區;一足跟墊區與後足楔形/足跟抬高區,其在足跟區;及一足弓支撐區(917),其從鞋墊的中央朝向接近內側邊的足跟區。基底層(905)亦定義一分隔壁(920),其從足弓支撐區(917)分開第一蹠骨頭墊區(909)。 The bottom surface (905B) of the base layer (905) defines various recesses or regions: a forefoot wedge region (907) at the posterior portion of the forefoot region; a first metatarsal head pad region (909) in the first metatarsal region a heel pad area and a hindfoot wedge/heel elevation area in the heel area; and a foot arch support area (917) from the center of the insole toward the heel area near the medial side. The base layer (905) also defines a dividing wall (920) that separates the first metatarsal head pad region (909) from the arch support region (917).

或者,基底層(905)的底面(905B)可只有下列定義區域之一或多者:前足楔形區(907)、第一蹠骨頭墊區(909)、足跟墊區、後足楔形/足跟抬高區、與足弓支撐區(917)。 Alternatively, the bottom surface (905B) of the base layer (905) may have only one or more of the following defined regions: the forefoot wedge region (907), the first metatarsal head pad region (909), the heel pad region, the hindfoot wedge shape/foot. With the elevation zone and the arch support zone (917).

蹠骨墊(938)最好位在第二至第四蹠骨後面。為了一般前足舒適度,蹠骨墊(938)提供遠離小蹠骨的壓力重新分配,且相對 增加第一蹠骨頭墊區(909)的深度,以在步伐行進階段期間促成較大程度的一第一趾幅蹠屈。最好係,蹠骨墊(938)是基底層(905)的延伸。 The tibial pad (938) is preferably located behind the second to fourth metatarsal. For general forefoot comfort, the tibial pad (938) provides pressure redistribution away from the small tibia and is relatively The depth of the first metatarsal head pad region (909) is increased to promote a greater degree of first toe flexion during the pace travel phase. Preferably, the tibial pad (938) is an extension of the base layer (905).

蹠骨墊(938)最好具有在頂面(905A)上面的2.0-3.0mm(公釐)高度。高度可為±1mm(公釐)變化,但不建議改變超過其,因為太少或太多蹠骨墊可能沒有想要的效果。 The tibial pad (938) preferably has a height of 2.0-3.0 mm (millimeters) above the top surface (905A). The height can vary by ±1 mm (millimeters), but it is not recommended to change beyond it, as too little or too much of the tibial pad may not have the desired effect.

或者,蹠骨墊(938)是一類似錐形組件,其固定至在第二至第四蹠骨後面區域之基底層(905)的該頂面(905A),該頂片(903)固定在基底層(905)的該頂面(905A),且在蹠骨墊(938)或允許蹠骨墊(938)經由其延伸。另一替代選擇是固定蹠骨墊(938)在第二至第四蹠骨區的頂片(903)。 Alternatively, the tibial pad (938) is a similarly tapered component that is secured to the top surface (905A) of the base layer (905) in the area behind the second to fourth metatarsals, the topsheet (903) being secured to the base layer The top surface (905A) of (905) and the tibial pad (938) or the tibial pad (938) are allowed to extend therethrough. Another alternative is to secure the topsheet (903) of the tibial pad (938) in the second to fourth metatarsal regions.

最好係,蹠骨墊(938)是利用相同於基底層(905)的材料製成。其他材料可用於蹠骨墊(938),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持蹠骨墊(938)的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the tibial pad (938) is made of the same material as the base layer (905). Other materials may be used for the tibial pad (938), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall thickness of the tibial pad (938). Structure and flexibility.

前足楔形區(907)是在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面開始且近側延伸至腳部的中央。 The forefoot wedge region (907) begins behind the second to fifth metatarsal heads and extends proximally to the center of the foot.

一前足楔形部本質成形係相同於前足楔形區(907)且固定其中。前足楔形部具有一內側緣、一外側緣、一近(背)緣與一遠(前)緣。該遠緣位在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面。前足楔形部的內側緣沿著從該鞋墊的該內側界所側面隔開的一條線延伸,其本質從遠緣延伸至近緣。該近緣從該內側緣橫向(或側面)延伸至該外側緣,其從該鞋墊的該外側界略微內側隔開。外側緣連接該近緣至該前足楔形部的該遠緣。圖11顯示腳骨置放在鞋墊。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定前足楔形部至前足楔形區(907)。 A forefoot wedge is formed in the same manner as the forefoot wedge (907) and is fixed therein. The forefoot wedge has an inner edge, an outer edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge. The distal edge is behind the second to fifth metatarsal heads. The medial edge of the forefoot wedge extends along a line spaced from the side of the medial boundary of the insole, extending intrinsically from a distal edge to a proximal edge. The proximal edge extends laterally (or laterally) from the inner edge to the outer edge, which is slightly spaced from the outer side of the insole. The outer edge connects the proximal edge to the distal edge of the forefoot wedge. Figure 11 shows the foot bone placed on the insole. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the forefoot wedge to the forefoot wedge region (907).

前足楔形部具有3°斜率,其係從約4mm(公釐)的較厚外側緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄內側緣呈錐形化。前足楔形部是用來建立中足關節周圍的一腳掌內翻力矩。此力矩有助對著後足以穩定前足,減少由前足外翻變形所引起的腳掌外翻力矩,藉由增加前足的外側面下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以負荷減輕第一蹠趾關節(MTPJ),且減少在距下關節周圍的不正常腳掌外翻力矩。 The forefoot wedge has a 3[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker outer edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner inner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The forefoot wedge is used to establish a varus moment around the midfoot joint. This moment helps to stabilize the forefoot after the pair, reduces the moment of the foot valgus caused by the valgus deformation of the forefoot, and reduces the first metatarsophalangeal joint by increasing the ground reaction force (GRF) under the outer side of the forefoot (MTPJ) ), and reduce the abnormal foot valgus moment around the lower joint.

假如替代形狀在小蹠骨頭或其後面概略維持一遠緣,且內與近緣不會妨礙第一蹠骨頭墊區(909)與足弓支撐區(917),前足楔形部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the forefoot wedge may vary if the alternate shape generally maintains a distal edge at or behind the small humeral head and the inner and proximal edges do not interfere with the first metatarsal head pad region (909) and the arch support region (917).

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,前足楔形部具有約55.9mm(公釐)長度與約51.3mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持前足楔形部的想要效能。 對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變前足楔形部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the forefoot wedge has a length of about 55.9 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 51.3 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the forefoot wedge. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the forefoot wedge.

最好係,前足楔形部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於前足楔形部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the forefoot wedge is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the forefoot wedge, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge.

第一蹠骨頭墊區(909)是在基底層(905)的底面(905B)中的一區域,且位在腳部的第一蹠骨頭下面。第一蹠骨頭墊本質成形係相同於第一蹠骨頭墊區(909),且固定至第一蹠骨頭墊區(909)。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定第一蹠骨頭墊至第一蹠骨頭墊區(909)。 The first metatarsal head pad area (909) is an area in the bottom surface (905B) of the base layer (905) and is located below the first metatarsal head of the foot. The first metatarsal head pad is formed in the same manner as the first metatarsal head pad area (909) and is secured to the first metatarsal head pad area (909). An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the first metatarsal head pad to the first metatarsal head pad region (909).

使用上,第一蹠骨頭墊保持在第一蹠骨頭(即是,穿戴者腳部內側足球點)下面,且隨其移動。移除墊減少在第一蹠骨頭下方的地面反作用力(GRF)。此強化患有功能性拇趾僵直症(FHL)之穿戴者的腳部行進。 In use, the first metatarsal head pad is held underneath and moves with the first metatarsal head (ie, the soccer ball inside the wearer's foot). The removal pad reduces the ground reaction force (GRF) below the first metatarsal head. This strengthens the foot of a wearer with functional hallux ankle stiffness (FHL).

第一蹠骨頭墊的外形是一略微不規則多角形狀。最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊具有一本質線性遠緣;一略微曲線內側緣,其遵循鞋墊的內側界之彎曲;一近緣,其為彎曲或形成角度,以遵循足弓支撐區(917)的蹠骨緣之形狀;及一外側緣,其為彎曲或線性。 The shape of the first metatarsal head pad is a slightly irregular polygonal shape. Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad has an intrinsic linear distal edge; a slightly curved inner edge that follows the curvature of the inner side of the insole; a proximal edge that is curved or angled to follow the arch support region ( 917) the shape of the humeral margin; and an outer edge that is curved or linear.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,第一蹠骨頭墊在遠緣處具有約73.5mm(公釐)長度與約29.3mm(公釐)寬度。第一蹠骨頭墊的近端來到在近與外側緣處的一點。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一蹠骨頭墊的想要效能。 對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變第一蹠骨頭墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the first metatarsal head pad has a length of about 73.5 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 29.3 mm (millimeter) at the distal edge. The proximal end of the first metatarsal head pad comes to a point near the outer and outer edges. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first metatarsal head pad. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the first metatarsal head pad.

最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊是具有約40-45 Asker C硬度的EVA材料。或者,第一蹠骨頭墊的硬度約介於45-55 Asker C、或(或者)55-60 Asker C間。第一蹠骨頭墊的厚度是約2-2.5mm(公釐)厚或第一蹠骨頭墊區(909)的深度。第一蹠骨頭墊的基本設計是要在蹠骨頭下面建立地面反作用力(GRF),且當未接合第一蹠骨頭墊時,允許第一蹠骨降低於其他蹠骨面。其他材料可用於第一蹠骨頭墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持第一蹠骨頭墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad is an EVA material having a hardness of about 40-45 Asker C. Alternatively, the first metatarsal head pad has a hardness of between about 45-55 Asker C, or (or) 55-60 Asker C. The thickness of the first metatarsal head pad is about 2-2.5 mm (millimeters) thick or the depth of the first metatarsal head pad area (909). The basic design of the first metatarsal head pad is to establish a ground reaction force (GRF) under the humeral head and to allow the first metatarsal to descend to the other humeral surface when the first metatarsal head pad is not engaged. Other materials may be used for the first metatarsal head pad, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the first metatarsal head pad. Structure and flexibility.

足弓支撐區(917)是沿著縱向足弓支撐部設置,且其一近緣端最接近鞋墊的足跟端,且一遠緣端延伸向鞋墊的該腳趾端。 連接該近緣端至該遠緣端是一內側緣與一外側緣,該外側緣具有一類似拋物線形狀。足弓支撐部係部分圍繞在內側縱向足弓支撐部下面之基底層(905)的內側邊。大體上,其蓋略位在腳部足弓區或在距骨、舟骨、第一楔骨、與第一蹠骨之近部下面。 足弓支撐部本質成形係相同於足弓支撐區(917),且固定至基底層(905)的底面(905B)的足弓支撐區(917)。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定足弓支撐部至足弓支撐區(917)。 The arch support region (917) is disposed along the longitudinal arch support and has a proximal end that is closest to the heel end of the insole and a distal end that extends toward the toe end of the insole. Connecting the proximal end to the distal end is an inner edge and an outer edge, the outer edge having a parabolic shape. The arch support portion partially surrounds the medial side of the base layer (905) below the medial longitudinal arch support. In general, the cover is slightly in the arch area of the foot or below the talus, the scaphoid, the first clavicle, and the proximal portion of the first metatarsal. The arch support is formed in the same manner as the arch support region (917) and is secured to the arch support region (917) of the bottom surface (905B) of the base layer (905). An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the arch support to the arch support region (917).

足弓支撐部的一具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個延伸肋部,其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的硬支撐。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。每個延伸肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A specific embodiment of the arch support is defined from the proximal end to the distal end a plurality of extension ribs extending outwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a hard support for the arch region. The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The width of each of the extended ribs is about 5 mm (millimeters).

此第一具體實施例最好是利用具有約90-100 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This first embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 90-100 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第二具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個肋形凹部,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的彈性支撐。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。每個肋形凹部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A second embodiment of the arch support defines a plurality of rib-shaped recesses extending from the proximal end to the distal end extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides elastic support for the arch region. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The width of each rib recess is about 5 mm (millimeter).

此第二具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Shore A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This second embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Shore A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第三具體實施例包括複數個延伸肋部,其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸;複數個本質水平肋部,其具有在該足弓支撐部呈鋸齒狀的一肋部外形;及複數個肋形開口,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的半彈性或半硬支撐。 A third embodiment of the arch support includes a plurality of extended ribs extending outwardly from the arch support; a plurality of essentially horizontal ribs having a rib that is serrated at the arch support a shape; and a plurality of rib-shaped openings extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a semi-elastic or semi-rigid support of the arch region.

足弓支撐部是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義一或多個延伸肋部、一或多個本質水平肋部、與一或多個肋形凹部。最好係,使用三個延伸肋部、該等本質水平肋部之三者、與三個肋形凹部。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。本質 水平肋部具有約0.5mm(公釐)深度的一肋部外形 The arch support defines one or more extended ribs, one or more intrinsic horizontal ribs, and one or more rib shaped recesses from the proximal end to the distal end. Preferably, three extension ribs, three of the essentially horizontal ribs, and three rib recesses are used. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). Nature The horizontal rib has a rib profile of about 0.5 mm (millimeter) depth

肋形凹部改善在足弓支撐部的該遠緣端之彈性,而沒有犧牲在足弓支撐部的中央與近端的縱向足弓支撐部。 The rib recess improves the elasticity at the distal end of the arch support without sacrificing the longitudinal arch support at the center and proximal end of the arch support.

足弓支撐部之遠端三分之一的最初三個肋形凹部係提供允許緊鄰第一蹠骨頭(即是,第一蹠骨的遠側軸)近側的區域保持彈性,以在步伐行進階段期間促成不受限的第一趾幅蹠屈。 The first three rib-shaped recesses of the distal third of the arch support provide a region that allows proximal proximity to the first metatarsal head (ie, the distal shaft of the first metatarsal) to remain resilient for the pace of travel During this period, the first toe is unrestricted.

足弓支撐部(水平肋部與延伸肋部)的中央與近側三分之二係藉由漸進較厚橫條硬化,以提供改善的足弓支撐,且當腳部移至內旋位置時,施加較高的抗腳掌內翻地面反作用力(GRF)大小在載距突區。 The center and proximal two-thirds of the arch support (horizontal ribs and extension ribs) are hardened by progressively thicker transverse bars to provide improved arch support and when the foot is moved to the internal rotation position Apply a higher anti-foot varus ground reaction force (GRF) size in the load-to-distance zone.

此第三具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This third embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

或者,肋形凹部可為肋形開口。肋形開口係定義允許該基底層(905)經由其延伸。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。基底 層(905)係成型以便其部分材料注入該等肋形開口,使得此部分概略齊平足弓支撐部的外表面,且機械式鎖定足弓支撐部與基底層(905)。有利地係,當壓縮基底層(905)(例如,當步行或跑步)時,基底層材料亦可透過肋形開口鼓起以提供附加的彈性墊作用。 Alternatively, the rib-shaped recess may be a rib-shaped opening. The ribbed opening is defined to allow the base layer (905) to extend therethrough. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). Base The layer (905) is shaped such that a portion of its material is injected into the rib-shaped openings such that the portion is substantially flush with the outer surface of the arch support and mechanically locks the arch support and base layer (905). Advantageously, when the substrate layer (905) is compressed (e.g., when walking or running), the substrate layer material can also be blasted through the rib-shaped openings to provide additional elastic pad action.

對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足弓支撐部是約104-105mm(公釐)長度。在接近中央之最寬點的寬度是約37.5至38.5mm(公釐)。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一足弓支撐部的想要效能。 For a men's mid-size insole, the arch support is about 104-105 mm (millimeters) in length. The width at the widest point near the center is about 37.5 to 38.5 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first arch support.

當腳部處於「自然姿勢」位置時,足弓支撐部是無作用或施加溫和的腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩至中足。 When the foot is in the "natural position" position, the arch support is inactive or applies a mild foot valgus (anti-foot varus) moment to the midfoot.

當腳部移至內旋位置時,足弓支撐部對著載距突(即是,近端足弓)下方的區域施加較高地面反作用力(GRF)大小,以增加距下關節(即是,後足)的腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩。 When the foot is moved to the internal rotation position, the arch support applies a higher ground reaction force (GRF) to the area below the load distance protrusion (ie, the proximal arch) to increase the subtalar joint (ie, , hind foot) foot valgus (anti-foot varus) moment.

圖10示意說明如圖3和4所示鞋墊足跟區的橫截面10-10。該鞋墊最好包括一頂片(1003)與一基底層(1005),該基底層(1005)具有一頂面(1005A),其固定至該頂片(1003);及一相反底面(1005B)。 Figure 10 is a schematic illustration of a cross section 10-10 of the heel region of the insole as shown in Figures 3 and 4. The insole preferably includes a topsheet (1003) and a base layer (1005) having a top surface (1005A) secured to the topsheet (1003) and an opposite bottom surface (1005B) .

基底層(1005)具有一凸緣,其圍繞在足跟周圍,且部分沿著腳部側邊延伸,使得鞋墊具有符合腳部自然形狀的一足跟杯墊。如圖5-8和10所示,凸緣的高度在相鄰於鞋墊的內側界通常是較高與較厚,且相鄰於鞋墊的外側界是較低與較薄。相較於外側界,凸緣沿著縱向足弓區是特別較高。 The base layer (1005) has a flange that surrounds the heel and that extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel coaster that conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As shown in Figures 5-8 and 10, the height of the flange is generally higher and thicker adjacent the inner side of the insole, and the outer boundary adjacent the insole is lower and thinner. The flange is particularly tall along the longitudinal arch region compared to the lateral boundary.

基底層(1005)最好是利用具有適當彈性墊作用特性的泡棉或其他材料製成。最好係,基底層(1005)包括一乙烯醋酸乙烯酯(EVA)泡棉,其是乙烯和醋酸乙烯酯的共聚物。一較佳EVA泡棉具有約55-60 Asker C硬度(Durometer)。其他材料可用於基底層(1005),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持基底層(1005)的整體結構與彈性。 The base layer (1005) is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable elastic pad action characteristics. Preferably, the substrate layer (1005) comprises an ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) foam which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate. A preferred EVA foam has a pressure of about 55-60 Asker C (Durometer). Other materials may be used for the substrate layer (1005), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the substrate layer (1005). Structure and flexibility.

在一較佳具體實施例中,基底層(1005)的該頂面(1005A)覆蓋頂片(1003),其最好是一具低摩擦係數的非織物層,以減少起水泡的可能性。在一較佳具體實施例中,該織物使用一抗菌劑處理過,其結合一防濕層以減少引起細菌與菌類的氣味。一織物亦可使用,最好具低摩擦係數。 In a preferred embodiment, the top surface (1005A) of the base layer (1005) covers the topsheet (1003), which is preferably a non-woven layer of low coefficient of friction to reduce the likelihood of blisters. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antimicrobial agent that incorporates a moisture barrier to reduce the odor caused by bacteria and fungi. A fabric can also be used, preferably with a low coefficient of friction.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,基底層(1005)具有約 264mm(公釐)長度、前足區約86.5mm(公釐)寬度、足跟區約63mm(公釐)寬度、與通過足弓與中央區約76.5mm(公釐)寬度。這些寬度可為±5mm(公釐)變化且仍維持基底層(1005)的想要效能。長度可改變且可甚至縮短達26mm(公釐)以適合在想要的鞋內。較長或較短長度亦可藉由依比例地改變基底層的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a medium size insole for men, the base layer (1005) has about The length of 264 mm (millimeter), the width of the forefoot area is about 86.5 mm (millimeter), the width of the heel area is about 63 mm (millimeter), and the width of the heel and the central area is about 76.5 mm (millimeter). These widths can vary by ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the substrate layer (1005). The length can be varied and can even be shortened by up to 26 mm (millimeters) to fit within the desired shoe. Longer or shorter lengths can also be achieved by proportionally varying all dimensions of the substrate layer.

基底層(1005)的底面(1005B)定義各種不同凹部或區域:一前足楔形墊,其在前足區的後部;一第一蹠骨頭墊區,其在第一蹠骨頭區;一足跟墊區(1011)與後足楔形/足跟抬高區(1013),其在足跟區;及一足弓支撐區,其從鞋墊的中央朝向接近內側邊的足跟區。 The bottom surface (1005B) of the base layer (1005) defines various recesses or regions: a forefoot wedge pad at the posterior portion of the forefoot region; a first metatarsal head pad region in the first metatarsal region; a heel pad region ( 1011) and a hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (1013) in the heel region; and a arch support region from the center of the insole toward the heel region near the medial side.

或者,基底層(1005)的底面(1005B)可只有下列定義區域之一或多者:前足楔形區、第一蹠骨頭墊區、足跟墊區(1011)、後足楔形/足跟抬高區(1013)、及足弓支撐區。 Alternatively, the bottom surface (1005B) of the base layer (1005) may have only one or more of the following defined areas: the forefoot wedge region, the first metatarsal head pad region, the heel pad region (1011), the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation Area (1013), and arch support area.

後足楔形/足跟抬高區(1013)位在鞋墊的足跟區,其從概略足骰骨近位延伸至鞋墊的足跟端。後足楔形/足跟抬高區(1013)係經調適以承受一補充軟墊,其可為一後足楔形部或一足跟抬高部。後足楔形/足跟抬高區(1013)為略微縱向形成角度向外側界,使得其不會妨礙足弓支撐區。 The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (1013) is located in the heel region of the insole, extending from the proximal footbone to the heel end of the insole. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone (1013) is adapted to withstand a supplemental cushion, which may be a hindfoot wedge or a heel elevation. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (1013) is slightly longitudinally angled to the lateral boundary so that it does not interfere with the arch support region.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,後足楔形部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the hindfoot wedge may vary if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,後足楔形部具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持後足楔形部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變後足楔形部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the hindfoot wedge has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the hindfoot wedge. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the hindfoot wedge.

最好係,後足楔形部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於後足楔形部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the hindfoot wedge is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the hindfoot wedges, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge. .

足跟抬高部概略從約4mm(公釐)的較厚近緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄遠緣呈錐形化。足跟抬高部用來調整在矢狀面的鞋墊,用以調適前足與腳踝蹠屈、及下肢肌肉骨骼系統的其相關運動學與運動影響;或用來平衡下肢長度差異。 The heel elevation is generally tapered from a thicker edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The heel lift is used to adjust the saddle in the sagittal plane to adjust the forefoot and ankle flexion, and the associated kinematics and motor effects of the lower extremity musculoskeletal system; or to balance the difference in length of the lower extremities.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟抬高部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel elevation can be altered if the alternative shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟抬高部具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟抬高部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟抬高部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's mid-size insole, the heel elevation has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel lift. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the heel lift.

最好係,足跟抬高部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於足跟抬高部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟抬高部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel lift is made from a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel lifts, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide adequate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall heel elevation Structure and flexibility.

足跟墊區(1011)位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區(1013)的邊界內之鞋墊的足跟區。一足跟墊可固定在基底層與一後足楔形或足跟抬高部間的足跟墊區(1011)。足跟墊亦可固定至足跟墊區(1011),沒有一後足楔形或足跟抬高部固定其中。足跟墊提供在腳跟著地處的衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。維持足跟墊未接合將可減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The heel pad area (1011) is located in the heel area of the insole within the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone (1013). A heel pad can be secured to the heel pad region (1011) between the base layer and a hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. The heel pad can also be secured to the heel pad area (1011) without a hind foot wedge or heel lift. The heel pad provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action at the heel strike. Maintaining the heel pad unengaged will reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel area to treat a particular foot condition and reduce the insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟墊的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel pad can be altered if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊具有約63.3mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊的想要效能,且最好是小於後足楔形或足跟抬高部。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel pad has a length of about 63.3 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 38.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad, and is preferably less than the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel pad.

最好係,足跟墊是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可為具有約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用於足跟墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad can be a medium density material having a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) 50-75 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel pads, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gels, which provide suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the heel pad.

在本發明的一第一較佳具體實施例中,固定至底面(1005B)的基底層(1005)所定義區域的基底層(1005)之鞋墊的各種不同組件係使用一適當構件(諸如,一黏著或接合劑)以固定至基底層(1005)。 In a first preferred embodiment of the invention, the various components of the insole of the base layer (1005) secured to the area defined by the base layer (1005) of the bottom surface (1005B) utilize a suitable component (such as a Adhesive or bonding agent) to be fixed to the substrate layer (1005).

或者,各種不同組件可在製程期間成型在基底層(1005)。 Alternatively, various components can be formed in the substrate layer (1005) during the process.

圖11示意說明重疊於本發明之鞋墊的底視圖的腳骨頭。 顯示的鞋墊區是前足墊區(1107)、第一蹠骨墊區(1109)、足跟墊區(1111)、後足楔形/足跟抬高區(1113)、足弓支撐區(1117)、與分隔壁(1120)。在腳部足跟是跟骨(1170)且在跟骨(1170)的前面是距骨(1172)。在內側邊的距骨(1172)前面是舟骨(1174)且在外側邊是骰骨(1176)。骰骨(1176)與舟骨(1174)前面是楔狀骨(1178)。楔狀骨(1178)與骰骨(1176)前面是第一蹠骨(1180A)、蹠骨(1180B、1180C、1180D)、第五蹠骨(1180E)。第一蹠骨(1180A)是位於腳部的內側邊,且第五蹠骨(1180E)位於腳部的外側邊。 第一蹠骨(1180A)、蹠骨(1180B、1180C、1180D)、第五蹠骨(1180E)的前面是近端趾骨(1182)。近端趾骨(1182)前面是中趾骨(1184),且在每個腳趾的端部是遠端趾骨(1186)。 Figure 11 is a schematic illustration of a foot bone that overlaps the bottom view of the insole of the present invention. The insole area shown is the forefoot pad area (1107), the first metatarsal pad area (1109), the heel pad area (1111), the hind foot wedge/heel elevation area (1113), and the arch support area (1117), With partition wall (1120). The heel of the foot is the calcaneus (1170) and the front of the calcaneus (1170) is the talus (1172). In front of the talus (1172) on the medial side is the scaphoid (1174) and on the lateral side is the tibia (1176). The front of the tibia (1176) and the scaphoid (1174) is a wedge-shaped bone (1178). The front of the wedge bone (1178) and the tibia (1176) are the first metatarsal (1180A), the tibia (1180B, 1180C, 1180D), and the fifth metatarsal (1180E). The first metatarsal (1180A) is located on the medial side of the foot and the fifth metatarsal (1180E) is located on the lateral side of the foot. The front of the first metatarsal (1180A), the tibia (1180B, 1180C, 1180D), and the fifth metatarsal (1180E) is the proximal phalanx (1182). The proximal phalanx (1182) is front of the mid phalanx (1184) and at the end of each toe is the distal phalanx (1186).

圖12顯示鞋墊的底視圖(類似圖4)且示意說明鞋墊的各種不同區域:腳拇趾區(1251)、小腳趾區(1252)、第一蹠骨區(1253)、小蹠骨區(1254)、遠內側足弓區(1255)、外側中足區(1256)、近內側足弓區(1257)、足跟區(1258)、前足區(1263)、腳趾區(1261)、蹠骨區(1262)、中足區(1264)、與後足區(1265)。顯示的本發明之鞋墊區是基底層(1205)、基底層底面(1205B)、縱向足弓支撐部(1206)、前足楔形區(1207)、第一蹠骨頭區(1209)、足跟墊區(1211)、後足楔形/足跟抬高區(1213)、足弓支撐區(1217)、與分隔壁(1220)。 Figure 12 shows a bottom view of the insole (similar to Figure 4) and schematically illustrates various different areas of the insole: the toe region (1251), the small toe region (1252), the first metatarsal region (1253), and the small humerus region (1254). The distal medial arch area (1255), the lateral midfoot area (1256), the proximal medial arch area (1257), the heel area (1258), the forefoot area (1263), the toe area (1261), and the temporal bone area (1262) ), midfoot area (1264), and hindfoot area (1265). The insole region of the present invention shown is a base layer (1205), a base layer bottom surface (1205B), a longitudinal arch support portion (1206), a forefoot wedge region (1207), a first metatarsal head region (1209), and a heel pad region. (1211), hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone (1213), arch support zone (1217), and partition wall (1220).

前足區(1263)包括腳趾區(1261)與蹠骨區(1262),其涵蓋從腳趾端至腳部蹠骨或「足球點」後面之鞋墊的整個寬度。腳趾區(1261)(包括腳拇趾區(1251)與小腳趾區(1252))具有從腳趾端延伸至對角斜緣的長度,該對角斜緣通常是在第一遠端趾骨與第二至第五近端趾骨的後面與蹠骨的前面。腳趾區(1261)具有從內側界延伸至外側界的寬度。蹠骨區(1262)(包括第一蹠骨區(1253)與小蹠骨區(1254))具有從一前面對角斜緣(相鄰腳趾區(1261)的對角斜緣)延伸至後對角斜緣(通常是在蹠骨後面)的長度。蹠骨區(1262)具有從內側界延伸至外側界的寬度。 The forefoot region (1263) includes a toe region (1261) and a metatarsal region (1262) that encompass the entire width of the insole from the toe end to the foot tibia or "football". The toe region (1261) (including the toe region (1251) and the small toe region (1252)) has a length extending from the toe end to the diagonal bevel, the diagonal bevel usually being at the first distal phalanges and Two to fifth proximal phalanx and the front of the humerus. The toe region (1261) has a width that extends from the medial boundary to the lateral boundary. The humeral region (1262) (including the first metatarsal region (1253) and the small tibia region (1254)) has a diagonal angle from a front diagonal (diagonal bevel of the adjacent toe region (1261)) to the posterior diagonal The length of the oblique edge (usually behind the tibia). The tibial region (1262) has a width that extends from the medial boundary to the lateral boundary.

腳拇趾區(1251)具有從一前緣(接近腳趾)延伸至一後緣(接近在第一近端趾骨與第一蹠骨間的關節)的長度、與從內側界延伸至一外側緣(接近第二趾骨)的寬度。小腳趾區(1252)具有從一前緣(接近腳趾端)延伸至一後緣(接近第二至第五近端趾骨)的長度、與從一內側緣(第二趾骨的內側且相鄰於腳拇趾區(1251)的外側界)延伸至一外側緣(接近外側界)的寬度。小腳趾區(1252)的後緣通常平行於第二至第五蹠骨。 The toe region (1251) has a length extending from a leading edge (near the toe) to a trailing edge (close to the joint between the first proximal phalanges and the first metatarsal) and an extension from the medial border to an outer margin ( Near the width of the second phalanx). The small toe region (1252) has a length extending from a leading edge (near the toe end) to a trailing edge (near the second to fifth proximal phalanx), and from an inner edge (the inner side of the second phalanx and adjacent to The outer boundary of the toe region (1251) extends to the width of an outer edge (near the outer boundary). The trailing edge of the small toe region (1252) is generally parallel to the second to fifth metatarsal.

第一蹠骨區(1253)從一前緣(第一蹠骨的前面且相鄰於腳拇趾區(1251)的後緣)延伸至一後緣(在第一蹠骨的後面且相鄰於中足區(1264)的一前緣)。第一蹠骨區(1253)的寬度是從內側界延伸至一外側緣(接近第二蹠骨)。小蹠骨區(1254)從一前緣 (第二至第五蹠骨的前面且相鄰於小腳趾區(1252)的後緣或腳趾區(1261)的對角斜緣)延伸至一後緣(在第二至第五蹠骨後面且相鄰於中足區(1264)的一前緣)。小蹠骨區(1254)的寬度從第一蹠骨區(1253)的外側緣延伸至外側界。 The first metatarsal region (1253) extends from a leading edge (front of the first metatarsal and adjacent to the posterior edge of the toe region (1251)) to a posterior edge (behind the first metatarsal and adjacent to the midfoot) A leading edge of the zone (1264). The width of the first metatarsal region (1253) extends from the medial border to an outer margin (near the second metatarsal). Small tibia area (1254) from a leading edge (the front edge of the second to fifth metatarsal and adjacent to the trailing edge of the small toe region (1252) or the diagonal bevel of the toe region (1261)) extends to a trailing edge (behind the second to fifth metatarsal and phase Adjacent to the front edge of the midfoot area (1264). The width of the small tibia region (1254) extends from the lateral edge of the first metatarsal region (1253) to the lateral boundary.

中足區(1264)包括遠內側足弓區(1255)與外側中足區(1256)。中足區(1264)具有一前緣,其相鄰前足區(1263)或蹠骨區(1262);及一後緣,其從內側邊的距骨與舟骨間對角至外側邊的骰骨後面。中足區(1264)的寬度是從內側界延伸至外側界。 The midfoot region (1264) includes the distal medial arch region (1255) and the lateral midfoot region (1256). The midfoot region (1264) has a leading edge adjacent to the forefoot region (1263) or the tibia region (1262); and a trailing edge from the medial side of the talus to the scapula to the lateral side Behind the bones. The width of the midfoot region (1264) extends from the medial boundary to the lateral boundary.

遠內側足弓區(1255)從一前緣(在第一蹠骨後面且相鄰於第一蹠骨區(1253)的後緣或蹠骨區(1262)的後對角斜緣)延伸至一後緣(介於距骨與舟骨間)。遠內側足弓區(1255)的寬度從內側界延伸至接近腳部的中央。外側中足區(1256)從一前緣(在第二至第五蹠骨後面且相鄰於小蹠骨區(1254)的後緣或蹠骨區(1262)的後對角斜緣)延伸至一後緣(在骰骨後面)。外側中足區的寬度從接近腳部的中央延伸至外側界。 The distal medial arch region (1255) extends from a leading edge (behind the first metatarsal and adjacent to the posterior edge of the first metatarsal region (1253) or the posterior diagonal oblique edge of the tibial region (1262) to a trailing edge (between the talus and the scaphoid). The width of the distal medial arch region (1255) extends from the medial boundary to near the center of the foot. The lateral midfoot region (1256) extends from a leading edge (behind the second to fifth metatarsal bones and adjacent to the posterior edge of the small tibial region (1254) or the posterior diagonal oblique edge of the tibial region (1262)) Edge (behind the cheekbones). The width of the lateral midfoot region extends from near the center of the foot to the lateral boundary.

後足區(1265)包括近內側足弓區(1257)與足跟區(1258)。後足區(1265)具有一前緣,其相鄰中足區(1264)的後緣且近側延伸至足跟端。後足區(1265)的寬度是從內側界延伸至外側界。 The hindfoot region (1265) includes a proximal medial arch region (1257) and a heel region (1258). The hindfoot region (1265) has a leading edge that extends adjacent the midfoot region (1264) and proximally to the heel end. The width of the hindfoot zone (1265) extends from the medial boundary to the lateral boundary.

近內側足弓區(1257)沿著概略介於足跟端與距骨間中途的內側界而從一前緣(在距骨與舟骨間或相鄰於後足區(1265)的前緣)延伸至一背點。近內側足弓區(1257)的寬度從內側界延伸至對角外側緣,其中對角外側緣是從沿著後足區(1265)的前緣的內側界的約鞋墊三分之一處外側延伸至近內側足弓區(1257)的背點。 The proximal medial arch region (1257) extends from a leading edge (between the talus and the scaphoid or adjacent to the leading edge of the hindfoot region (1265)) along the medial boundary between the heel end and the talus. To the back. The width of the proximal medial arch region (1257) extends from the medial boundary to the diagonal outer edge, wherein the diagonal outer edge is about one third of the insole from the medial boundary along the leading edge of the hindfoot region (1265). Extends to the dorsal point of the medial arch region (1257).

足跟區(1258)從一前緣(在骰骨的後面或相鄰於後足區(1265)的前緣)延伸至足跟端。足跟區(1258)的寬度從近內側足弓區(1257)的外側對角斜緣延伸至外側界。 The heel region (1258) extends from a leading edge (behind the tibia or adjacent the leading edge of the hindfoot region (1265) to the heel end. The width of the heel region (1258) extends from the lateral diagonal oblique edge of the proximal medial arch region (1257) to the lateral boundary.

前足楔形區(1207)最好從小蹠骨區(1254)的小蹠骨頭後面略微延伸至外側中足區(1256)的前面。一前足楔形部是固定至前足楔形區(1207)。 The forefoot wedge region (1207) preferably extends slightly from behind the small humeral head of the small tibia region (1254) to the front of the lateral midfoot region (1256). A forefoot wedge is secured to the forefoot wedge region (1207).

第一蹠骨頭區(1209)的大部分是位在第一蹠骨區(1253)。最好係,第一蹠骨頭區(1209)的前緣略微位在第一蹠骨區(1253)的前緣近側且相鄰於前足楔形區(1207)。第一蹠骨頭區(1209)亦可延伸至遠內側足弓區(1255)。第一蹠骨頭區(1209)亦延伸至遠內側足弓區(1255)的前外側部。一第一蹠骨頭墊是固定至第一蹠骨頭區(1209)。分隔壁(1220)有助進一步區別第一蹠骨頭區(1209)與足弓支撐區(1217)的側緣。 Most of the first metatarsal region (1209) is located in the first metatarsal region (1253). Preferably, the leading edge of the first metatarsal region (1209) is slightly proximal to the leading edge of the first metatarsal region (1253) and adjacent to the forefoot wedge region (1207). The first metatarsal region (1209) can also extend to the distal medial arch region (1255). The first metatarsal region (1209) also extends to the anterior lateral portion of the distal medial arch region (1255). A first metatarsal head pad is secured to the first metatarsal head region (1209). The dividing wall (1220) helps to further distinguish the lateral edges of the first metatarsal head region (1209) from the arch support region (1217).

足弓支撐區(1217)是位在大部分的遠內側足弓區(1255)與近內側足弓區(1257)兩者。足弓支撐區(1217)的前緣是相鄰於第一蹠骨頭區(1209)的後緣。一足弓支撐部是固定至足弓支撐區(1217)。分隔壁(1220)有助進一步區別第一蹠骨頭區(1209)與足弓支撐區(1217)的側緣。 The arch support area (1217) is located in most of the distal medial arch region (1255) and the proximal medial arch region (1257). The leading edge of the arch support region (1217) is adjacent to the posterior edge of the first metatarsal region (1209). The one-leg support is fixed to the arch support area (1217). The dividing wall (1220) helps to further distinguish the lateral edges of the first metatarsal head region (1209) from the arch support region (1217).

後足楔形/足跟抬高區(1213)是位在大部分的足跟區(1258)。後足楔形/足跟抬高區(1213)的前緣是與外側中足區(1256)形成邊界。後足楔形/足跟抬高區(1213)的部分內側緣是與近內側足弓區(1257)形成邊界。後足楔形/足跟抬高區(1213)的近緣是與鞋墊的足跟端形成邊界。後足楔形/足跟抬高區(1213)的外側緣是與鞋墊的外側界形成邊界。一後足楔形部或足跟抬高部是固定至後足楔形/足跟抬高區(1213)。 The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone (1213) is located in most of the heel zone (1258). The leading edge of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (1213) forms a boundary with the lateral midfoot region (1256). A portion of the medial edge of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (1213) forms a boundary with the proximal medial arch region (1257). The proximal edge of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (1213) forms a boundary with the heel end of the insole. The outer edge of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation region (1213) forms a boundary with the lateral boundary of the insole. A hindfoot wedge or heel elevation is secured to the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone (1213).

足跟墊區(1211)是位在具有後足楔形/足跟抬高區(1213)邊界的足跟區(1258)。一足跟墊是固定至足跟墊區(1211)。 The heel pad area (1211) is a heel area (1258) located at the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone (1213). A heel pad is secured to the heel pad area (1211).

圖13A是第一蹠骨頭墊(1310)的底(足底)視圖,且圖13B是第一蹠骨頭墊(1310)的內側視圖。 Figure 13A is a bottom (foot) view of the first metatarsal head pad (1310), and Figure 13B is an inner side view of the first metatarsal head pad (1310).

第一蹠骨頭墊區是在基底層之底面中的一區域,且位在腳 部的第一蹠骨頭下面。第一蹠骨頭墊(1310)本質成形係相同於第一蹠骨頭墊區,且固定至第一蹠骨頭墊區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定第一蹠骨頭墊(1310)至第一蹠骨頭墊區。 The first metatarsal head pad area is an area in the bottom surface of the base layer and is located at the foot The first humeral head of the department. The first metatarsal head pad (1310) is formed in the same manner as the first metatarsal head pad area and is fixed to the first metatarsal head pad area. An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the first metatarsal head pad (1310) to the first metatarsal head pad area.

使用上,第一蹠骨頭墊(1310)保持在第一蹠骨頭(即是,穿戴者腳部的內側足球點)下面,且隨其移動。移除墊減少在第一蹠骨頭下方的地面反作用力(GRF)。此增強患有功能性拇趾僵直症(FHL)之穿戴者的腳行進。 In use, the first metatarsal head pad (1310) is held underneath and moved with the first metatarsal head (ie, the inner football point of the wearer's foot). The removal pad reduces the ground reaction force (GRF) below the first metatarsal head. This enhances the foot travel of a wearer with functional hallux ankle stiffness (FHL).

第一蹠骨頭墊(1310)的外形是略微不規則多角形狀。最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊(1310)具有一本質線性遠緣;一略微曲線內側緣,其遵循鞋墊的內側界之彎曲;一近緣,其為彎曲或形成角度,以遵循足弓支撐區的蹠骨緣之形狀;及一外側緣,其為曲線或線性。 The shape of the first metatarsal head pad (1310) is a slightly irregular polygonal shape. Preferably, the first metatarsal head cushion (1310) has an intrinsic linear distal edge; a slightly curved inner edge that follows the curvature of the inner side of the insole; a proximal edge that is curved or angled to follow the arch of the foot The shape of the humeral margin of the support zone; and an outer edge that is curved or linear.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,第一蹠骨頭墊(1310)在遠緣具有約73.5mm(公釐)長度與約29.3mm(公釐)寬度。第一蹠骨頭墊(1310)的近端來到在近與外側緣處的一點。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一蹠骨頭墊(1310)的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變第一蹠骨頭墊(1310)的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a male midsize insole, the first metatarsal head pad (1310) has a length of about 73.5 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 29.3 mm (millimeter) at the distal edge. The proximal end of the first metatarsal head pad (1310) comes to a point at the proximal and lateral edges. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first metatarsal head pad (1310). For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the first metatarsal head pad (1310).

最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊(1310)是具有約40-45 Asker C硬度的EVA材料。或者,第一蹠骨頭墊的硬度可約在45-55 Asker C、或(或者)55-60 Asker C間。第一蹠骨頭墊(1310)的厚度是約2-2.5mm(公釐)厚或第一蹠骨頭墊區的深度。第一蹠骨頭墊(1310)的基本設計是在蹠骨頭下面建立地面反作用力(GRF)差異,且當未接合第一蹠骨頭墊(1310)時,允許第一蹠骨頭降低於其他蹠骨面。其他材料可用於第一蹠骨頭墊(1310),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持第一蹠骨頭墊(1310)的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad (1310) is an EVA material having a hardness of about 40-45 Asker C. Alternatively, the first metatarsal head pad may have a hardness of between about 45-55 Asker C, or (or) 55-60 Asker C. The thickness of the first metatarsal head pad (1310) is about 2-2.5 mm (millimeters) thick or the depth of the first metatarsal head pad area. The basic design of the first metatarsal head pad (1310) is to establish a ground reaction force (GRF) difference below the humeral head and to allow the first metatarsal head to descend to the other humeral surface when the first metatarsal head pad (1310) is not engaged. Other materials may be used for the first metatarsal head pad (1310), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the first metatarsal head The overall structure and elasticity of the pad (1310).

圖14A是足弓支撐部(1418)之第一具體實施例的透視圖,圖14B是足弓支撐部(1418)之第一具體實施例的底(足底)視圖,圖14C是足弓支撐部(1418)之第一具體實施例的後(近端)視圖,且圖14D是沿著如圖14B所示線條14D-14D的足弓支撐部(1418)之第一具體實施例的剖面圖。 Figure 14A is a perspective view of a first embodiment of the arch support (1418), Figure 14B is a bottom (foot) view of the first embodiment of the arch support (1418), and Figure 14C is an arch support A rear (proximal) view of the first embodiment of the portion (1418), and FIG. 14D is a cross-sectional view of the first embodiment of the arch support portion (1418) along the line 14D-14D of FIG. 14B. .

足弓支撐區是沿著縱向足弓支撐部設置,且其一進緣端最接近鞋墊的足跟端,且一遠緣端延伸向鞋墊的該腳趾端。連接該近緣端至該遠緣端是一內側緣與一外側緣,該外側緣具有一類似拋物線形狀。足弓支撐部(1418)係部分圍繞在內側縱向足弓支撐部下面之基底層的內側邊。大體上,其概略位在腳部的足弓區或在距骨、舟骨、第一楔骨、與第一蹠骨之近部下面。 足弓支撐部(1418)本質成形係相同於足弓支撐區,且固定至基底層之底面的該足弓支撐區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定足弓支撐部(1418)至足弓支撐區。 The arch support region is disposed along the longitudinal arch support and has a leading edge that is closest to the heel end of the insole and a distal end that extends toward the toe end of the insole. Connecting the proximal end to the distal end is an inner edge and an outer edge, the outer edge having a parabolic shape. The arch support (1418) partially surrounds the medial side of the base layer below the medial longitudinal arch support. In general, it is located either in the arch region of the foot or below the talus, the scaphoid, the first clavicle, and the proximal portion of the first metatarsal. The arch support portion (1418) is formed in the same manner as the arch support region and is secured to the arch support region of the underside of the base layer. An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the arch support (1418) to the arch support region.

足弓支撐部的此第一具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個延伸肋部(1418A),其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的硬支撐。延伸肋部(1418A)是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。每個延伸肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 This first embodiment of the arch support defines a plurality of extension ribs (1418A) extending from the proximal end to the distal end from which the arch support extends outwardly. This particular embodiment provides a hard support for the arch region. The extension rib (1418A) is about 0.5 mm (millimeters) thick. The width of each of the extended ribs is about 5 mm (millimeters).

此第一具體實施例最好是利用具有約90-100 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部(1418)的整體結構與彈性。 This first embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 90-100 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide suitable hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support (1418). .

對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足弓支撐部(1418)是約104-105mm(公釐)長度。在接近中央之最寬點的寬度是約37.5至38.5mm(公釐)。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一足弓支撐部(1418)的想要效能。 For a men's mid-size insole, the arch support (1418) is about 104-105 mm (millimeters) in length. The width at the widest point near the center is about 37.5 to 38.5 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first arch support (1418).

當腳部處於「自然姿勢」(即是,不是內旋或外旋)位置時,足弓支撐部是無作用或施加溫和的腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩 至中足。 When the foot is in a "natural position" (ie, is not an internal or external rotation), the arch support is inactive or applies a mild foot valgus (anti-foot varus) moment To the middle foot.

當腳部移至內旋位置時,足弓支撐部對著載距突(即是,近端足弓)下方的區域施加較高地面反作用力(GRF)大小,以增加距下關節(即是,後足)的腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩。 When the foot is moved to the internal rotation position, the arch support applies a higher ground reaction force (GRF) to the area below the load distance protrusion (ie, the proximal arch) to increase the subtalar joint (ie, , hind foot) foot valgus (anti-foot varus) moment.

圖15A是足弓支撐部(1518)之第二具體實施例的透視圖;圖15B是足弓支撐部(1518)之第二具體實施例的底(足底)視圖;圖15C是足弓支撐部(1518)之第二具體實施例的後(近端)視圖;且圖15D是沿著如圖15B所示線條15D-15D的足弓支撐部(1518)之第二具體實施例的剖面圖。 Figure 15A is a perspective view of a second embodiment of the arch support (1518); Figure 15B is a bottom (foot) view of a second embodiment of the arch support (1518); Figure 15C is an arch support A rear (proximal) view of a second embodiment of the portion (1518); and FIG. 15D is a cross-sectional view of a second embodiment of the arch support portion (1518) along line 15D-15D as shown in FIG. 15B .

足弓支撐區是沿著縱向足弓支撐部設置,且其一近緣端最接近鞋墊的足跟端,且一遠緣端延伸向鞋墊的該腳趾端。連接該近緣端至該遠緣端是一內側緣與一外側緣,該外側緣具有一類似拋物線形狀。足弓支撐部(1518)係部分圍繞在內側縱向足弓支撐部下面之基底層的內側邊。大體上,其概略位在腳部的足弓區或在距骨、舟骨、第一楔骨、與第一蹠骨之近部下面。足弓支撐部(1518)本質成形係相同於足弓支撐區,且固定至基底層之底面的該足弓支撐區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定足弓支撐部(1518)至足弓支撐區。 The arch support region is disposed along the longitudinal arch support and has a proximal end that is closest to the heel end of the insole and a distal end that extends toward the toe end of the insole. Connecting the proximal end to the distal end is an inner edge and an outer edge, the outer edge having a parabolic shape. The arch support (1518) partially surrounds the medial side of the base layer below the medial longitudinal arch support. In general, it is located either in the arch region of the foot or below the talus, the scaphoid, the first clavicle, and the proximal portion of the first metatarsal. The arch support portion (1518) is formed in the same manner as the arch support region and is secured to the arch support region of the underside of the base layer. An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the arch support (1518) to the arch support region.

足弓支撐部的此第二具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個肋形凹部(1518C),其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。 此具體實施例提供足弓區的彈性支撐。肋形凹部(1518C)係凹入該足弓支撐部(1518)約0.5mm(公釐)。每個肋形凹部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 This second embodiment of the arch support defines a plurality of rib-shaped recesses (1518C) extending from the proximal end to the distal end, extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides elastic support for the arch region. The rib recess (1518C) is recessed into the arch support (1518) by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The width of each rib recess is about 5 mm (millimeter).

此第二具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Shore A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This second embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Shore A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

或者,肋形凹部(1518C)可為肋形開口。肋形開口係定義允許該基底層經由其延伸。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。基底層係成型以便其部分材料注入該等肋形開口,使得此部分概略齊平足弓支撐部(1518)的外表面,且機械式鎖定足弓支撐部(1518)與基底層一起。有利地係,當壓縮基底層(例如,當步行或跑步)時,基底層材料亦可透過肋形開口鼓起以提供附加的彈性墊作用。 Alternatively, the rib recess (1518C) may be a rib shaped opening. The ribbed opening is defined to allow the substrate layer to extend therethrough. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The base layer is shaped such that a portion of its material is injected into the rib-shaped openings such that the portion is substantially flush with the outer surface of the arch support (1518) and the mechanically locking arch support (1518) is with the base layer. Advantageously, when compressing the substrate layer (e.g., when walking or running), the substrate layer material can also be blasted through the rib-shaped openings to provide additional elastic pad action.

對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足弓支撐部(1518)是約104-105mm(公釐)長度。在接近中央之最寬點的寬度是約37.5至38.5 mm(公釐)。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一足弓支撐部(1518)的想要效能。 For a men's midsize insole, the arch support (1518) is about 104-105 mm (millimeters) in length. The width at the widest point near the center is about 37.5 to 38.5 Mm (mm). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first arch support (1518).

當腳部處於「自然姿勢」(即是,不是內旋或外旋)位置時,足弓支撐部是無作用或施加溫和的腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩至中足。 When the foot is in a "natural position" (ie, not an internal or external rotation) position, the arch support is inactive or applies a mild foot valgus (anti-foot varus) moment to the midfoot.

當腳部移至內旋位置時,足弓支撐部對著載距突(即是,近端足弓)下方的區域施加較高地面反作用力(GRF)大小,以增加距下關節(即是,後足)的腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩。 When the foot is moved to the internal rotation position, the arch support applies a higher ground reaction force (GRF) to the area below the load distance protrusion (ie, the proximal arch) to increase the subtalar joint (ie, , hind foot) foot valgus (anti-foot varus) moment.

圖16A是足弓支撐部(1618)之第三具體實施例的透視圖;圖16B是足弓支撐部(1618)之第三具體實施例的底(足底)視圖;圖16C是足弓支撐部(1618)之第三具體實施例的後(近端)視圖;且圖16D是沿著如圖16B所示線條16D-16D的足弓支撐部(1618)之第三具體實施例的剖面圖。 Figure 16A is a perspective view of a third embodiment of the arch support (1618); Figure 16B is a bottom (foot) view of a third embodiment of the arch support (1618); Figure 16C is an arch support A rear (proximal) view of a third embodiment of the portion (1618); and FIG. 16D is a cross-sectional view of a third embodiment of the arch support portion (1618) along lines 16D-16D as shown in FIG. 16B .

足弓支撐區是沿著縱向足弓支撐部設置,且其一近緣端最接近鞋墊的足跟端,且一遠緣端延伸向鞋墊的該腳趾端。連接該近緣端至該遠緣端是一內側緣與一外側緣,該外側緣具有一類似拋物線形狀。足弓支撐部(1618)係部分圍繞在內側縱向足弓支撐部下面之基底層的內側邊。大體上,其概略位在腳部的 足弓區或在距骨、舟骨、第一楔骨、與第一蹠骨之近部下面。 足弓支撐部(1618)本質成形係相同於足弓支撐區,且固定至基底層之底面的該足弓支撐區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定足弓支撐部(1618)至足弓支撐區。 The arch support region is disposed along the longitudinal arch support and has a proximal end that is closest to the heel end of the insole and a distal end that extends toward the toe end of the insole. Connecting the proximal end to the distal end is an inner edge and an outer edge, the outer edge having a parabolic shape. The arch support (1618) partially surrounds the medial side of the base layer below the medial longitudinal arch support. In general, its outline is at the foot The arch area is below the talus, the scaphoid, the first clavicle, and the proximal part of the first metatarsal. The arch support portion (1618) is formed in the same manner as the arch support region and is secured to the arch support region of the underside of the base layer. An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the arch support (1618) to the arch support region.

足弓支撐部的此第三具體實施例包括複數個延伸肋部(1618A),其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸;複數個本質水平肋部(1618B),其具有在該足弓支撐部呈鋸齒狀的一肋部外形;及複數個肋形開口(1618C),其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的半彈性或半硬支撐。 This third embodiment of the arch support includes a plurality of extension ribs (1618A) extending outwardly from the arch support portion; a plurality of essentially horizontal ribs (1618B) having the arch support portion a serrated rib profile; and a plurality of ribbed openings (1618C) extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a semi-elastic or semi-rigid support of the arch region.

足弓支撐部(1618)是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義一或多個延伸肋部(1618A)、一或多個本質水平肋部(1618B)、與一或多個肋形凹部(1618C)。最好係,使用三個延伸肋部(1618A)、該等本質水平肋部(1618B)之三者、與三個肋形凹部(1618C)。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。延伸肋部(1618A)是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。肋形凹部(1618C)係凹入該足弓支撐部(1618)約0.5mm(公釐)。本質水平肋部(1618B)具有約0.5mm(公釐)深度的肋部外形。 The arch support portion (1618) defines one or more extended ribs (1618A), one or more intrinsic horizontal ribs (1618B), and one or more rib shaped recesses from the proximal end to the distal end (1618C). Preferably, three extension ribs (1618A), three of the essentially horizontal ribs (1618B), and three rib recesses (1618C) are used. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The extension rib (1618A) is about 0.5 mm (millimeters) thick. The rib recess (1618C) is recessed into the arch support (1618) by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The intrinsic horizontal rib (1618B) has a rib profile of about 0.5 mm (millimeter) depth.

肋形凹部(1618C)改善在足弓支撐部(1618)的該遠緣端之彈性,而沒有犧牲在足弓支撐部(1618)的中央與近端的縱向足弓 支撐部。 The rib recess (1618C) improves the elasticity at the distal end of the arch support (1618) without sacrificing the longitudinal arch at the center and proximal end of the arch support (1618) Support section.

足弓支撐部(1618)之遠端三分之一之最初三個肋形凹部(1618C)提供允許在緊鄰第一蹠骨頭(即是,第一蹠骨的遠側軸)近側的區域保持彈性,以在步伐行進階段期間促成不受限的第一趾幅蹠屈。 The first three rib-shaped recesses (1618C) of the distal third of the arch support (1618) provide for retention of elasticity in the immediate vicinity of the first metatarsal head (ie, the distal axis of the first metatarsal) To promote unrestricted first toe flexion during the pace of travel.

足弓支撐部1618(水平肋部(1618B)與延伸肋部(1618A))的中央與近側三分之二係藉由漸進較厚橫條硬化,以提供改善的足弓支撐,且當腳部移至內旋位置時,施加較高的抗腳掌內翻地面反作用力(GRF)大小在載距突區。 The center and proximal two-thirds of the arch support 1618 (horizontal rib (1618B) and extension rib (1618A)) are hardened by progressively thicker transverse bars to provide improved arch support and When the part is moved to the internal rotation position, a higher anti-foot inversion ground reaction force (GRF) is applied in the load-to-distance region.

此第三具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This third embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

或者,肋形凹部(1618C)可為肋形開口。肋形開口係定義允許該基底層經由其延伸。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。基底層係成型以便其部分材料注入該等肋形開口,使得此部分概略齊平足弓支撐部(1618)的外表面,且機械式鎖定足弓支撐部 (1618)與基底層一起。有利地係,當壓縮基底層(例如,當步行或跑步)時,基底層材料亦可透過肋形開口鼓起以提供附加的彈性墊作用。 Alternatively, the rib recess (1618C) can be a rib shaped opening. The ribbed opening is defined to allow the substrate layer to extend therethrough. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The base layer is shaped such that a portion of its material is injected into the rib-shaped openings such that the portion is substantially flush with the outer surface of the arch support portion (1618) and mechanically locks the arch support portion (1618) together with the substrate layer. Advantageously, when compressing the substrate layer (e.g., when walking or running), the substrate layer material can also be blasted through the rib-shaped openings to provide additional elastic pad action.

對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足弓支撐部(1618)是約104-105mm(公釐)長度。在接近中央之最寬點的寬度是約37.5至38.5mm(公釐)。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一足弓支撐部(1618)的想要效能。 For a men's midsize insole, the arch support (1618) is about 104-105 mm (millimeters) in length. The width at the widest point near the center is about 37.5 to 38.5 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary within ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first arch support (1618).

當腳部處於「自然姿勢」(即是,不是內旋或外旋)位置時,足弓支撐部是無作用或施加溫和的腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩至中足。 When the foot is in a "natural position" (ie, not an internal or external rotation) position, the arch support is inactive or applies a mild foot valgus (anti-foot varus) moment to the midfoot.

當腳部移至內旋位置時,足弓支撐部在對著載距突(即是,近端足弓)下方的區域施加較高地面反作用力(GRF)大小,以增加距下關節(即是,後足)的腳掌外翻(抗腳掌內翻)力矩。 When the foot is moved to the internal rotation position, the arch support applies a higher ground reaction force (GRF) in the area below the load bearing protrusion (ie, the proximal arch) to increase the subtalar joint (ie, Yes, hind foot) foot valgus (anti-foot varus) moment.

圖17A是前足楔形部(1708)的透視圖;圖17B是前足楔形部(1708)的底(足底)視圖;且圖17C是前足楔形部(1708)的後(近端)視圖。 17A is a perspective view of the forefoot wedge (1708); FIG. 17B is a bottom (foot) view of the forefoot wedge (1708); and FIG. 17C is a posterior (proximal) view of the forefoot wedge (1708).

前足楔形區是在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面開始且近側延伸 至腳部的中央。 The forefoot wedge region begins behind the second to fifth metatarsal heads and extends proximally To the center of the foot.

前足楔形部(1708)本質成形係相同於前足楔形區且固定其中。前足楔形部(1708)具有一內側緣、一外側緣、一近(背)緣與一遠(前)緣。遠緣是位在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面。前足楔形部(1708)的內側緣沿著從該鞋墊的該內側界所側面隔開的一條線延伸,其本質從遠緣延伸至近緣。該近緣從該內側緣橫向(或側面)延伸至該外側緣,其從該鞋墊的該外側界略微內側隔開。外側緣連接該近緣至該前足楔形部的該遠緣。圖11顯示腳骨置放在鞋墊。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定前足楔形部(1708)至前足楔形區。 The forefoot wedge (1708) is formed in the same manner as the forefoot wedge and is secured therein. The forefoot wedge (1708) has an inner edge, an outer edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge. The far edge is behind the second to fifth metatarsal bones. The medial edge of the forefoot wedge (1708) extends along a line spaced from the side of the medial boundary of the insole, extending intrinsically from a distal edge to a proximal edge. The proximal edge extends laterally (or laterally) from the inner edge to the outer edge, which is slightly spaced from the outer side of the insole. The outer edge connects the proximal edge to the distal edge of the forefoot wedge. Figure 11 shows the foot bone placed on the insole. An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the forefoot wedge (1708) to the forefoot wedge.

前足楔形部(1708)具有3°斜率,其從約4mm(公釐)厚度的較厚外側緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄內側緣呈錐形化。前足楔形部(1708)用來建立在中足關節周圍的腳掌內翻力矩。此力矩有助對著後足以穩定前足,減少由前足外翻變形所引起的腳掌外翻力矩,藉由增加在前足外側面下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以負荷減輕第一蹠趾關節(MTPJ),且減少在距下關節周圍的不正常腳掌外翻力矩。 The forefoot wedge (1708) has a 3[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker outer edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) thickness to a thinner inner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The forefoot wedge (1708) is used to establish a varus moment around the midfoot joint. This moment helps to stabilize the forefoot after the pair, reduces the valgus moment caused by the valgus deformation of the forefoot, and reduces the first metatarsophalangeal joint by increasing the ground reaction force (GRF) under the lateral aspect of the forefoot (MTPJ) ), and reduce the abnormal foot valgus moment around the lower joint.

假如替代形狀概略在小蹠骨頭或其後面維持一遠緣且內與近緣不會妨礙第一蹠骨頭墊區與足弓支撐區,前足楔形部 (1708)的形狀可改變。 If the alternative shape is outlined in the small humeral head or behind it maintains a distal edge and the inner and proximal edges do not interfere with the first metatarsal head area and the arch support area, the forefoot wedge The shape of (1708) can vary.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,前足楔形部(1708)具有約55.9mm(公釐)長度與約51.3mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持前足楔形部(1708)的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變前足楔形部(1708)的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the forefoot wedge (1708) has a length of about 55.9 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 51.3 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the forefoot wedge (1708). For different sized insoles, the dimensions can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the forefoot wedge (1708).

最好係,前足楔形部(1708)是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於前足楔形部(1708),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部(1708)的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the forefoot wedge (1708) is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the forefoot wedge (1708), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the forefoot wedge (1708) The overall structure and flexibility.

圖18A是足跟墊(1812)的透視圖;圖18B是足跟墊(1812)的底(足底)視圖;且圖18C是足跟墊(1812)的內側視圖。 Figure 18A is a perspective view of the heel pad (1812); Figure 18B is a bottom (foot) view of the heel pad (1812); and Figure 18C is an inner side view of the heel pad (1812).

足跟墊區是位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區的邊界內之鞋墊的足跟區。足跟墊(1812)可固定在基底層與後足楔形或足跟抬高部間的足跟墊區。足跟墊(1812)亦可固定至足跟墊區,而沒有後足楔形或足跟抬高部固定其。足跟墊(1812)在腳跟著地提供衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。維持足跟墊未接合將可減少在中央足 跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The heel pad area is the heel area of the insole located within the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone. The heel pad (1812) can be secured to the heel pad region between the base layer and the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. The heel pad (1812) can also be secured to the heel pad area without the hind foot wedge or heel elevations securing it. The heel pad (1812) provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action on the heel strike. Maintaining the heel pad without engagement will reduce the center foot Ground reaction force (GRF) below the zone to treat specific foot disease and reduce insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟墊(1812)的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel pad (1812) may vary if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊(1812)具有約63.3mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊(1812)的想要效能,且最好是小於後足楔形或足跟抬高部。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊(1812)的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel pad (1812) has a length of about 63.3 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 38.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad (1812), and is preferably less than the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel pad (1812).

最好係,足跟墊(1812)是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可為具有約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用於足跟墊(1812),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊(1812)的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad (1812) is made from a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad can be a medium density material having a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) 50-75 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the heel pad (1812), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable hardness and material characteristics to maintain the heel pad (1812) The overall structure and flexibility.

圖19A是足跟抬高部(1915)的透視圖;圖19B是足跟抬高部(1915)的底(足底)視圖;且圖19C是沿著如圖19B所示線條19C-19C的足跟抬高部(1915)的剖面圖。 Figure 19A is a perspective view of the heel elevation (1915); Figure 19B is a bottom (foot) view of the heel elevation (1915); and Figure 19C is along line 19C-19C of Figure 19B. A cross-sectional view of the heel lift (1915).

後足楔形/足跟抬高區位在鞋墊的足跟區,其從概略足骰骨近側延伸至鞋墊的足跟端。後足楔形/足跟抬高區係經調適以承受一補充軟墊,其可為一後足楔形或一足跟抬高部(1915)。後足楔形/足跟抬高區略為略微縱向形成角度向外側界,使得其不會妨礙足弓支撐區。 The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation is located in the heel region of the insole, extending from the proximal side of the outlined footbone to the heel end of the insole. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone is adapted to withstand a supplemental cushion, which may be a hindfoot wedge or a heel elevation (1915). The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone is slightly longitudinally angled to the lateral boundary so that it does not interfere with the arch support zone.

足跟抬高部(1915)概略從約4mm(公釐)的較厚近緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄遠緣呈錐形化。足跟抬高部(1915)用來調整在矢狀面的鞋墊,用以調適前足與腳踝蹠屈、及下肢肌肉骨骼系統的其相關運動學與運動影響;或用來平衡下肢長度差異。 The heel elevation (1915) is generally tapered from a thicker edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The heel lift (1915) is used to adjust the saddle in the sagittal plane to adjust the forefoot and ankle flexion, and the associated kinematics and motor effects of the lower extremity musculoskeletal system; or to balance the difference in length of the lower extremities.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟抬高部(1915)的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel elevation (1915) may vary if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟抬高部(1915)具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟抬高部(1915)的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟抬高部(1915)的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel lift (1915) has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel lift (1915). For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the heel lift (1915).

最好係,足跟抬高部(1915)是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的 高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於足跟抬高部(1915),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟抬高部(1915)的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel lift (1915) utilizes a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Made of high density EVA material. Other materials can be used for the heel lift (1915), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain heel elevation The overall structure and flexibility of the Department (1915).

圖20A是後足楔形部(2014)的透視圖;圖20B是後足楔形部(2014)的底(足底)視圖;且圖20C是沿著如圖20B所示線條20C-20C的後足楔形部(2014)的剖面圖。 Figure 20A is a perspective view of the hindfoot wedge (2014); Figure 20B is the bottom (foot) view of the hindfoot wedge (2014); and Figure 20C is the hind foot along the line 20C-20C as shown in Figure 20B A cross-sectional view of the wedge (2014).

後足楔形/足跟抬高區位在鞋墊的足跟區,其概略從足骰骨近側延伸至鞋墊的足跟端。後足楔形/足跟抬高區係經調適以承受一補充軟墊,其可為一後足楔形部(2014)或一足跟抬高部。後足楔形/足跟抬高區為略微縱向形成角度向外側界,使得其不會妨礙足弓支撐區。 The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation is located in the heel area of the insole, which extends generally from the proximal side of the footbone to the heel end of the insole. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone is adapted to withstand a supplemental cushion, which may be a hindfoot wedge (2014) or a heel elevation. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone is slightly longitudinally angled to the lateral boundary so that it does not interfere with the arch support zone.

後足楔形部(2014)具有4°斜率,其係從約4mm(公釐)的較厚內側緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄外側緣呈錐形化。4°後足楔形部(2014)用來在距下關節的周圍建立腳掌外翻力矩(且減少腳掌內翻力矩)。 The hindfoot wedge (2014) has a 4[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker inner edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner outer edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The 4° hindfoot wedge (2014) is used to establish a foot valgus moment (and reduce the varus moment) around the lower joint.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,後足楔形部(2014)的形狀可改變。 The shape of the hindfoot wedge (2014) may vary if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,後足楔形部(2014)具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持後足楔形部(2014)的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變後足楔形部(2014)的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the hindfoot wedge (2014) has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the hindfoot wedge (2014). For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the hindfoot wedge (2014).

最好係,後足楔形部(2014)是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於後足楔形部(2014),諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the hindfoot wedge (2014) is made from a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the hindfoot wedge (2014), such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the entire front foot wedge Structure and flexibility.

在本說明書所述交付給使用者的鞋墊可採用未接合組件,以讓使用者接合想要的組件。在交付給使用者前,鞋墊亦可採用已接合的預定組件結構。此外,本發明可允許在交付前,將接合鞋墊的預定組件結構組合,同時亦提供使用者可接合的附加組件。 The insole delivered to the user as described herein may employ an unengaged component to allow the user to engage the desired component. The insole may also be constructed with a predetermined predetermined assembly structure prior to delivery to the user. In addition, the present invention may allow for the assembly of predetermined component structures that engage the insole prior to delivery, while also providing additional components that the user may engage.

所有診斷可利用所描述組件之一或多者,且所有組件可接合在鞋墊的各種不同位置以改變鞋墊的特性。下面實例只代表針對所述診斷而建議的一組組件。下列是每天情境的實例,其利用彼此組合的一或多個組件之本發明的系統加以處理: All diagnoses may utilize one or more of the described components, and all components may be engaged at various different locations of the insole to alter the characteristics of the insole. The following examples represent only a set of components suggested for the diagnosis. The following is an example of a daily situation that is processed using the system of the present invention with one or more components combined with each other:

實例1: Example 1:

情境:患者報告在左大腳趾關節下方灼痛感。多年運動疼痛的間歇性發作。自從開始每週三次舞步課程更惡化。由於嚴重疼痛必須退出最後一堂課。 Situation: The patient reported a burning sensation below the left toe joint. Intermittent seizures of many years of exercise pain. The dance course has deteriorated since the beginning three times a week. You must withdraw from the last class due to severe pain.

檢查:在發炎第一蹠趾關節(MTPJ,Mmetatarsophalangeal Joint)下方處直接壓力的疼痛,尤其在足脛種子骨。雙側腳底過度彎曲的第一蹠骨、加上左腳前足外翻。 Check: Direct pressure pain under the inflamed first metatarsophalangeal joint (MTPJ, Mmetatarsophalangeal Joint), especially in the foot of the foot. The first metatarsal with excessively curved soles on both sides of the foot and the anterior valgus of the left foot.

診斷:足脛種子骨。 Diagnosis: athlete's foot bone.

治療:一前足楔形部可施加至左鞋墊,以進一步使地面反作用力(GRF)導離疼痛的第一蹠骨頭。足跟墊可施加以維持在中央足跟下方的地面反作用力(GRF)大小。 Treatment: A forefoot wedge can be applied to the left insole to further direct ground reaction force (GRF) away from the painful first metatarsal head. The heel pad can be applied to maintain a ground reaction force (GRF) size below the central heel.

或者,在穿戴者施加附加組件前,交付給穿戴者的鞋墊可為採用預接合的足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊。對於此實例,需要調整第一蹠骨頭墊以減少在第一蹠骨頭下方的地面反作用力(GRF)。 Alternatively, the insole delivered to the wearer may be a pre-engaged heel pad and a first metatarsal head pad prior to application of the add-on by the wearer. For this example, the first metatarsal head pad needs to be adjusted to reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the first metatarsal head.

前足楔形區是在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面開始且近側延伸至腳部的中央。 The forefoot wedge region begins at the back of the second to fifth metatarsal heads and extends proximally to the center of the foot.

前足楔形部具有一內側緣、一外側緣、一近(背)緣與一遠(前)緣。該遠緣位在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面。前足楔形部的內側緣沿著從該鞋墊的該內側界所側面隔開的一條線延伸,其本質從遠緣延伸至近緣。該近緣從該內側緣橫向(或側面)延伸至該外側緣,其從該鞋墊的該外側界略微內側隔開。外側緣連接該近緣至該前足楔形部的該遠緣。圖11顯示腳骨置放在鞋墊。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定前足楔形部至前足楔形區。 The forefoot wedge has an inner edge, an outer edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge. The distal edge is behind the second to fifth metatarsal heads. The medial edge of the forefoot wedge extends along a line spaced from the side of the medial boundary of the insole, extending intrinsically from a distal edge to a proximal edge. The proximal edge extends laterally (or laterally) from the inner edge to the outer edge, which is slightly spaced from the outer side of the insole. The outer edge connects the proximal edge to the distal edge of the forefoot wedge. Figure 11 shows the foot bone placed on the insole. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the forefoot wedge to the forefoot wedge.

前足楔形部具有3°斜率,其從約4mm(公釐)厚度的較厚外側緣至約1mm(公釐)薄度的較薄內側緣呈錐形化。前足楔形部用來建立在中足關節周圍的腳掌內翻力矩。此力矩有助對著後足以穩定前足,減少由前足外翻變形所引起的腳掌外翻力矩,藉由增加在前足的外側面下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以負荷減輕蹠趾關節(MTPJ),且減少在距下關節周圍的不正常腳掌外翻力矩。 The forefoot wedge has a 3[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker outer edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) thickness to a thinner inner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter) thinness. The forefoot wedge is used to establish the inversion moment of the foot around the midfoot joint. This moment helps to stabilize the forefoot after the pair, reduces the valgus moment caused by the valgus deformation of the forefoot, and reduces the metatarsophalangeal joint (MTPJ) by increasing the ground reaction force (GRF) under the outer side of the forefoot. And reduce the abnormal foot valgus moment around the lower joint.

假如替代形狀概略在小蹠骨頭或其後面維持一遠緣,且內側與近緣不會妨礙第一蹠骨頭墊區與足弓支撐區,前足楔形部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the forefoot wedge may vary if the alternate shape is outlined to maintain a distal edge at or behind the small humerus and the medial and proximal edges do not interfere with the first metatarsal pad and the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,前足楔形部具有約55.9mm(公釐)長度與約51.3mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持前足楔形部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變前足楔形部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the forefoot wedge has a length of about 55.9 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 51.3 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the forefoot wedge. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the forefoot wedge.

最好係,前足楔形部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於前足楔形部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the forefoot wedge is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the forefoot wedge, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge.

實例2: Example 2:

情境:患者報告左腳足球點呈現疼痛腫塊。多年雙腳底長厚繭,但過去3個月左腳變得更紅、腫大、和疼痛。 Situation: The patient reported a painful mass in the left foot football point. For many years, the feet are thick and thick, but the left foot has become redder, swollen, and painful in the past 3 months.

檢查:左第二蹠趾關節(MTPJ)下方呈現水腫和皮膚發紅的厚繭區。靜態站立與步伐時,雙側過度腳掌內翻與跟骨外翻。雙側0度踝關節背屈。左腳蹠骨內翻。 Examination: A thick sputum area with edema and redness of the skin beneath the left second metatarsophalangeal joint (MTPJ). When standing statically and at the pace, both sides are excessively varus and varus valgus. Both sides of the 0 degree ankle dorsiflexion. The left ankle is inverted.

診斷:足底蹠骨滑囊炎。 Diagnosis: plantar sacral bursitis.

治療:蹠骨墊與加墊的前足延伸部將減少在第二蹠趾關節(MTPJ)下方的過度地面反作用力(GRF)。硬足弓支撐部與後足楔形部可施加以減少過度腳掌內翻力矩。如果鞋款許可,足跟抬高部可用於腳踝蹠屈。第一蹠骨頭墊與足跟墊可施加以維持在第一蹠骨頭與中央足跟下方的地面反作用力(GRF)大小。 Treatment: The tibial pad and padded forefoot extension will reduce excessive ground reaction (GRF) under the second metatarsophalangeal joint (MTPJ). The hard arch support and the hindfoot wedge can be applied to reduce excessive foot varus moments. If the shoe is approved, the heel lift can be used for the ankle. The first metatarsal head pad and the heel pad can be applied to maintain a ground reaction force (GRF) size below the first metatarsal head and the central heel.

或者,在穿戴者施加附加組件前,交付給穿戴者的鞋墊可為採用預接合的足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊。 Alternatively, the insole delivered to the wearer may be a pre-engaged heel pad and a first metatarsal head pad prior to application of the add-on by the wearer.

足跟抬高部概略從約4mm(公釐)的較厚近緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄遠緣呈錐形化。足跟抬高部用來調整在矢狀面的鞋墊,用以調適前足與腳踝蹠屈、及下肢肌肉骨骼系統的其相關運動學與運動影響;或用來平衡下肢長度差異。 The heel elevation is generally tapered from a thicker edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The heel lift is used to adjust the saddle in the sagittal plane to adjust the forefoot and ankle flexion, and the associated kinematics and motor effects of the lower extremity musculoskeletal system; or to balance the difference in length of the lower extremities.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟抬高部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel elevation can be altered if the alternative shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟抬高部具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟抬高部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟抬高部的所有尺寸 而達成。 Preferably, for a men's mid-size insole, the heel elevation has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel lift. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be scaled to change all sizes of the heel lift And reached.

最好係,足跟抬高部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於足跟抬高部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟抬高部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel lift is made from a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel lifts, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide adequate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall heel elevation Structure and flexibility.

後足楔形/足跟抬高區位在鞋墊的足跟區,其從概略足骰骨近側延伸至鞋墊的足跟端。後足楔形/足跟抬高區係經調適以承受一補充軟墊,其可為一後足楔形部或一足跟抬高部。後足楔形/足跟抬高區為略微縱向形成角度向外側界,使得其不會妨礙足弓支撐區。 The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation is located in the heel region of the insole, extending from the proximal side of the outlined footbone to the heel end of the insole. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone is adapted to withstand a supplemental cushion, which may be a hindfoot wedge or a heel elevation. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone is slightly longitudinally angled to the lateral boundary so that it does not interfere with the arch support zone.

後足楔形部具有4°斜率,其從約4mm(公釐)的較厚內側緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄外側緣呈錐形化。4°後足楔形部用來建立在距下關節周圍的腳掌外翻力矩(且減少腳掌內翻力矩)。 The hindfoot wedge has a 4[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker inner edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner outer edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The 4° hindfoot wedge is used to establish the valgus moment of the foot around the lower joint (and reduce the varus moment of the foot).

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,後足楔形部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the hindfoot wedge may vary if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,後足楔形部具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為 ±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持後足楔形部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變後足楔形部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the hindfoot wedge has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can be The range of ±5 mm (millimeters) varies and still maintains the desired performance of the hindfoot wedge. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the hindfoot wedge.

最好係,後足楔形部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於後足楔形部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the hindfoot wedge is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the hindfoot wedges, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge. .

第一蹠骨頭墊區是在基底層底面的一區域,且位在腳部的第一蹠骨頭下面。第一蹠骨頭墊本質成形係相同於第一蹠骨頭墊區且固定至第一蹠骨頭墊區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定第一蹠骨頭墊至第一蹠骨頭墊區。 The first metatarsal head pad area is an area on the underside of the base layer and is located below the first metatarsal head of the foot. The first metatarsal head pad is formed in the same manner as the first metatarsal head pad area and is fixed to the first metatarsal head pad area. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the first metatarsal head pad to the first metatarsal head pad area.

第一蹠骨頭墊的外形是一略微不規則多角形狀。最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊具有一本質線性遠緣;一略微曲線內側緣,其遵循鞋墊的內側界之彎曲;一近緣,其為彎曲或形成角度,以遵循足弓支撐區的蹠骨緣之形狀;及一外側緣,其為曲線或線性。 The shape of the first metatarsal head pad is a slightly irregular polygonal shape. Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad has an intrinsic linear distal edge; a slightly curved inner edge that follows the curvature of the inner side of the insole; a proximal edge that is curved or angled to follow the arch support region The shape of the humerus edge; and an outer edge, which is curved or linear.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,第一蹠骨頭墊在遠緣處具有約73.5mm(公釐)長度與約29.3mm(公釐)寬度。第一蹠 骨頭墊的近端來到在近與外側緣處的一點。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一蹠骨頭墊的想要效能。 對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變第一蹠骨頭墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the first metatarsal head pad has a length of about 73.5 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 29.3 mm (millimeter) at the distal edge. First The proximal end of the bone pad comes to a point near the outer and outer edges. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first metatarsal head pad. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the first metatarsal head pad.

最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊是利用約40-45 Asker C硬度的EVA材料。或者,第一蹠骨頭墊的硬度約在45-55 Asker C、或(或者)55-60 Asker C間。第一蹠骨頭墊的厚度是約2-2.5mm(公釐)厚或第一蹠骨頭墊區的深度。第一蹠骨頭墊的基本設計是要在第一蹠骨頭墊下面建立地面反作用力(GRF)差異,且當未接合第一蹠骨頭墊時,允許第一蹠骨頭降低於其他蹠骨面。其他材料可用於第一蹠骨頭墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持第一蹠骨頭墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad is an EVA material utilizing a hardness of about 40-45 Asker C. Alternatively, the first metatarsal head pad has a hardness of between about 45-55 Asker C, or (or) 55-60 Asker C. The thickness of the first metatarsal head pad is about 2-2.5 mm (millimeters) thick or the depth of the first metatarsal head pad area. The basic design of the first metatarsal head pad is to establish a ground reaction force (GRF) difference below the first metatarsal head pad and to allow the first metatarsal head to lower to the other tibial surface when the first metatarsal head pad is not engaged. Other materials may be used for the first metatarsal head pad, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the first metatarsal head pad. Structure and flexibility.

足跟支撐區是位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區的邊界內之鞋墊的足跟區。足跟墊提供在腳跟著地處的衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。維持足跟墊未接合將可減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The heel support zone is the heel area of the insole located within the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone. The heel pad provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action at the heel strike. Maintaining the heel pad unengaged will reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel area to treat a particular foot condition and reduce the insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓 支撐區,足跟墊的形狀可改變。 If the alternative shape maintained in one of the heel areas does not interfere with the arch The shape of the heel pad can be changed in the support area.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊具有約63.3mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊的想要效能,且最好是小於後足楔形或足跟抬高部。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel pad has a length of about 63.3 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 38.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad, and is preferably less than the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel pad.

最好係,足跟墊是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可利用約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用於足跟墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad may utilize a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) a medium density material of 50-75 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel pads, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gels, which provide suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the heel pad.

足跟墊可固定在基底層與後足楔形或足跟抬高部間的足跟墊區。 The heel pad can be secured to the heel pad area between the base layer and the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation.

實例3: Example 3:

情境:患者報告腳部足球點外部疼痛腫塊。 Situation: The patient reported an external pain mass at the foot football point.

檢查:雙側腳底長繭(IPK,Intractable Plantar Keratosis)且在第5蹠骨下方腫大與皮膚發紅。在靜態站立與步伐時內收足跟位置,且雙側前足外翻。 Check: Invasable Plantar Keratosis (IPK) and swelling under the 5th tibia and redness of the skin. The heel position is closed during static standing and pace, and the forefoot of both sides is everted.

診斷:過度腳底長繭(IPK)的足底蹠骨滑囊炎。 Diagnosis: Excessive plantar gingival bursitis with excessive plantar long sputum (IPK).

治療:前足楔形部應施加至兩鞋墊以負荷減輕第五蹠骨頭及減少足跟內翻的程度。第一蹠骨頭墊與足跟墊可施加以維持在第一蹠骨頭與中央足跟下方的地面反作用力(GRF)大小。如果癥狀持續存在,調整第一蹠骨頭墊以增強蹠骨墊與前足楔形部的效果。 Treatment: The forefoot wedge should be applied to both insoles to reduce the extent of the fifth metatarsal head and reduce heel varus. The first metatarsal head pad and the heel pad can be applied to maintain a ground reaction force (GRF) size below the first metatarsal head and the central heel. If the symptoms persist, adjust the first metatarsal head pad to enhance the effect of the tibial pad and the forefoot wedge.

或者,在穿戴者施加附加組件前,交付給穿戴者的鞋墊可為採用預接合的足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊。 Alternatively, the insole delivered to the wearer may be a pre-engaged heel pad and a first metatarsal head pad prior to application of the add-on by the wearer.

前足楔形區是在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面開始且近側延伸至腳部的中央。 The forefoot wedge region begins at the back of the second to fifth metatarsal heads and extends proximally to the center of the foot.

前足楔形部具有一內側緣、一外側緣、一近(背)緣與一遠(前)緣。該遠緣位在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面。前足楔形部的內側緣沿著從該鞋墊的該內側界所側面隔開的一條線延伸,其本質從遠緣延伸至近緣。該近緣從該內側緣橫向(或側面)延伸至 該外側緣,其從該鞋墊的該外側界略微內側隔開。外側緣連接該近緣至該前足楔形部的該遠緣。圖11顯示腳骨置放在鞋墊。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定前足楔形部至前足楔形區。 The forefoot wedge has an inner edge, an outer edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge. The distal edge is behind the second to fifth metatarsal heads. The medial edge of the forefoot wedge extends along a line spaced from the side of the medial boundary of the insole, extending intrinsically from a distal edge to a proximal edge. The proximal edge extends laterally (or laterally) from the inner edge to The outer edge is spaced slightly from the inner side of the insole. The outer edge connects the proximal edge to the distal edge of the forefoot wedge. Figure 11 shows the foot bone placed on the insole. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the forefoot wedge to the forefoot wedge.

前足楔形部具有3°斜率,其從約4mm(公釐)厚度的較厚外側緣至約1mm(公釐)薄度的較薄內側緣呈錐形化。前足楔形部用來在中足關節的周圍建立一腳掌內翻力矩。此力矩有助對著後足以穩定前足,減少由前足外翻變形所引起的腳掌外翻力矩,藉由增加在前足的外側面下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以負荷減輕蹠趾關節(MTPJ),且減少在距下關節周圍的不正常腳掌外翻力矩。 The forefoot wedge has a 3[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker outer edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) thickness to a thinner inner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter) thinness. The forefoot wedge is used to establish a varus moment around the midfoot joint. This moment helps to stabilize the forefoot after the pair, reduces the valgus moment caused by the valgus deformation of the forefoot, and reduces the metatarsophalangeal joint (MTPJ) by increasing the ground reaction force (GRF) under the outer side of the forefoot. And reduce the abnormal foot valgus moment around the lower joint.

假如替代形狀概略在小蹠骨頭或其後面維持一遠緣,且內側與近緣不會妨礙第一蹠骨頭墊區與足弓支撐區,前足楔形部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the forefoot wedge may vary if the alternate shape is outlined to maintain a distal edge at or behind the small humerus and the medial and proximal edges do not interfere with the first metatarsal pad and the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,前足楔形部具有約55.9mm(公釐)長度與約51.3mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持前足楔形部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變前足楔形部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the forefoot wedge has a length of about 55.9 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 51.3 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the forefoot wedge. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the forefoot wedge.

最好係,前足楔形部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於前足楔形部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the forefoot wedge is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the forefoot wedge, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge.

足跟墊區位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區的邊界內之鞋墊的足跟區。足跟墊提供在腳跟著地處的衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。維持足跟墊未接合將可減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The heel pad is located in the heel area of the insole within the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone. The heel pad provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action at the heel strike. Maintaining the heel pad unengaged will reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel area to treat a particular foot condition and reduce the insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟墊的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel pad can be altered if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊具有約63.3mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊的想要效能,且最好是小於後足楔形或足跟抬高部。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel pad has a length of about 63.3 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 38.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad, and is preferably less than the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel pad.

最好係,足跟墊是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可為使用約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用 於足跟墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad can be a medium density material that uses a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) 50-75 Asker C. Other materials available For a heel pad, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, it provides suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the heel pad.

第一蹠骨頭墊區是在基底層之底面的一區域,且位在腳部的第一蹠骨頭下面。第一蹠骨頭墊本質成形係相同於第一蹠骨頭墊區,且固定至第一蹠骨頭墊區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定第一蹠骨頭墊至第一蹠骨頭墊區。 The first metatarsal head pad area is an area on the underside of the base layer and is located below the first metatarsal head of the foot. The first metatarsal head pad is formed in the same manner as the first metatarsal head pad area and is fixed to the first metatarsal head pad area. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the first metatarsal head pad to the first metatarsal head pad area.

第一蹠骨頭墊的外形是一略微不規則多角形狀。最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊具有一本質線性遠緣、一略微曲線內側緣,其遵循鞋墊的內側界之彎曲;一近緣,其為彎曲或形成角度,以遵循足弓支撐區的蹠骨緣之形狀;及一外側緣,其為曲線或線性。 The shape of the first metatarsal head pad is a slightly irregular polygonal shape. Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad has an intrinsic linear distal edge, a slightly curved inner edge that follows the curvature of the inner side of the insole; a proximal edge that is curved or angled to follow the arch support region. The shape of the humerus edge; and an outer edge, which is curved or linear.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,第一蹠骨頭墊在遠緣處具有約73.5mm(公釐)長度與約29.3mm(公釐)寬度。第一蹠骨頭墊的近端來到在近與外側緣處的一點。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一蹠骨頭墊的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變第一蹠骨頭墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the first metatarsal head pad has a length of about 73.5 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 29.3 mm (millimeter) at the distal edge. The proximal end of the first metatarsal head pad comes to a point near the outer and outer edges. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first metatarsal head pad. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the first metatarsal head pad.

最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊是利用約40-45 Asker C的硬度EVA材料。或者,第一蹠骨頭墊的硬度可約在45-55 Asker C、或(或者)55-60 Asker C間。第一蹠骨頭墊的厚度是約2-2.5mm(公釐)厚或第一蹠骨頭墊區的深度。第一蹠骨頭墊的基本設計是在蹠骨頭下面建立地面反作用力(GRF)差異,且當未接合第一蹠骨頭墊時,允許第一蹠骨降低於其他蹠骨面。其他材料可用於第一蹠骨頭墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持第一蹠骨頭墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad utilizes a hardness EVA material of about 40-45 Asker C. Alternatively, the first metatarsal head pad may have a hardness of between about 45-55 Asker C, or (or) 55-60 Asker C. The thickness of the first metatarsal head pad is about 2-2.5 mm (millimeters) thick or the depth of the first metatarsal head pad area. The basic design of the first metatarsal head pad is to establish a ground reaction force (GRF) difference below the humeral head and to allow the first metatarsal to descend to the other tibial surface when the first metatarsal head pad is not engaged. Other materials may be used for the first metatarsal head pad, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the first metatarsal head pad. Structure and flexibility.

實例4: Example 4:

情境:患者報告工作整日結束後呈現右大腳趾下方疼痛。加墊的鞋墊是有助益但不足。 Situation: The patient reports a pain in the lower right toe after the end of the day. Padded insoles are helpful but not enough.

檢查:雙腳拇趾的指骨間關節(IPJ,Interphalangeal Joint)下方呈現發炎骨痂,其右腳大於左腳。在靜態站立與步伐過度腳掌內翻,且在靜態站立呈現外旋右足跟且右腳為第一趾幅彈性蹠屈。在赫布切爾操作(Hubscher Maneuver)試驗下,受到無法彎曲右第一蹠趾關節(MTPJ)呈現右腳功能性拇趾僵直症(FHL)。 Examination: An inflamed callus is present beneath the interphalangeal joint of the bilateral toe, and the right foot is larger than the left foot. In the static standing and stepping over the sole of the foot, and in the static standing, the external right heel is presented and the right foot is the first toe elastic flexion. Under the Hebscher Maneuver test, the right first functional metatarsal stiffness (FHL) was present in the right first metatarsophalangeal joint (MTPJ).

治療:後足楔形與足弓支撐部可運用於抑制過度腳掌內翻力矩可能施加於右鞋墊之耐受性患者。第一蹠骨頭墊可運用於左鞋墊。足跟墊可添加以維持在中央足跟部下方的地面反作用力(GRF)大小。 Treatment: The hindfoot wedge and arch support can be used to inhibit tolerated patients with excessive foot varus moments that may be applied to the right insole. The first metatarsal head pad can be applied to the left insole. The heel pad can be added to maintain the ground reaction force (GRF) size below the central heel.

或者,在穿戴者施加附加組件前,交付給穿戴者的鞋墊可為採用預接合的足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊。對於此實例,需要調整右鞋墊的第一蹠骨頭墊,以減少在第一蹠骨頭下方的地面反作用力(GRF)。 Alternatively, the insole delivered to the wearer may be a pre-engaged heel pad and a first metatarsal head pad prior to application of the add-on by the wearer. For this example, the first metatarsal head pad of the right insole needs to be adjusted to reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the first metatarsal head.

後足楔形/足跟抬高區位在鞋墊的足跟區,其概略從足骰骨近側延伸至鞋墊的足跟端。後足楔形/足跟抬高區係經調適以承受一補充軟墊,其可為一後足楔形或一足跟抬高部。後足楔形/足跟抬高區為略微縱向形成角度向外側界,使得其不會妨礙足弓支撐區。 The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation is located in the heel area of the insole, which extends generally from the proximal side of the footbone to the heel end of the insole. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone is adapted to withstand a supplemental cushion, which may be a hindfoot wedge or a heel elevation. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone is slightly longitudinally angled to the lateral boundary so that it does not interfere with the arch support zone.

後足楔形部具有4°斜率,其從約4mm(公釐)的較厚內側緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄外側緣呈錐形化。4°後足楔形部用來在距下關節的周圍建立腳掌外翻力矩(且減少腳掌內翻力矩)。 The hindfoot wedge has a 4[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker inner edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner outer edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The 4° hindfoot wedge is used to establish a foot valgus moment (and reduce the varus moment) around the lower joint.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,後足楔形部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the hindfoot wedge may vary if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,後足楔形部具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持後足楔形部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變後足楔形部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the hindfoot wedge has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the hindfoot wedge. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the hindfoot wedge.

最好係,後足楔形部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於後足楔形部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the hindfoot wedge is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the hindfoot wedges, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge. .

足弓支撐區沿著縱向足弓支撐部設置,且其一近緣端最接近鞋墊的足跟端,且一遠緣端延伸向鞋墊的該腳趾端。連接該近緣端至該遠緣端是一內側緣與一外側緣,該外側緣具有一類似拋物線形狀。足弓支撐部係部分圍繞在內側縱向足弓支撐部下面之基底層的內側邊。大體上,其概略位在腳部的足弓區或在距骨、舟骨、第一楔骨、與第一蹠骨之近部下面。足弓支撐部本質成形係相同於足弓支撐區且固定至基底層之底面的該足弓支撐區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定足弓支撐部至足弓支撐區。 The arch support region is disposed along the longitudinal arch support and has a proximal end that is closest to the heel end of the insole and a distal end that extends toward the toe end of the insole. Connecting the proximal end to the distal end is an inner edge and an outer edge, the outer edge having a parabolic shape. The arch support portion partially surrounds the medial side of the base layer below the medial longitudinal arch support. In general, it is located either in the arch region of the foot or below the talus, the scaphoid, the first clavicle, and the proximal portion of the first metatarsal. The arch support is formed in the same manner as the arch support region and is secured to the underside of the base layer. An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the arch support to the arch support region.

足弓支撐部的一具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個延伸肋部,其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的硬支撐。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。每個延伸肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A specific embodiment of the arch support is defined from the proximal end to the distal end a plurality of extension ribs extending outwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a hard support for the arch region. The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The width of each of the extended ribs is about 5 mm (millimeters).

此第一具體實施例最好是利用具有約90-100 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This first embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 90-100 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-ribbed region ranges from about mm (mm). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第二具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個肋形凹部,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的彈性支撐。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。每個肋形凹部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A second embodiment of the arch support defines a plurality of rib-shaped recesses extending from the proximal end to the distal end extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides elastic support for the arch region. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The width of each rib recess is about 5 mm (millimeter).

此第二具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Shore A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This second embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Shore A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-ribbed region ranges from about mm (mm). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第三具體實施例包括複數個延伸肋部,其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸;複數個本質水平肋部,其具有在該足弓支撐部呈鋸齒狀的一肋部外形;及複數個肋形開口,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的半彈性或半硬支撐。 A third embodiment of the arch support includes a plurality of extended ribs extending outwardly from the arch support; a plurality of essentially horizontal ribs having a rib that is serrated at the arch support a shape; and a plurality of rib-shaped openings extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a semi-elastic or semi-rigid support of the arch region.

足弓支撐部是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義一或多個延伸肋部、一或多個本質水平肋部、與一或多個肋形凹部。最好係,使用三個延伸肋部、該等本質水平肋部之三者、與三個肋形凹部。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。本質水平肋部具有約0.5mm(公釐)深度的一肋部外形。 The arch support defines one or more extended ribs, one or more intrinsic horizontal ribs, and one or more rib shaped recesses from the proximal end to the distal end. Preferably, three extension ribs, three of the essentially horizontal ribs, and three rib recesses are used. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The intrinsic horizontal rib has a rib profile of about 0.5 mm (millimeter) depth.

肋形凹部改善足弓支撐部的該遠緣端之彈性,而沒有犧牲在足弓支撐部的中央與近端之縱向足弓支撐部。 The rib-shaped recess improves the elasticity of the distal end of the arch support without sacrificing the longitudinal arch support at the center and proximal ends of the arch support.

足弓支撐部之遠端三分之一的最初三個肋形凹部係提供,以允許緊鄰第一蹠骨頭近側的區域(即是,第一蹠骨的遠側軸)保持彈性,以在步伐行進階段期間促成不受限的第一趾幅蹠屈。 The first three rib-shaped recesses of the distal third of the arch support are provided to allow the region proximal to the proximal side of the first metatarsal head (ie, the distal axis of the first metatarsal) to remain resilient at the pace Unconstrained first toe flexion is facilitated during the travel phase.

足弓支撐部(水平肋部與延伸肋部)的中央與近側三分之二 係藉由漸進較厚橫條硬化,以提供改善的足弓支撐,且當腳部移至內旋位置時,施加較高的抗腳掌內翻地面反作用力(GRF)大小在載距突區。 Center and proximal two-thirds of the arch support (horizontal ribs and extension ribs) The progressive arch is hardened by a progressively thicker strip to provide improved arch support, and when the foot is moved to the internal rotation position, a higher anti-foot inversion ground reaction force (GRF) is applied in the load-to-distance region.

此第三具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This third embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-ribbed region ranges from about mm (mm). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

或者,肋形凹部可為肋形開口。肋形開口係定義允許該基底層經由其延伸。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。基底層係成型以便其部分材料注入該等肋形開口,使得此部分概略齊平弓支撐部的外表面,且機械式鎖定足弓支撐部與基底層在一起。有利地係,當壓縮基底層(例如,當步行或跑步)時,基底層材料亦可透過肋形開口鼓起以提供附加的彈性墊作用。 Alternatively, the rib-shaped recess may be a rib-shaped opening. The ribbed opening is defined to allow the substrate layer to extend therethrough. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The base layer is shaped such that a portion of its material is injected into the rib-shaped openings such that the portion substantially flushes the outer surface of the arch support and mechanically locks the arch support with the substrate layer. Advantageously, when compressing the substrate layer (e.g., when walking or running), the substrate layer material can also be blasted through the rib-shaped openings to provide additional elastic pad action.

對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足弓支撐部是約104-105mm(公釐)長度。在接近中央之最寬點的寬度是約37.5至38.5mm(公釐)。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一足弓支撐部的想要效能。 For a men's mid-size insole, the arch support is about 104-105 mm (millimeters) in length. The width at the widest point near the center is about 37.5 to 38.5 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first arch support.

足跟墊區位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區的邊界內之鞋墊的足跟區。足跟墊提供在腳跟著地處的衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。維持足跟墊未接合將可減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The heel pad is located in the heel area of the insole within the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone. The heel pad provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action at the heel strike. Maintaining the heel pad unengaged will reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel area to treat a particular foot condition and reduce the insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟墊的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel pad can be altered if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊具有約63.3mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊的想要效能,且最好是小於後足楔形或足跟抬高部。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel pad has a length of about 63.3 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 38.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad, and is preferably less than the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel pad.

最好係,足跟墊是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可為使用約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用於足跟墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad can be a medium density material that uses a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) 50-75 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel pads, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gels, which provide suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the heel pad.

足跟墊可固定在基底層與後足楔形或足跟抬高部間的足 跟墊區。 The heel pad can be fixed to the foot between the base layer and the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation Heel area.

實例5: Example 5:

情境:患者報告右大腳趾關節非常疼痛。工作當中長統鞋內右大腳趾疼痛,但夜晚穿著軟式室內拖鞋呈現疼痛加劇。 Situation: The patient reported a very painful right toe joint. In the work, the right toe in the long shoes is painful, but wearing soft indoor slippers at night shows increased pain.

檢查:雙側呈現腳拇囊炎的腳拇指外翻(HAV,Hallux Abducto-Valgus),其右腳大於左腳。右第一蹠趾關節在端部範圍腳踝背屈與腳蹠屈疼痛。在靜態站立與步伐,兩足跟外翻的過度腳掌內翻,其右腳大於左腳。小於10°雙側踝關節背屈。 30°-65°雙側腳拇趾背屈。第一趾幅蹠屈。右側小於(<)20°的赫布切爾操作(Hubscher Maneuver)試驗。 Examination: Both sides of the foot bunions showed a thumb valgus (HAV, Hallux Abducto-Valgus) with a right foot larger than the left foot. The right first metatarsophalangeal joint has an ankle dorsiflexion and ankle flexion pain at the end. In static standing and pace, the two feet and the valgus are overturned, and the right foot is larger than the left foot. Less than 10° bilateral ankle dorsiflexion. 30°-65° bilateral hindquarters dorsiflexion. The first toe is awkward. The Hubscher Maneuver test on the right side is less than (<) 20°.

診斷:關節囊炎(囊炎)右第一蹠趾關節(MTPJ)。 Diagnosis: Joint capsule (capsule) right first metatarsophalangeal joint (MTPJ).

治療:針對過度腳掌內翻,雙側施加後足楔形與硬足弓支撐部。第一蹠骨頭墊可運用於左鞋墊。如果鞋款許可,足跟抬高部可運用於腳踝蹠屈。足跟墊可添加以維持在中央足跟部下方的地面反作用力(GRF)大小。 Treatment: For over-foot varus, both sides of the hindfoot wedge and hard arch support. The first metatarsal head pad can be applied to the left insole. If the shoe is approved, the heel lift can be applied to the ankle. The heel pad can be added to maintain the ground reaction force (GRF) size below the central heel.

或者,在穿戴者施加附加組件前,交付給穿戴者的鞋墊可 為採用預接合的足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊。對於此實例,需要調整在右鞋墊的第一蹠骨頭墊,以減少在第一蹠骨頭下方的地面反作用力(GRF)且調適第一趾幅蹠屈。 Alternatively, the insole delivered to the wearer can be applied before the wearer applies the additional component To use a pre-engaged heel pad with a first metatarsal head pad. For this example, the first metatarsal head pad on the right insole needs to be adjusted to reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) under the first metatarsal head and to adjust the first toe flexion.

後足楔形/足跟抬高區位在鞋墊的足跟區,其概略從足骰骨近側延伸至鞋墊的足跟端。後足楔形/足跟抬高區係經調適以承受一補充軟墊,其可為一後足楔形或一足跟抬高部。後足楔形/足跟抬高區為略微縱向形成角度向外側界,使得其不會妨礙足弓支撐區。 The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation is located in the heel area of the insole, which extends generally from the proximal side of the footbone to the heel end of the insole. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone is adapted to withstand a supplemental cushion, which may be a hindfoot wedge or a heel elevation. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone is slightly longitudinally angled to the lateral boundary so that it does not interfere with the arch support zone.

後足楔形部具有4°斜率,其從約4mm(公釐)的較厚內側緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄外側緣呈錐形化。4°後足楔形部用來在距下關節的周圍建立腳掌外翻力矩(且減少腳掌內翻力矩)。 The hindfoot wedge has a 4[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker inner edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner outer edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The 4° hindfoot wedge is used to establish a foot valgus moment (and reduce the varus moment) around the lower joint.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,後足楔形部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the hindfoot wedge may vary if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,後足楔形部具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持後足楔形部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變後足楔形部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the hindfoot wedge has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the hindfoot wedge. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the hindfoot wedge.

最好係,後足楔形部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於後足楔形部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the hindfoot wedge is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the hindfoot wedges, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge. .

足跟抬高部概略從約4mm(公釐)的較厚近緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄遠緣呈錐形化。足跟抬高部用來調整在矢狀面的鞋墊,用以調適前足與腳踝蹠屈、及下肢肌肉骨骼系統的其相關運動學與運動影響;或用來平衡下肢長度差異。 The heel elevation is generally tapered from a thicker edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The heel lift is used to adjust the saddle in the sagittal plane to adjust the forefoot and ankle flexion, and the associated kinematics and motor effects of the lower extremity musculoskeletal system; or to balance the difference in length of the lower extremities.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟抬高部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel elevation can be altered if the alternative shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟抬高部具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟抬高部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟抬高部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's mid-size insole, the heel elevation has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel lift. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the heel lift.

最好係,足跟抬高部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於足跟抬高部,諸如聚亞安酯 (PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟抬高部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel lift is made from a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials can be used for heel lifts, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel that provides suitable hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the heel elevation.

第一蹠骨頭墊區是在基底層之底面的一區域,且位在腳部的第一蹠骨頭下面。第一蹠骨頭墊本質成形係相同於第一蹠骨頭墊區,且固定至第一蹠骨頭墊區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定第一蹠骨頭墊至第一蹠骨頭墊區。 The first metatarsal head pad area is an area on the underside of the base layer and is located below the first metatarsal head of the foot. The first metatarsal head pad is formed in the same manner as the first metatarsal head pad area and is fixed to the first metatarsal head pad area. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the first metatarsal head pad to the first metatarsal head pad area.

第一蹠骨頭墊的外形是一略微不規則多角形狀。最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊具有一本質線性遠緣;一略微曲線內側緣,其遵循鞋墊的內側界之彎曲;一近緣,其為彎曲或形成角度,以遵循足弓支撐區的蹠骨緣之形狀;及一外側緣,其為曲線或線性。 The shape of the first metatarsal head pad is a slightly irregular polygonal shape. Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad has an intrinsic linear distal edge; a slightly curved inner edge that follows the curvature of the inner side of the insole; a proximal edge that is curved or angled to follow the arch support region The shape of the humerus edge; and an outer edge, which is curved or linear.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,第一蹠骨頭墊在遠緣處具有約73.5mm(公釐)長度與約29.3mm(公釐)寬度。第一蹠骨頭墊的近端來到在近與外側緣處的一點。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一蹠骨頭墊的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變第一蹠骨頭墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the first metatarsal head pad has a length of about 73.5 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 29.3 mm (millimeter) at the distal edge. The proximal end of the first metatarsal head pad comes to a point near the outer and outer edges. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first metatarsal head pad. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the first metatarsal head pad.

最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊是利用約40-45 Asker C硬度的 EVA材料。或者,第一蹠骨頭墊的硬度在45-55 Asker C、或(或者)55-60 Asker C間。第一蹠骨頭墊的厚度是約2-2.5mm(公釐)厚或第一蹠骨頭墊區的深度。第一蹠骨頭墊的基本設計是建立在蹠骨頭下面的地面反作用力(GRF)差異,且當未接合第一蹠骨頭墊時,允許第一蹠骨頭降低於其他蹠骨面。其他材料可用於第一蹠骨頭墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持第一蹠骨頭墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad utilizes a hardness of about 40-45 Asker C. EVA material. Alternatively, the hardness of the first metatarsal head pad is between 45-55 Asker C, or (or) 55-60 Asker C. The thickness of the first metatarsal head pad is about 2-2.5 mm (millimeters) thick or the depth of the first metatarsal head pad area. The basic design of the first metatarsal head pad is based on the ground reaction force (GRF) difference under the humeral head and allows the first metatarsal head to be lowered to the other metatarsal surface when the first metatarsal head pad is not engaged. Other materials may be used for the first metatarsal head pad, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the first metatarsal head pad. Structure and flexibility.

足跟墊區位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區的邊界內之鞋墊的足跟區。足跟墊提供在腳跟著地處的衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。維持足跟墊未接合將可減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The heel pad is located in the heel area of the insole within the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone. The heel pad provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action at the heel strike. Maintaining the heel pad unengaged will reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel area to treat a particular foot condition and reduce the insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟墊的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel pad can be altered if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊具有約63.3mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊的想要效能,且最好是小於後足楔形或足跟抬高部。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel pad has a length of about 63.3 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 38.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad, and is preferably less than the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel pad.

最好係,足跟墊是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可為使用約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用於足跟墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad can be a medium density material that uses a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) 50-75 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel pads, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gels, which provide suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the heel pad.

足跟墊可固定在基底層與後足楔形或足跟抬高部間的足跟墊區。 The heel pad can be secured to the heel pad area between the base layer and the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation.

實例6: Example 6:

情境:患者報告左足跟疼痛已有3個星期。患者穿著一雙新的家用平底拖鞋居家忙前忙後。 Situation: The patient has reported left heel pain for 3 weeks. The patient wore a pair of new household flat-bottomed slippers at home.

檢查:左腳足底內側跟骨粗隆(MPCT,Medial Plantar Calcaneal Tuberosity)直接壓力疼痛。中度彈性前足蹠屈,其左腳大於右腳。雙側輕微減少踝關節背屈。雙側第一趾幅蹠屈,其左腳大於右腳。左側前足外翻。在靜態站立與步伐呈現足跟垂直的適度內旋足。 Examination: direct medial Plantar Calcaneal Tuberosity (MPCT, Medial Plantar Calcaneal Tuberosity). Moderately elastic forefoot flexion, with the left foot larger than the right foot. Bilateral reduction of ankle dorsiflexion. Both sides of the first toe are flexed, and their left foot is larger than the right foot. The left forefoot is everted. In the static standing and the pace, the foot is perpendicular to the moderate internal rotation of the foot.

診斷:近端足底筋膜炎。 Diagnosis: proximal plantar fasciitis.

治療:如果鞋款許可,足跟抬高部可用來「平衡」前足與腳踝蹠屈。一前足楔形部可運用於左鞋墊。當不正常腳內翻的程度「減輕」時,最初的處理法可省略後足楔形部,以避免刺激足底內側跟骨粗隆(MPCT)。縱向足弓支撐部可充足減少過度腳掌內翻力矩。足跟墊可添加以維持中央足跟下方的地面反作用力(GRF)大小。 Treatment: If the shoe is approved, the heel lift can be used to "balance" the forefoot and the ankle. A forefoot wedge can be applied to the left insole. When the degree of abnormal foot varus is "lightened", the initial treatment can omit the hindfoot wedge to avoid stimulating the medial calcaneus (MPCT). The longitudinal arch support can adequately reduce excessive varus moments. The heel pad can be added to maintain the ground reaction force (GRF) under the central heel.

或者,在穿戴者施加附加組件前,交付給穿戴者的鞋墊可為採用預接合的足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊。對於此實例,需要調整第一蹠骨頭墊以減少在第一蹠骨頭下方的地面反作用力(GRF)。 Alternatively, the insole delivered to the wearer may be a pre-engaged heel pad and a first metatarsal head pad prior to application of the add-on by the wearer. For this example, the first metatarsal head pad needs to be adjusted to reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the first metatarsal head.

足跟抬高部概略從約4mm(公釐)的較厚近緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄遠緣呈錐形化。足跟抬高部用來調整在矢狀面的鞋墊,用以調適前足與腳踝蹠屈、及下肢肌肉骨骼系統的其相關運動學與運動影響;或用來平衡下肢長度差異。 The heel elevation is generally tapered from a thicker edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The heel lift is used to adjust the saddle in the sagittal plane to adjust the forefoot and ankle flexion, and the associated kinematics and motor effects of the lower extremity musculoskeletal system; or to balance the difference in length of the lower extremities.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟抬高部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel elevation can be altered if the alternative shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟抬高部具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟抬高部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟抬高部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's mid-size insole, the heel elevation has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel lift. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the heel lift.

最好係,足跟抬高部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於足跟抬高部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟抬高部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel lift is made from a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel lifts, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide adequate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall heel elevation Structure and flexibility.

前足楔形區是在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面開始且近側延伸至腳部的中央。 The forefoot wedge region begins at the back of the second to fifth metatarsal heads and extends proximally to the center of the foot.

前足楔形部具有一內側緣、一外側緣、一近(背)緣與一遠(前)緣。該遠緣位在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面。前足楔形部的內側緣沿著從該鞋墊的該內側界所側面隔開的一條線延伸,其本質從遠緣延伸至近緣。該近緣從該內側緣橫向(或側面)延伸至該外側緣,其從該鞋墊的該外側界略微內側隔開。外側緣連接該近緣至該前足楔形部的該遠緣。圖11顯示腳骨置放在鞋墊。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定前足楔形部至前足楔形區。 The forefoot wedge has an inner edge, an outer edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge. The distal edge is behind the second to fifth metatarsal heads. The medial edge of the forefoot wedge extends along a line spaced from the side of the medial boundary of the insole, extending intrinsically from a distal edge to a proximal edge. The proximal edge extends laterally (or laterally) from the inner edge to the outer edge, which is slightly spaced from the outer side of the insole. The outer edge connects the proximal edge to the distal edge of the forefoot wedge. Figure 11 shows the foot bone placed on the insole. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the forefoot wedge to the forefoot wedge.

前足楔形部具有3°斜率,其從約4mm(公釐)厚度的較厚外側緣至約1mm(公釐)薄度的較薄內側緣呈錐形化。前足楔形部用來在中足關節的周圍建立一腳掌內翻力矩。此力矩有助對著後足以穩定前足,減少由前足外翻變形所引起的腳掌外翻力矩,藉由增加在前足的外側面下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以負荷減輕蹠趾關節(MTPJ),且減少在距下關節周圍的不正常腳掌外翻力矩。 The forefoot wedge has a 3[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker outer edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) thickness to a thinner inner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter) thinness. The forefoot wedge is used to establish a varus moment around the midfoot joint. This moment helps to stabilize the forefoot after the pair, reduces the valgus moment caused by the valgus deformation of the forefoot, and reduces the metatarsophalangeal joint (MTPJ) by increasing the ground reaction force (GRF) under the outer side of the forefoot. And reduce the abnormal foot valgus moment around the lower joint.

假如替代形狀概略在小蹠骨頭或其後面維持一遠緣,且內側與近緣不會妨礙第一蹠骨頭墊區與足弓支撐區,前足楔形部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the forefoot wedge may vary if the alternate shape is outlined to maintain a distal edge at or behind the small humerus and the medial and proximal edges do not interfere with the first metatarsal pad and the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,前足楔形部具有約55.9mm(公釐)長度與約51.3mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持前足楔形部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變前足楔形部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the forefoot wedge has a length of about 55.9 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 51.3 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the forefoot wedge. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the forefoot wedge.

最好係,前足楔形部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於前足楔形部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the forefoot wedge is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the forefoot wedge, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge.

實例7: Example 7:

情境:患者報告左足跟腳掌疼痛。患者假日游泳時足跟腳掌踢到岩石塊。 Situation: The patient reported pain in the left heel and the sole of the foot. The patient kicked the rock block with the heel of the foot during the holiday swimming.

檢查:左足跟中心呈現腫塊,直接加壓疼痛。靜態站立雙側中度腳掌內翻且約0-5°的左腳踝蹠屈。 Check: A lump appears in the center of the left heel, which directly presses the pain. The static standing bilaterally inferior sole of the foot is inverted and the left ankle is about 0-5°.

診斷:足底跟骨滑囊炎。 Diagnosis: calcaneus of the plantar calcaneus.

治療:縱向足弓支撐部足以減少過度腳掌內翻力矩且重新分配遠離左足跟的地面反作用力(GRF)且至足弓部,或者使用足弓支撐部。一足跟墊可運用於右鞋墊。左鞋墊可沒有足跟墊以減少在中央足跟下方的地面反作用力(GRF)大小。 Treatment: The longitudinal arch support is sufficient to reduce excessive foot varus and redistribute ground reaction force (GRF) away from the left heel and to the arch, or use the arch support. A heel pad can be applied to the right insole. The left insole may have no heel pad to reduce the amount of ground reaction force (GRF) under the central heel.

或者,在穿戴者施加附加組件前,交付給穿戴者的鞋墊可為採用預接合的足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊。對於此實例,需要調整左鞋墊的足跟墊以減少在中央足跟下方的地面反作用力(GRF)。 Alternatively, the insole delivered to the wearer may be a pre-engaged heel pad and a first metatarsal head pad prior to application of the add-on by the wearer. For this example, the heel pad of the left insole needs to be adjusted to reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel.

足跟墊區位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區的邊界內之鞋墊的足 跟區。足跟墊提供在腳跟著地處的衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。維持足跟墊未接合將可減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The foot of the insole in the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone With the district. The heel pad provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action at the heel strike. Maintaining the heel pad unengaged will reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel area to treat a particular foot condition and reduce the insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟墊的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel pad can be altered if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊具有約63.3mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊的想要效能,且最好是小於後足楔形或足跟抬高部。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel pad has a length of about 63.3 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 38.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad, and is preferably less than the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel pad.

最好係,足跟墊是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可為使用約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用於足跟墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad can be a medium density material that uses a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) 50-75 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel pads, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gels, which provide suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the heel pad.

實例8: Example 8:

情境:患者報告左腳踝疼痛。患者有多年的扁平足,但過去2個月嚴重左腳踝疼痛。 Situation: The patient reported pain in the left ankle. The patient had a flat foot for many years, but severe left ankle pain in the past 2 months.

檢查:患者指出左腳踝的前距腓韌帶(ATFL,Anterior Talofibular Ligament)區域為疼痛位置。前距腓韌帶的韌帶附著點位置之觸診無法解除疼痛,而是強迫性的被動腳掌內翻。嚴重腳掌內翻且舟骨的內側與足底距骨「半脫位」,其左腳大於右腳。腳部沒有超過90°的腳踝關節背屈。 Examination: The patient indicated that the area of the Anterior Talofibular Ligament (ATFL) of the left ankle was a painful location. The palpation of the ligament attachment point of the anterior talofibular ligament does not relieve the pain, but the forced passive palm varus. Severe foot inversion and the medial and talar talus of the scaphoid are "semi-dislocated", and the left foot is larger than the right foot. The ankle joint does not have a dorsiflexion of more than 90°.

診斷:跗骨竇。 Diagnosis: sacral sinus.

治療:彈性足弓支撐部與後足楔形部可施加,以減少過度腳掌內翻且減少跗骨竇的壓縮力大小。如果鞋款許可,足跟抬高可運用於腳踝蹠屈。足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊可施加以維持在第一蹠骨頭與中央足跟下方的地面反作用力(GRF)大小。 Treatment: The elastic arch support and the hindfoot wedge can be applied to reduce excessive foot varus and reduce the compression force of the sacral sinus. If the shoe is approved, the heel lift can be applied to the ankle. The heel pad and the first metatarsal head pad can be applied to maintain a ground reaction force (GRF) size below the first metatarsal head and the central heel.

或者,在穿戴者施加附加組件前,交付給穿戴者的鞋墊可為採用預接合的足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊。對於此實例,需要調整第一蹠骨頭墊以減少在第一蹠骨頭下方的地面反作用力(GRF)。 Alternatively, the insole delivered to the wearer may be a pre-engaged heel pad and a first metatarsal head pad prior to application of the add-on by the wearer. For this example, the first metatarsal head pad needs to be adjusted to reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the first metatarsal head.

足弓支撐區沿著縱向足弓支撐部設置,且其一近緣端最接 近鞋墊的足跟端,且一遠緣端延伸向鞋墊的該腳趾端。連接該近緣端至該遠緣端是一內側緣與一外側緣,該外側緣具有一類似拋物線形狀。足弓支撐部係部分圍繞在內側縱向足弓支撐部下面之基底層的內側邊。大體上,其概略位在腳部的足弓區或在距骨、舟骨、第一楔骨、與第一蹠骨之近部下面。足弓支撐部本質成形係相同於足弓支撐區且固定至基底層之底面的該足弓支撐區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定足弓支撐部至足弓支撐區。 The arch support area is disposed along the longitudinal arch support portion, and one of the proximal ends is the most Near the heel end of the insole, and a distal end extends toward the toe end of the insole. Connecting the proximal end to the distal end is an inner edge and an outer edge, the outer edge having a parabolic shape. The arch support portion partially surrounds the medial side of the base layer below the medial longitudinal arch support. In general, it is located either in the arch region of the foot or below the talus, the scaphoid, the first clavicle, and the proximal portion of the first metatarsal. The arch support is formed in the same manner as the arch support region and is secured to the underside of the base layer. An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the arch support to the arch support region.

足弓支撐部的一具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個延伸肋部,其是從該足弓支撐部向外延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的硬支撐。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。每個延伸肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A specific embodiment of the arch support defines a plurality of extension ribs extending from the proximal end to the distal end that extend outwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a hard support for the arch region. The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The width of each of the extended ribs is about 5 mm (millimeters).

此第一具體實施例最好是利用具有約90-100 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This first embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 90-100 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-ribbed region ranges from about mm (mm). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第二具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個肋形凹部,其是從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具 體實施例提供足弓區的彈性支撐。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。每個肋形凹部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A second embodiment of the arch support defines a plurality of rib-shaped recesses extending from the proximal end to the distal end extending inwardly from the arch support. This item The body embodiment provides elastic support of the arch region. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The width of each rib recess is about 5 mm (millimeter).

此第二具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Shore A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This second embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Shore A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-ribbed region ranges from about mm (mm). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第三具體實施例包括複數個延伸肋部,其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸;複數個本質水平肋部,其具有在該足弓支撐部呈鋸齒狀的一肋部外形;及複數個肋形開口,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的半彈性或半硬支撐。 A third embodiment of the arch support includes a plurality of extended ribs extending outwardly from the arch support; a plurality of essentially horizontal ribs having a rib that is serrated at the arch support a shape; and a plurality of rib-shaped openings extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a semi-elastic or semi-rigid support of the arch region.

足弓支撐部是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義一或多個延伸肋部,一或多個本質水平肋部、與一或多個肋形凹部。最好係,使用三個延伸肋部、該等本質水平肋部之三者、與三個肋形凹部。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。本質水平肋部具有約0.5mm(公釐)深度的一肋部外形 The arch support defines one or more extended ribs, one or more intrinsic horizontal ribs, and one or more rib shaped recesses from the proximal end to the distal end. Preferably, three extension ribs, three of the essentially horizontal ribs, and three rib recesses are used. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). An intrinsic horizontal rib having a rib profile of about 0.5 mm (millimeter) depth

肋形凹部改善在足弓支撐部的該遠緣端之彈性,而沒有犧牲在足弓支撐部的中央與近端的縱向足弓支撐部。 The rib recess improves the elasticity at the distal end of the arch support without sacrificing the longitudinal arch support at the center and proximal end of the arch support.

足弓支撐部之遠端三分之一的最初三個肋形凹部係提供允許緊鄰第一蹠骨頭(即是,第一蹠骨的遠側軸)近側的區域保持彈性,以在步伐行進階段期間促成不受限的第一趾幅蹠屈。 The first three rib-shaped recesses of the distal third of the arch support provide a region that allows proximal proximity to the first metatarsal head (ie, the distal shaft of the first metatarsal) to remain resilient for the pace of travel During this period, the first toe is unrestricted.

足弓支撐部(水平肋部與延伸肋部)的中央與近側三分之二係藉由漸進較厚橫條硬化,以提供改善的足弓支撐,且當腳部移至內旋位置時,施加較高的抗腳掌內翻地面反作用力(GRF)大小在載距突區。 The center and proximal two-thirds of the arch support (horizontal ribs and extension ribs) are hardened by progressively thicker transverse bars to provide improved arch support and when the foot is moved to the internal rotation position Apply a higher anti-foot varus ground reaction force (GRF) size in the load-to-distance zone.

此第三具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This third embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-ribbed region ranges from about mm (mm). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

或者,肋形凹部可為肋形開口。肋形開口係定義允許該基底層經由其延伸。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。基底層係成型以便其部分材料注入該等肋形開口,使得此部分概略齊平弓支撐部的外表面,且機械式鎖定足弓支撐部與基底層在一 起。有利地係,當壓縮基底層(例如,當步行或跑步)時,基底層材料亦可透過肋形開口鼓起以提供附加的彈性墊作用。 Alternatively, the rib-shaped recess may be a rib-shaped opening. The ribbed opening is defined to allow the substrate layer to extend therethrough. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The base layer is shaped such that a portion of its material is injected into the rib-shaped openings such that the portion is substantially flush with the outer surface of the arch support and the mechanically locking the arch support is in contact with the base layer Start. Advantageously, when compressing the substrate layer (e.g., when walking or running), the substrate layer material can also be blasted through the rib-shaped openings to provide additional elastic pad action.

對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足弓支撐部是約104-105mm(公釐)長度。在接近中央之最寬點的寬度是約37.5至38.5mm(公釐)。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一足弓支撐部的想要效能。 For a men's mid-size insole, the arch support is about 104-105 mm (millimeters) in length. The width at the widest point near the center is about 37.5 to 38.5 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first arch support.

後足楔形/足跟抬高區位在鞋墊的足跟區,其從概略足骰骨近側延伸至鞋墊的足跟端。後足楔形/足跟抬高區係經調適以承受一補充軟墊,其可為一後足楔形部或一足跟抬高部。後足楔形/足跟抬高區為略微縱向形成角度向外側界,使得其不會妨礙足弓支撐區。 The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation is located in the heel region of the insole, extending from the proximal side of the outlined footbone to the heel end of the insole. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone is adapted to withstand a supplemental cushion, which may be a hindfoot wedge or a heel elevation. The hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone is slightly longitudinally angled to the lateral boundary so that it does not interfere with the arch support zone.

後足楔形部具有4°斜率,其從約4mm(公釐)的較厚內側緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄外側緣呈錐形化。4°後足楔形部用來建立在距下關節周圍的腳掌外翻力矩(且減少腳掌內翻力矩)。 The hindfoot wedge has a 4[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker inner edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner outer edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The 4° hindfoot wedge is used to establish the valgus moment of the foot around the lower joint (and reduce the varus moment of the foot).

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,後足楔形部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the hindfoot wedge may vary if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,後足楔形部具有約 71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持後足楔形部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變後足楔形部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a man's medium-sized insole, the hindfoot wedge has about 71.8 mm (millimeter) length and approximately 46.9 mm (millimeter) width. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the hindfoot wedge. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the hindfoot wedge.

最好係,後足楔形部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於後足楔形部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the hindfoot wedge is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the hindfoot wedges, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge. .

足跟抬高部概略從約4mm(公釐)的較厚近緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄遠緣呈錐形化。足跟抬高部用來調整在矢狀面的鞋墊,用以調適前足與腳踝蹠屈、及下肢肌肉骨骼系統的其相關運動學與運動影響;或用來平衡下肢長度差異。 The heel elevation is generally tapered from a thicker edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The heel lift is used to adjust the saddle in the sagittal plane to adjust the forefoot and ankle flexion, and the associated kinematics and motor effects of the lower extremity musculoskeletal system; or to balance the difference in length of the lower extremities.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟抬高部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel elevation can be altered if the alternative shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟抬高部具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟抬高部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟抬高部的所有尺寸 而達成。 Preferably, for a men's mid-size insole, the heel elevation has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel lift. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be scaled to change all sizes of the heel lift And reached.

最好係,足跟抬高部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於足跟抬高部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟抬高部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel lift is made from a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel lifts, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide adequate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall heel elevation Structure and flexibility.

第一蹠骨頭墊區是在基底層之底面的一區域,且位在腳部的第一蹠骨頭下面。第一蹠骨頭墊本質成形係相同於第一蹠骨頭墊區,且固定至第一蹠骨頭墊區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定第一蹠骨頭墊至第一蹠骨頭墊區。 The first metatarsal head pad area is an area on the underside of the base layer and is located below the first metatarsal head of the foot. The first metatarsal head pad is formed in the same manner as the first metatarsal head pad area and is fixed to the first metatarsal head pad area. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the first metatarsal head pad to the first metatarsal head pad area.

第一蹠骨頭墊的外形是一略微不規則多角形狀。最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊具有一本質線性遠緣;一略微曲線內側緣,其遵循鞋墊的內側界之彎曲;一近緣,其為彎曲或形成角度,以遵循足弓支撐區的蹠骨緣之形狀;及一外側緣,其為曲線或線性。 The shape of the first metatarsal head pad is a slightly irregular polygonal shape. Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad has an intrinsic linear distal edge; a slightly curved inner edge that follows the curvature of the inner side of the insole; a proximal edge that is curved or angled to follow the arch support region The shape of the humerus edge; and an outer edge, which is curved or linear.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,第一蹠骨頭墊在遠緣處具有約73.5mm(公釐)長度與約29.3mm(公釐)寬度。第一蹠骨頭墊的近端來到在近與外側緣處的一點。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一蹠骨頭墊的想要效能。 對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變第一蹠骨頭墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the first metatarsal head pad has a length of about 73.5 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 29.3 mm (millimeter) at the distal edge. The proximal end of the first metatarsal head pad comes to a point near the outer and outer edges. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first metatarsal head pad. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the first metatarsal head pad.

最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊是利用約40-45 Asker C硬度的EVA材料。或者,第一蹠骨頭墊的硬度可在約45-55 Asker C、或(或者)55-60 Asker C間。第一蹠骨頭墊的厚度是約2-2.5mm(公釐)厚或第一蹠骨頭墊區的深度。第一蹠骨頭墊的基本設計是建立在蹠骨頭下面的地面反作用力(GRF)差異,且當未接合第一蹠骨頭墊時,允許第一蹠骨頭降低於其他蹠骨面。其他材料可用於第一蹠骨頭墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持第一蹠骨頭墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad is an EVA material utilizing a hardness of about 40-45 Asker C. Alternatively, the first metatarsal head pad may have a hardness of between about 45-55 Asker C, or (or) 55-60 Asker C. The thickness of the first metatarsal head pad is about 2-2.5 mm (millimeters) thick or the depth of the first metatarsal head pad area. The basic design of the first metatarsal head pad is based on the ground reaction force (GRF) difference under the humeral head and allows the first metatarsal head to be lowered to the other metatarsal surface when the first metatarsal head pad is not engaged. Other materials may be used for the first metatarsal head pad, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the first metatarsal head pad. Structure and flexibility.

足跟墊區位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區的邊界內之鞋墊的足跟區。足跟墊提供在腳跟著地處的衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。維持足跟墊未接合將可減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The heel pad is located in the heel area of the insole within the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone. The heel pad provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action at the heel strike. Maintaining the heel pad unengaged will reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel area to treat a particular foot condition and reduce the insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟墊的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel pad can be altered if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊具有約63.3 mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊的想要效能,且最好是小於後足楔形或足跟抬高部。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊的所有尺寸而達成。 It is best to have a men's medium size insole with a heel pad of about 63.3. The length of mm (millimeter) is about 38.9 mm (millimeter) wide. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad, and is preferably less than the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel pad.

最好係,足跟墊是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可為使用約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用於足跟墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad can be a medium density material that uses a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) 50-75 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel pads, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gels, which provide suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the heel pad.

足跟墊可固定在基底層與後足楔形或足跟抬高部間的足跟墊區。 The heel pad can be secured to the heel pad area between the base layer and the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation.

實例9: Example 9:

情境:當在平坦地面步行或訓練時沒有不穩定,但在顛簸地面右腳踝週期性發生倒轉扭傷。 Situation: There is no instability when walking or training on a flat ground, but a reverse sprain occurs periodically on the right ankle on the bumpy ground.

檢查:等級1的右腳踝扭傷。保持良好本體感受與腓骨強度。雙側前足外翻,其右腳大於左腳,且右腳呈現第一趾幅蹠 屈。在靜態站立與步伐中右腳略微腳掌外翻。 Check: Level 1 of the right ankle sprain. Maintain good proprioception and tibial strength. Both sides of the forefoot valgus, the right foot is larger than the left foot, and the right foot presents the first toe 跖 Qu. In the static standing and pace, the right foot is slightly flipped out.

診斷:慢性腳踝扭傷。 Diagnosis: Chronic ankle sprain.

治療:一前足楔形部可施加於兩鞋墊。一第一蹠骨頭墊可施加於左鞋墊。右鞋墊沒有第一蹠骨頭墊,以調適第一蹠骨蹠屈。 Treatment: A forefoot wedge can be applied to both insoles. A first metatarsal head pad can be applied to the left insole. The right insole does not have a first metatarsal head pad to accommodate the first metatarsal flexion.

或者,在穿戴者施加附加組件前,交付給穿戴者的鞋墊可為採用預接合的足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊。對於此實例,需要調整兩鞋墊的足跟墊與右鞋墊的第一蹠骨頭墊,以減少在兩鞋墊的中央足跟下方的地面反作用力(GRF),減少在右鞋墊的第一蹠骨頭下方的地面反作用力(GRF)及調適第一蹠骨蹠屈。 Alternatively, the insole delivered to the wearer may be a pre-engaged heel pad and a first metatarsal head pad prior to application of the add-on by the wearer. For this example, the first metatarsal pad of the two insole and the first insole pad of the right insole need to be adjusted to reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) under the central heel of the two insole, which is reduced below the first metatarsal head of the right insole Ground reaction force (GRF) and adaptation of the first metatarsal plantar flexion.

前足楔形區是在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面開始且近側延伸至腳部的中央。 The forefoot wedge region begins at the back of the second to fifth metatarsal heads and extends proximally to the center of the foot.

前足楔形部具有一內側緣、一外側緣、一近(背)緣與一遠(前)緣。該遠緣位在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面。前足楔形部的內側緣沿著從該鞋墊的該內側界所側面隔開的一條線延伸,其本質從遠緣延伸至近緣。該近緣從該內側緣橫向(或側面)延伸至該外側緣,其從該鞋墊的該外側界略微內側隔開。外側緣連接 該近緣至該前足楔形部的該遠緣。圖11顯示腳骨置放在鞋墊。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定前足楔形部至前足楔形區。 The forefoot wedge has an inner edge, an outer edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge. The distal edge is behind the second to fifth metatarsal heads. The medial edge of the forefoot wedge extends along a line spaced from the side of the medial boundary of the insole, extending intrinsically from a distal edge to a proximal edge. The proximal edge extends laterally (or laterally) from the inner edge to the outer edge, which is slightly spaced from the outer side of the insole. Outer edge connection The proximal edge to the distal edge of the forefoot wedge. Figure 11 shows the foot bone placed on the insole. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the forefoot wedge to the forefoot wedge.

前足楔形部具有3°斜率,其從約4mm(公釐)厚度的較厚外側緣至約1mm(公釐)薄度的較薄內側緣呈錐形化。前足楔形部用來在中足關節的周圍建立一腳掌內翻力矩。此力矩有助對著後足以穩定前足,減少由前足外翻變形所引起的腳掌外翻力矩,藉由增加在前足的外側面下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以負荷減輕蹠趾關節(MTPJ),且減少在距下關節周圍的不正常腳掌外翻力矩。 The forefoot wedge has a 3[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker outer edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) thickness to a thinner inner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter) thinness. The forefoot wedge is used to establish a varus moment around the midfoot joint. This moment helps to stabilize the forefoot after the pair, reduces the valgus moment caused by the valgus deformation of the forefoot, and reduces the metatarsophalangeal joint (MTPJ) by increasing the ground reaction force (GRF) under the outer side of the forefoot. And reduce the abnormal foot valgus moment around the lower joint.

假如替代形狀概略在小蹠骨頭或其後面維持一遠緣,且內側與近緣不會妨礙第一蹠骨頭墊區與足弓支撐區,前足楔形部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the forefoot wedge may vary if the alternate shape is outlined to maintain a distal edge at or behind the small humerus and the medial and proximal edges do not interfere with the first metatarsal pad and the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,前足楔形部具有約55.9mm(公釐)長度與約51.3mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持前足楔形部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變前足楔形部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the forefoot wedge has a length of about 55.9 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 51.3 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the forefoot wedge. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the forefoot wedge.

最好係,前足楔形部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度 EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於前足楔形部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the forefoot wedge is a high density using a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C Made of EVA material. Other materials may be used for the forefoot wedge, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge.

第一蹠骨頭墊區是在基底層之底面的一區域,且位在腳部的第一蹠骨頭下面。第一蹠骨頭墊本質成形係相同於第一蹠骨頭墊區,且固定至第一蹠骨頭墊區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定第一蹠骨頭墊至第一蹠骨頭墊區。 The first metatarsal head pad area is an area on the underside of the base layer and is located below the first metatarsal head of the foot. The first metatarsal head pad is formed in the same manner as the first metatarsal head pad area and is fixed to the first metatarsal head pad area. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the first metatarsal head pad to the first metatarsal head pad area.

第一蹠骨頭墊的外形是一略微不規則多角形狀。最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊具有一本質線性遠緣;一略微曲線內側緣,其遵循鞋墊的內側界之彎曲;一近緣,其為彎曲或形成角度,以遵循足弓支撐區的蹠骨緣之形狀;及一外側緣,其為彎曲或線性。 The shape of the first metatarsal head pad is a slightly irregular polygonal shape. Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad has an intrinsic linear distal edge; a slightly curved inner edge that follows the curvature of the inner side of the insole; a proximal edge that is curved or angled to follow the arch support region The shape of the humeral margin; and an outer edge that is curved or linear.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,第一蹠骨頭墊在遠緣處具有約73.5mm(公釐)長度與約29.3mm(公釐)寬度。第一蹠骨頭墊的近端來到在近與外側緣處的一點。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一蹠骨頭墊的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變第一蹠骨頭墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the first metatarsal head pad has a length of about 73.5 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 29.3 mm (millimeter) at the distal edge. The proximal end of the first metatarsal head pad comes to a point near the outer and outer edges. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first metatarsal head pad. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the first metatarsal head pad.

最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊是利用約40-45 Asker C硬度的EVA材料。或者,第一蹠骨頭墊的硬度約在45-55 Asker C、或(或者)55-60 Asker C間。第一蹠骨頭墊的厚度是約2-2.5mm(公釐)厚或第一蹠骨頭墊區的深度。第一蹠骨頭墊的基本設計是要在第一蹠骨頭墊下面建立地面反作用力(GRF)差異,且當未接合第一蹠骨頭墊時,允許第一蹠骨頭降低於其他蹠骨面。其他材料可用於第一蹠骨頭墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持第一蹠骨頭墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad is an EVA material utilizing a hardness of about 40-45 Asker C. Alternatively, the first metatarsal head pad has a hardness of between about 45-55 Asker C, or (or) 55-60 Asker C. The thickness of the first metatarsal head pad is about 2-2.5 mm (millimeters) thick or the depth of the first metatarsal head pad area. The basic design of the first metatarsal head pad is to establish a ground reaction force (GRF) difference below the first metatarsal head pad and to allow the first metatarsal head to lower to the other tibial surface when the first metatarsal head pad is not engaged. Other materials may be used for the first metatarsal head pad, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the first metatarsal head pad. Structure and flexibility.

實例10: Example 10:

情境:患者報告足跟腱疼痛。儘管謹慎的伸展運動計劃但有5年間歇性疼痛。在2年以前在全國學校冠軍賽的訓練期間變得更疼痛。物理治療師指示冰、休息、且給予每週3次超聲波已有幫助。 Situation: The patient reports pain in the heel. Despite the cautious stretching exercise program, there is intermittent pain for 5 years. It became more painful during the training of the National School Championship two years ago. It has been helpful for the physiotherapist to indicate ice, rest, and to give 3 ultrasounds per week.

檢查:兩足跟腱對直接壓力為疼痛敏感且呈現中度「激烈」。被動與主動的腳踝關節背屈造成緊鄰跟骨插入件上面的疼痛且在肌肉肌腱接合部出現敏感。腳踝關節背屈、前足蹠屈、第一趾幅蹠屈、與雙側前足內翻為小於10°的適度弓形足類型。 Check: Two-legged Achilles tendon is sensitive to pain and moderately "fierce". The passive and active ankle dorsiflexion causes pain in the immediate vicinity of the calcaneus insert and is sensitive at the muscle tendon junction. Ankle arch dorsiflexion, forefoot flexion, first toe flexion, and moderate arched foot type with bilateral forefoot varus less than 10°.

診斷:足跟腱。 Diagnosis: Heel sputum.

治療:對於腳踝與前足蹠屈和前足楔形部的足跟抬高部可運用。足跟墊可施加以維持在中央足跟下方的地面反作用力(GRF)大小。 Treatment: For the ankle and forefoot flexion and the heel elevation of the forefoot wedge can be used. The heel pad can be applied to maintain a ground reaction force (GRF) size below the central heel.

或者,在穿戴者施加附加組件前,交付給穿戴者的鞋墊可為採用預接合的足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊。對於此實例,需要調整第一蹠骨頭墊以減少在第一蹠骨頭下方的地面反作用力(GRF),以調適第一蹠骨蹠屈。 Alternatively, the insole delivered to the wearer may be a pre-engaged heel pad and a first metatarsal head pad prior to application of the add-on by the wearer. For this example, the first metatarsal head pad needs to be adjusted to reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the first metatarsal head to accommodate the first metatarsal plantar flexion.

前足楔形區是在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面開始且近側延伸至腳部的中央。 The forefoot wedge region begins at the back of the second to fifth metatarsal heads and extends proximally to the center of the foot.

前足楔形部具有一內側緣、一外側緣、一近(背)緣與一遠(前)緣。該遠緣位在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面。前足楔形部的內側緣沿著從該鞋墊的該內側界所側面隔開的一條線延伸,其本質從遠緣延伸至近緣。該近緣從該內側緣橫向(或側面)延伸至該外側緣,其從該鞋墊的該外側界略微內側隔開。外側緣連接該近緣至該前足楔形部的該遠緣。圖11顯示腳骨置放在鞋墊。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定前足楔形部至前足楔形區。 The forefoot wedge has an inner edge, an outer edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge. The distal edge is behind the second to fifth metatarsal heads. The medial edge of the forefoot wedge extends along a line spaced from the side of the medial boundary of the insole, extending intrinsically from a distal edge to a proximal edge. The proximal edge extends laterally (or laterally) from the inner edge to the outer edge, which is slightly spaced from the outer side of the insole. The outer edge connects the proximal edge to the distal edge of the forefoot wedge. Figure 11 shows the foot bone placed on the insole. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the forefoot wedge to the forefoot wedge.

前足楔形部具有3°斜率,其從約4mm(公釐)厚度的較厚外側緣至約1mm(公釐)薄度的較薄內側緣呈錐形化。前足楔形部用來在中足關節的周圍建立一腳掌內翻力矩。此力矩有助對著後足以穩定前足,減少由前足外翻變形所引起的腳掌外翻力矩,藉由增加在前足的外側面下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以負荷減輕蹠趾關節(MTPJ),且減少在距下關節周圍的不正常腳掌外翻力矩。 The forefoot wedge has a 3[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker outer edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) thickness to a thinner inner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter) thinness. The forefoot wedge is used to establish a varus moment around the midfoot joint. This moment helps to stabilize the forefoot after the pair, reduces the valgus moment caused by the valgus deformation of the forefoot, and reduces the metatarsophalangeal joint (MTPJ) by increasing the ground reaction force (GRF) under the outer side of the forefoot. And reduce the abnormal foot valgus moment around the lower joint.

假如替代形狀概略在小蹠骨頭或其後面維持一遠緣,且內側與近緣不會妨礙第一蹠骨頭墊區與足弓支撐區,前足楔形部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the forefoot wedge may vary if the alternate shape is outlined to maintain a distal edge at or behind the small humerus and the medial and proximal edges do not interfere with the first metatarsal pad and the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,前足楔形部具有約55.9mm(公釐)長度與約51.3mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持前足楔形部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變前足楔形部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the forefoot wedge has a length of about 55.9 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 51.3 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the forefoot wedge. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the forefoot wedge.

最好係,前足楔形部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於前足楔形部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材 料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the forefoot wedge is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials can be used for the forefoot wedge, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides the appropriate hardness and material The material features to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge.

足跟抬高部概略從約4mm(公釐)的較厚近緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄遠緣呈錐形化。足跟抬高部用來調整在矢狀面的鞋墊,用以調適前足與腳踝蹠屈、及下肢肌肉骨骼系統的其相關運動學與運動影響;或用來平衡下肢長度差異。 The heel elevation is generally tapered from a thicker edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The heel lift is used to adjust the saddle in the sagittal plane to adjust the forefoot and ankle flexion, and the associated kinematics and motor effects of the lower extremity musculoskeletal system; or to balance the difference in length of the lower extremities.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟抬高部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel elevation can be altered if the alternative shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟抬高部具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟抬高部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟抬高部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's mid-size insole, the heel elevation has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel lift. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the heel lift.

最好係,足跟抬高部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於足跟抬高部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟抬高部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel lift is made from a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel lifts, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide adequate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall heel elevation Structure and flexibility.

足跟墊區位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區的邊界內之鞋墊的足 跟區。足跟墊提供在腳跟著地處的衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。維持足跟墊未接合將可減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The foot of the insole in the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone With the district. The heel pad provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action at the heel strike. Maintaining the heel pad unengaged will reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel area to treat a particular foot condition and reduce the insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟墊的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel pad can be altered if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊具有約63.3mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊的想要效能,且最好是小於後足楔形或足跟抬高部。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel pad has a length of about 63.3 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 38.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad, and is preferably less than the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel pad.

最好係,足跟墊是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可為使用約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用於足跟墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad can be a medium density material that uses a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) 50-75 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel pads, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gels, which provide suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the heel pad.

足跟墊可固定在基底層與後足楔形或足跟抬高部間的足跟墊區。 The heel pad can be secured to the heel pad area between the base layer and the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation.

實例11: Example 11:

情境:患者報告脛痛。患者在最近數年患有數次發作,通常在當酒店很忙碌旺季時。 Situation: The patient reported aching pain. The patient has had several episodes in recent years, usually when the hotel is busy during the busy season.

檢查:緊鄰脛骨的內側界後面、緊鄰內側腳踝近側,且具抗阻力的腳內翻之直接壓力疼痛。在靜態站立與步伐的雙側過度腳掌內翻(具跟骨外翻),小於10°踝關節背屈,且在赫布切爾操作(Hubscher Maneuver)試驗下,小於10°雙腳拇趾背屈的功能性拇趾僵直症(FHL)。 Examination: Immediately behind the medial boundary of the humerus, immediately adjacent to the medial ankle, and with direct resistance to pressure inversion of the foot. Bilateral excessive foot varus (with calcaneus valgus) on both sides of static standing and pace, less than 10° ankle dorsiflexion, and less than 10° double toe back under the Hubscher Maneuver test Functionalized hallux ankle stiffness (FHL).

診斷:後脛肌肌腱炎。 Diagnosis: posterior diaphragmatic tendonitis.

治療:足跟抬高部可施加於腳踝關節蹠屈。硬足弓支撐部與後足楔形部可施加以減少過度腳掌內翻力矩。如果患者抱怨足弓刺痛,硬足弓支撐部應取代成半彈性足弓支撐部,其可更容易耐受。足跟墊可施加以維持在中央足跟部下方的地面反作用力(GRF)大小。 Treatment: The heel elevation can be applied to the ankle joint flexion. The hard arch support and the hindfoot wedge can be applied to reduce excessive foot varus moments. If the patient complains of a stab in the arch, the hard arch support should be replaced with a semi-elastic arch support that is more easily tolerated. The heel pad can be applied to maintain a ground reaction force (GRF) size below the central heel portion.

或者,在穿戴者施加附加組件前,交付給穿戴者的鞋墊可為採用預接合的足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊。對於此實例,需要調 整第一蹠骨頭墊以減少在第一蹠骨頭下方的地面反作用力(GRF)。 Alternatively, the insole delivered to the wearer may be a pre-engaged heel pad and a first metatarsal head pad prior to application of the add-on by the wearer. For this example, you need to tune The first metatarsal head pad is used to reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the first metatarsal head.

足弓支撐區是沿著縱向足弓支撐部設置,且其一近緣端最接近鞋墊的足跟端,且一遠緣端延伸向鞋墊的該腳趾端。連接該近緣端至該遠緣端是一內側緣與一側緣,該外側緣具有一類似拋物線形狀。足弓支撐係部分圍繞內側縱向足弓支撐部下面之基底層的內側邊。大體上,其概略位在腳部的足弓區或在距骨、舟骨、第一楔骨、與第一蹠骨之近部下方。足弓支撐部本質成形係相同於足弓支撐區,且固定在基底層之底面的該足弓支撐區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定足弓支撐部至足弓支撐區。 The arch support region is disposed along the longitudinal arch support and has a proximal end that is closest to the heel end of the insole and a distal end that extends toward the toe end of the insole. Connecting the proximal end to the distal end is an inner edge and a side edge, the outer edge having a parabolic shape. The arch support portion partially surrounds the medial side of the base layer below the medial longitudinal arch support. In general, it is located in the arch region of the foot or below the talus, the scaphoid, the first clavicle, and the proximal portion of the first metatarsal. The arch support is formed in the same manner as the arch support region and is secured to the arch support region of the underside of the base layer. An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the arch support to the arch support region.

足弓支撐部的一具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個延伸肋部,其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的硬支撐。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。每個延伸肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A specific embodiment of the arch support is defined from the proximal end to the distal end a plurality of extension ribs extending outwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a hard support for the arch region. The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The width of each of the extended ribs is about 5 mm (millimeters).

此第一具體實施例最好是利用具有約90-100 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與 材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This first embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 90-100 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate hardness and The material features to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第二具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個肋形凹部,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的彈性支撐。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。每個肋形凹部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A second embodiment of the arch support defines a plurality of rib-shaped recesses extending from the proximal end to the distal end extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides elastic support for the arch region. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The width of each rib recess is about 5 mm (millimeter).

此第二具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Shore A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This second embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Shore A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-ribbed region ranges from about mm (mm). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第三具體實施例包括複數個延伸肋部,其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸;複數個本質水平肋部,其具有在該足弓支撐部呈鋸齒狀的一肋部外形;及複數個肋形開口,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的半彈性或半硬支撐。 A third embodiment of the arch support includes a plurality of extended ribs extending outwardly from the arch support; a plurality of essentially horizontal ribs having a rib that is serrated at the arch support a shape; and a plurality of rib-shaped openings extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a semi-elastic or semi-rigid support of the arch region.

足弓支撐部是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義一或多個延伸肋部、一或多個本質水平肋部、與一或多個肋形凹部。最好係,使用三個延伸肋部,該等本質水平肋部之三者、與三個肋形凹 部。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。本質水平肋部具有約0.5mm(公釐)深度的一肋部外形。 The arch support defines one or more extended ribs, one or more intrinsic horizontal ribs, and one or more rib shaped recesses from the proximal end to the distal end. Preferably, three extended ribs are used, three of the essentially horizontal ribs, and three rib recesses. unit. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The intrinsic horizontal rib has a rib profile of about 0.5 mm (millimeter) depth.

肋形凹部改善在足弓支撐部的該遠緣端之彈性,而沒有犧牲在足弓支撐部的中央與近端的縱向足弓支撐部。 The rib recess improves the elasticity at the distal end of the arch support without sacrificing the longitudinal arch support at the center and proximal end of the arch support.

足弓支撐部之遠端三分之一的最初三個肋形凹部係提供允許緊鄰第一蹠骨頭(即是,第一蹠骨的遠側軸)近側的區域保持彈性,以在步伐行進階段期間促成不受限的第一趾幅蹠屈。 The first three rib-shaped recesses of the distal third of the arch support provide a region that allows proximal proximity to the first metatarsal head (ie, the distal shaft of the first metatarsal) to remain resilient for the pace of travel During this period, the first toe is unrestricted.

足弓支撐部(水平肋部與延伸肋部)的中央與近側三分之二係藉由漸進較厚橫條硬化,以提供改善的足弓支撐,且當腳部移至內旋位置時,施加較高的抗腳掌內翻地面反作用力(GRF)大小在載距突區。 The center and proximal two-thirds of the arch support (horizontal ribs and extension ribs) are hardened by progressively thicker transverse bars to provide improved arch support and when the foot is moved to the internal rotation position Apply a higher anti-foot varus ground reaction force (GRF) size in the load-to-distance zone.

此第三具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This third embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

或者,肋形凹部可為肋形開口。肋形開口係定義允許該基底層經由其延伸。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。基底層係成型以便其部分材料注入該等肋形開口,使得此部分概略齊平弓支撐部的外表面,且機械式鎖定足弓支撐部與基底層在一起。有利地係,當壓縮基底層(例如,當步行或跑步)時,基底層材料亦可透過肋形開口鼓起以提供附加的彈性墊作用。 Alternatively, the rib-shaped recess may be a rib-shaped opening. The ribbed opening is defined to allow the substrate layer to extend therethrough. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The base layer is shaped such that a portion of its material is injected into the rib-shaped openings such that the portion substantially flushes the outer surface of the arch support and mechanically locks the arch support with the substrate layer. Advantageously, when compressing the substrate layer (e.g., when walking or running), the substrate layer material can also be blasted through the rib-shaped openings to provide additional elastic pad action.

對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足弓支撐部是約104-105mm(公釐)長度。在接近中央之最寬點的寬度是約37.5至38.5mm(公釐)。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一足弓支撐部的想要效能。 For a men's mid-size insole, the arch support is about 104-105 mm (millimeters) in length. The width at the widest point near the center is about 37.5 to 38.5 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first arch support.

足跟抬高部概略從約4mm(公釐)的較厚近緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄遠緣呈錐形化。足跟抬高部用來調整在矢狀面的鞋墊,用以調適前足與腳踝蹠屈、及下肢肌肉骨骼系統的其相關運動學與運動影響;或用來平衡下肢長度差異。 The heel elevation is generally tapered from a thicker edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The heel lift is used to adjust the saddle in the sagittal plane to adjust the forefoot and ankle flexion, and the associated kinematics and motor effects of the lower extremity musculoskeletal system; or to balance the difference in length of the lower extremities.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟抬高部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel elevation can be altered if the alternative shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟抬高部具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為 ±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟抬高部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟抬高部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's mid-size insole, the heel elevation has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can be The range of ±5 mm (millimeters) varies and still maintains the desired performance of the heel lift. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the heel lift.

最好係,足跟抬高部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於足跟抬高部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟抬高部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel lift is made from a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel lifts, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide adequate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall heel elevation Structure and flexibility.

足跟墊區位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區的邊界內之鞋墊的足跟區。足跟墊提供在腳跟著地處的衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。維持足跟墊未接合將可減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The heel pad is located in the heel area of the insole within the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone. The heel pad provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action at the heel strike. Maintaining the heel pad unengaged will reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel area to treat a particular foot condition and reduce the insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟墊的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel pad can be altered if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊具有約63.3mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊的想要效能,且最好是小於後足楔形或足跟抬高部。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel pad has a length of about 63.3 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 38.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad, and is preferably less than the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel pad.

最好係,足跟墊是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可為使用約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用於足跟墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad can be a medium density material that uses a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) 50-75 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel pads, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gels, which provide suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the heel pad.

足跟墊可固定在基底層與後足楔形或足跟抬高部間的足跟墊區。 The heel pad can be secured to the heel pad area between the base layer and the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation.

實例12.: Example 12.:

情境:患者被路邊石絆倒。在輕紋的腳踝扭傷之後,左腳脛的外部疼痛。左腳脛的外部稍後變得疼痛2天。沒有接受過治療。 Situation: The patient was stumped by a curb. After the sprain of the light ankle, the outside of the left ankle is painful. The outside of the left ankle later became painful for 2 days. No treatment has been received.

檢查:沿著左腿低部三分之一處的腓骨肌腱呈現敏感疼痛。適度高足弓;雙側前足外翻的弓形足。第一趾幅蹠屈。悠然站立呈現略微足內翻。 Check: The iliac tendon along the lower third of the left leg presents sensitive pain. Moderately high arch; arched foot with bilateral forefoot valgus. The first toe is awkward. Standing leisurely, it shows a slight foot varus.

診斷:腓骨肌腱炎。 Diagnosis: iliac tendonitis.

治療:前足楔形部可施加以減少腓骨張力。足跟墊可施加以維持在中央足跟部下方的地面反作用力(GRF)大小。 Treatment: The forefoot wedge can be applied to reduce the tibial tension. The heel pad can be applied to maintain a ground reaction force (GRF) size below the central heel portion.

或者,在穿戴者施加附加組件前,交付給穿戴者的鞋墊可為採用預接合的足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊。對於此實例,需要調整第一蹠骨頭墊以減少在第一蹠骨頭下方的地面反作用力(GRF),且調適第一蹠骨蹠屈。 Alternatively, the insole delivered to the wearer may be a pre-engaged heel pad and a first metatarsal head pad prior to application of the add-on by the wearer. For this example, the first metatarsal head pad needs to be adjusted to reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the first metatarsal head and to adapt the first metatarsal plantar flexion.

前足楔形區是在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面開始且近側延伸至腳部的中央。 The forefoot wedge region begins at the back of the second to fifth metatarsal heads and extends proximally to the center of the foot.

前足楔形部具有一內側緣、一外側緣、一近(背)緣與一遠(前)緣。該遠緣位在第二至第五蹠骨頭後面。前足楔形部的內側緣沿著從該鞋墊的該內側界所側面隔開的一條線延伸,其本質從遠緣延伸至近緣。該近緣從該內側緣橫向(或側面)延伸至該外側緣,其從該鞋墊的該外側界略微內側隔開。外側緣連接該近緣至該前足楔形部的該遠緣。圖11顯示腳骨置放在鞋墊。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定前足楔形部至前足楔形區。 The forefoot wedge has an inner edge, an outer edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge. The distal edge is behind the second to fifth metatarsal heads. The medial edge of the forefoot wedge extends along a line spaced from the side of the medial boundary of the insole, extending intrinsically from a distal edge to a proximal edge. The proximal edge extends laterally (or laterally) from the inner edge to the outer edge, which is slightly spaced from the outer side of the insole. The outer edge connects the proximal edge to the distal edge of the forefoot wedge. Figure 11 shows the foot bone placed on the insole. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the forefoot wedge to the forefoot wedge.

前足楔形部具有3°斜率,其從約4mm(公釐)厚度的較厚外側緣至約1mm(公釐)薄度的較薄內側緣呈錐形化。前足楔形部 用來在中足關節的周圍建立一腳掌內翻力矩。此力矩有助對著後足以穩定前足,減少由前足外翻變形所引起的腳掌外翻力矩,藉由增加在前足的外側面下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以負荷減輕蹠趾關節(MTPJ),且減少在距下關節周圍的不正常腳掌外翻力矩。 The forefoot wedge has a 3[deg.] slope that tapers from a thicker outer edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) thickness to a thinner inner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter) thinness. Forefoot wedge Used to establish a varus moment around the midfoot joint. This moment helps to stabilize the forefoot after the pair, reduces the valgus moment caused by the valgus deformation of the forefoot, and reduces the metatarsophalangeal joint (MTPJ) by increasing the ground reaction force (GRF) under the outer side of the forefoot. And reduce the abnormal foot valgus moment around the lower joint.

假如替代形狀概略在小蹠骨頭或其後面維持一遠緣,且內側與近緣不會妨礙第一蹠骨頭墊區與足弓支撐區,前足楔形部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the forefoot wedge may vary if the alternate shape is outlined to maintain a distal edge at or behind the small humerus and the medial and proximal edges do not interfere with the first metatarsal pad and the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,前足楔形部具有約55.9mm(公釐)長度與約51.3mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持前足楔形部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變前足楔形部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the forefoot wedge has a length of about 55.9 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 51.3 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the forefoot wedge. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the forefoot wedge.

最好係,前足楔形部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於前足楔形部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持前足楔形部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the forefoot wedge is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used for the forefoot wedge, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the forefoot wedge.

足跟墊區位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區的邊界內之鞋墊的足 跟區。足跟墊提供在腳跟著地處的衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。維持足跟墊未接合將可減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The foot of the insole in the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone With the district. The heel pad provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action at the heel strike. Maintaining the heel pad unengaged will reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel area to treat a particular foot condition and reduce the insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟墊的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel pad can be altered if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊具有約63.3mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊的想要效能,且最好是小於後足楔形或足跟抬高部。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel pad has a length of about 63.3 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 38.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad, and is preferably less than the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel pad.

最好係,足跟墊是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可為使用約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用於足跟墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad can be a medium density material that uses a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) 50-75 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel pads, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gels, which provide suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the heel pad.

實例13: Example 13:

情境:患者報告打籃球、上樓梯與下樓梯、且從坐位站起時,右膝蓋骨下面疼痛。服用引起胃酸逆流的必要異丁苯丙酸。物理治療師已指示使用附臏骨開口的護膝具與VMO強化訓練,其已有助益。患者提及她始終採右膝彎曲姿勢站立。 Situation: The patient reported playing basketball, going up the stairs and going down the stairs, and when standing up from the seat, there was pain under the right knee bone. Take the necessary ibuprofen to cause reflux of gastric acid. The physiotherapist has instructed the use of knee pads with a sacral opening and VMO intensive training, which has been helpful. The patient mentioned that she always stood in the right knee bent position.

檢查:右髕股關節壓縮疼痛與髕股認知試驗。只有在靜態站立的右腳過度腳掌內翻(且跟骨外翻)。右腳第一蹠骨蹠屈。在赫布切爾操作(Hubscher Maneuver)試驗下,減少右腳拇趾背屈。約8.0mm(公釐)的短左腳。 Examination: right tibiofemoral joint compression pain and patellofemoral cognition test. Only in the static standing right foot excessive foot varus (and calcaneus valgus). The first metatarsal bone of the right foot is wrong. Under the Hebscher Maneuver test, the dorsiflexion of the right foot was reduced. Short left foot of about 8.0 mm (millimeter).

診斷:髕骨股骨疼痛症候群(PFPS,Patello-femoral Pain Syndrome). Diagnosis: tibia femoral pain syndrome (PFPS, Patello-femoral Pain Syndrome).

治療:一硬足弓支撐部與一後足楔形部可施加於右鞋墊。一第一蹠骨頭墊應只施加於左鞋墊,使得右鞋墊可調適第一蹠骨蹠屈。一足跟抬高部可施加於左鞋墊以矯正下肢長度差異。足跟墊可施加以維持在中央足跟部下方的地面反作用力(GRF)大小。 Treatment: A hard arch support and a hindfoot wedge can be applied to the right insole. A first metatarsal head pad should only be applied to the left insole so that the right insole can be adapted to the first metatarsal flexion. A heel lift can be applied to the left insole to correct for differences in length of the lower limbs. The heel pad can be applied to maintain a ground reaction force (GRF) size below the central heel portion.

或者,在穿戴者施加附加組件前,交付給穿戴者的鞋墊可為採用預接合的足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊。對於此實例,需要調整右鞋墊的第一蹠骨頭墊以減少在第一蹠骨頭下方的地面反 作用力(GRF)且調適第一蹠骨蹠屈。 Alternatively, the insole delivered to the wearer may be a pre-engaged heel pad and a first metatarsal head pad prior to application of the add-on by the wearer. For this example, the first metatarsal head pad of the right insole needs to be adjusted to reduce the ground surface below the first metatarsal head. Force (GRF) and adjust the first metatarsal flexion.

足弓支撐區是沿著縱向足弓支撐部設置,且其一近緣端最接近鞋墊的足跟端,且一遠緣端延伸向鞋墊的該腳趾端。連接該近緣端至該遠緣端是一內側緣與一外側緣,該外側緣具有一類似拋物線形狀。足弓支撐部係部分圍繞在內側縱向足弓支撐部下面之基底層的內側邊。大體上,其概略位在腳部的足弓區或在距骨、舟骨、第一楔骨、與第一蹠骨之近部下面。足弓支撐部本質成形係相同於足弓支撐區,且固定至基底層之底面的該足弓支撐區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定足弓支撐部至足弓支撐區。 The arch support region is disposed along the longitudinal arch support and has a proximal end that is closest to the heel end of the insole and a distal end that extends toward the toe end of the insole. Connecting the proximal end to the distal end is an inner edge and an outer edge, the outer edge having a parabolic shape. The arch support portion partially surrounds the medial side of the base layer below the medial longitudinal arch support. In general, it is located either in the arch region of the foot or below the talus, the scaphoid, the first clavicle, and the proximal portion of the first metatarsal. The arch support is formed in the same manner as the arch support region and is secured to the arch support region of the underside of the base layer. An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the arch support to the arch support region.

足弓支撐部的一具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個延伸肋部,其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的硬支撐。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。每個延伸肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A specific embodiment of the arch support is defined from the proximal end to the distal end a plurality of extension ribs extending outwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a hard support for the arch region. The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The width of each of the extended ribs is about 5 mm (millimeters).

此第一具體實施例最好是利用具有約90-100 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This first embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 90-100 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-ribbed region ranges from about mm (mm). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第二具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個肋形凹部,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的彈性支撐。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。每個肋形凹部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A second embodiment of the arch support defines a plurality of rib-shaped recesses extending from the proximal end to the distal end extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides elastic support for the arch region. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The width of each rib recess is about 5 mm (millimeter).

此第二具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Shore A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This second embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Shore A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-ribbed region ranges from about mm (mm). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第三具體實施例包括複數個延伸肋部,其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸;複數個本質水平肋部,其具有在該足弓支撐部呈鋸齒狀的一肋部外形;及複數個肋形開口,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的半彈性或半硬支撐。 A third embodiment of the arch support includes a plurality of extended ribs extending outwardly from the arch support; a plurality of essentially horizontal ribs having a rib that is serrated at the arch support a shape; and a plurality of rib-shaped openings extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a semi-elastic or semi-rigid support of the arch region.

足弓支撐部是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義一或多個延伸肋部、一或多個本質水平肋部、與一或多個肋形凹部。最好係,使用三個延伸肋部、該等本質水平肋部之三者、與三個肋形凹部。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公 釐)厚度。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。本質水平肋部具有約0.5mm(公釐)深度的一肋部外形。 The arch support defines one or more extended ribs, one or more intrinsic horizontal ribs, and one or more rib shaped recesses from the proximal end to the distal end. Preferably, three extension ribs, three of the essentially horizontal ribs, and three rib recesses are used. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The extension rib is about 0.5mm (male) PCT) thickness. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The intrinsic horizontal rib has a rib profile of about 0.5 mm (millimeter) depth.

肋形凹部改善在足弓支撐部的該遠緣端之彈性,而沒有犧牲在足弓支撐部的中央與近端的縱向足弓支撐部。 The rib recess improves the elasticity at the distal end of the arch support without sacrificing the longitudinal arch support at the center and proximal end of the arch support.

足弓支撐部之遠端三分之一的最初三個肋形凹部係提供允許緊鄰第一蹠骨頭(即是,第一蹠骨的遠側軸)近側的區域保持彈性,以在步伐行進階段期間促成不受限的第一趾幅蹠屈。 The first three rib-shaped recesses of the distal third of the arch support provide a region that allows proximal proximity to the first metatarsal head (ie, the distal shaft of the first metatarsal) to remain resilient for the pace of travel During this period, the first toe is unrestricted.

足弓支撐部(水平肋部與延伸肋部)的中央與近側三分之二係藉由漸進較厚橫條硬化,以提供改善的足弓支撐,且當腳部移至內旋位置時,施加較高的抗腳掌內翻地面反作用力(GRF)大小在載距突區。 The center and proximal two-thirds of the arch support (horizontal ribs and extension ribs) are hardened by progressively thicker transverse bars to provide improved arch support and when the foot is moved to the internal rotation position Apply a higher anti-foot varus ground reaction force (GRF) size in the load-to-distance zone.

此第三具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This third embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-ribbed region ranges from about mm (mm). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

或者,肋形凹部可為肋形開口。肋形開口係定義允許該基 底層經由其延伸。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。基底層係成型以便其部分材料注入該等肋形開口,使得此部分概略齊平弓支撐部的外表面,且機械式鎖定足弓支撐部與基底層在一起。有利地係,當壓縮基底層(例如,當步行或跑步)時,基底層材料亦可透過肋形開口鼓起以提供附加的彈性墊作用。 Alternatively, the rib-shaped recess may be a rib-shaped opening. Rib opening definition allows the base The bottom layer extends through it. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The base layer is shaped such that a portion of its material is injected into the rib-shaped openings such that the portion substantially flushes the outer surface of the arch support and mechanically locks the arch support with the substrate layer. Advantageously, when compressing the substrate layer (e.g., when walking or running), the substrate layer material can also be blasted through the rib-shaped openings to provide additional elastic pad action.

對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足弓支撐部是約104-105mm(公釐)長度。在接近中央之最寬點的寬度是約37.5至38.5mm(公釐)。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一足弓支撐部的想要效能。 For a men's mid-size insole, the arch support is about 104-105 mm (millimeters) in length. The width at the widest point near the center is about 37.5 to 38.5 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first arch support.

足跟抬高部概略從約4mm(公釐)的較厚近緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄遠緣呈錐形化。足跟抬高部用來調整在矢狀面的鞋墊,用以調適前足與腳踝蹠屈、及下肢肌肉骨骼系統的其相關運動學與運動影響;或用來平衡下肢長度差異。 The heel elevation is generally tapered from a thicker edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The heel lift is used to adjust the saddle in the sagittal plane to adjust the forefoot and ankle flexion, and the associated kinematics and motor effects of the lower extremity musculoskeletal system; or to balance the difference in length of the lower extremities.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟抬高部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel elevation can be altered if the alternative shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟抬高部具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟抬高部的想要效能。對 於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟抬高部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's mid-size insole, the heel elevation has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel lift. Correct For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the heel lift.

最好係,足跟抬高部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於足跟抬高部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟抬高部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel lift is made from a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel lifts, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide adequate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall heel elevation Structure and flexibility.

第一蹠骨頭墊區是在基底層之底面的一區域,且位在腳部的第一蹠骨頭下面。第一蹠骨頭墊本質成形係相同於第一蹠骨頭墊區,且固定至第一蹠骨頭墊區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定第一蹠骨頭墊至第一蹠骨頭墊區。 The first metatarsal head pad area is an area on the underside of the base layer and is located below the first metatarsal head of the foot. The first metatarsal head pad is formed in the same manner as the first metatarsal head pad area and is fixed to the first metatarsal head pad area. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the first metatarsal head pad to the first metatarsal head pad area.

第一蹠骨頭墊的外形是一略微不規則多角形狀。最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊具有一本質線性遠緣、一略微曲線內側緣,其遵循鞋墊的內側界之彎曲;一近緣,其為彎曲或形成角度,以遵循足弓支撐區的蹠骨緣之形狀;及一外側緣,其為曲線或線性。 The shape of the first metatarsal head pad is a slightly irregular polygonal shape. Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad has an intrinsic linear distal edge, a slightly curved inner edge that follows the curvature of the inner side of the insole; a proximal edge that is curved or angled to follow the arch support region. The shape of the humerus edge; and an outer edge, which is curved or linear.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,第一蹠骨頭墊在遠緣處具有約73.5mm(公釐)長度與約29.3mm(公釐)寬度。第一蹠骨頭墊的近端來到在近與外側緣處的一點。此長度與寬度可為 ±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一蹠骨頭墊的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變第一蹠骨頭墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the first metatarsal head pad has a length of about 73.5 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 29.3 mm (millimeter) at the distal edge. The proximal end of the first metatarsal head pad comes to a point near the outer and outer edges. This length and width can be The range of ±5 mm (millimeters) varies and still maintains the desired performance of the first metatarsal head pad. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the first metatarsal head pad.

最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊是利用約40-45 Asker C硬度的EVA材料。或者,第一蹠骨頭墊的硬度約在45-55 Asker C、或(或者)55-60 Asker C間。第一蹠骨頭墊的厚度是約2-2.5mm(公釐)厚或第一蹠骨頭墊區的深度。第一蹠骨頭墊的基本設計是要在第一蹠骨頭墊下面建立地面反作用力(GRF)差異,且當未接合第一蹠骨頭墊時,允許第一蹠骨頭降低於其他蹠骨面。其他材料可用於第一蹠骨頭墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持第一蹠骨頭墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad is an EVA material utilizing a hardness of about 40-45 Asker C. Alternatively, the first metatarsal head pad has a hardness of between about 45-55 Asker C, or (or) 55-60 Asker C. The thickness of the first metatarsal head pad is about 2-2.5 mm (millimeters) thick or the depth of the first metatarsal head pad area. The basic design of the first metatarsal head pad is to establish a ground reaction force (GRF) difference below the first metatarsal head pad and to allow the first metatarsal head to lower to the other tibial surface when the first metatarsal head pad is not engaged. Other materials may be used for the first metatarsal head pad, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the first metatarsal head pad. Structure and flexibility.

足跟墊區位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區的邊界內之鞋墊的足跟區。足跟墊提供在腳跟著地處的衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。維持足跟墊未接合將可減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The heel pad is located in the heel area of the insole within the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone. The heel pad provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action at the heel strike. Maintaining the heel pad unengaged will reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel area to treat a particular foot condition and reduce the insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟墊的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel pad can be altered if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊具有約63.3mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊的想要效能,且最好是小於後足楔形或足跟抬高部。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel pad has a length of about 63.3 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 38.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad, and is preferably less than the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel pad.

最好係,足跟墊是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可為使用約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用於足跟墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad can be a medium density material that uses a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) 50-75 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel pads, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gels, which provide suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the heel pad.

足跟墊可固定在基底層與後足楔形或足跟抬高部間的足跟墊區。 The heel pad can be secured to the heel pad area between the base layer and the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation.

實例14: Example 14:

情境:患者報告兩脛內部疼痛與腫大,下坡跑時更嚴重。起病隱襲。沒有歷史性膝蓋彎曲或直接外傷。 Situation: The patient reported two internal pains and swellings, which were more severe when running downhill. Insidious onset. No historic knee flexion or direct trauma.

檢查:內側股骨髁且略微在鵝足附著部的關節線下面雙側 直接壓力疼痛。中度前足蹠屈。在靜態站立與步伐足跟垂直過度腳掌內翻(主要前足旋前)。雙側小於10°踝關節背屈。 Check: the medial femoral condyle and slightly below the joint line of the goose foot attachment Direct pressure pain. Moderate forefoot knees. In the static standing and pace heel vertical excessive foot varus (main forefoot pronation). Both sides are less than 10° ankle dorsiflexion.

診斷:鵝足摩擦症候群與著骨點發炎。 Diagnosis: Goose-foot friction syndrome and inflammation of the bones.

治療:足跟抬高部可施加以「平衡」前足與腳踝蹠屈。結合的內側縱向足弓支撐部可充份減少在第一例證中的相關過度腳掌內翻,患者耐受性的足弓支撐部與後足楔形部應考慮,以減少過度前足旋前。足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊可施加以維持在第一蹠骨頭與中央足跟下方的地面反作用力(GRF)大小。 Treatment: The heel elevation can be applied to "balance" the forefoot and the ankle. The combined medial longitudinal arch support can substantially reduce the associated excessive foot varus in the first illustration, and the patient-tolerant arch support and hindfoot wedge should be considered to reduce excessive forefoot pronation. The heel pad and the first metatarsal head pad can be applied to maintain a ground reaction force (GRF) size below the first metatarsal head and the central heel.

或者,在穿戴者施加附加組件前,交付給穿戴者的鞋墊可為採用預接合的足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊。 Alternatively, the insole delivered to the wearer may be a pre-engaged heel pad and a first metatarsal head pad prior to application of the add-on by the wearer.

足弓支撐區沿著縱向足弓支撐部設置,且其一近緣端最接近鞋墊的足跟端,且一遠緣端延伸向鞋墊的該腳趾端。連接該近緣端至該遠緣端是一內側緣與一外側緣,該外側緣具有一類似拋物線形狀。足弓支撐部係部分圍繞在內側縱向足弓支撐部下面之基底層的內側邊。大體上,其概略位在腳部的足弓區或在距骨、舟骨、第一楔骨、與第一蹠骨之近部下面。足弓支撐部本質成形係相同於足弓支撐區且固定至基底層之底面的該足弓支撐區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定足弓支撐部至足弓支 撐區。 The arch support region is disposed along the longitudinal arch support and has a proximal end that is closest to the heel end of the insole and a distal end that extends toward the toe end of the insole. Connecting the proximal end to the distal end is an inner edge and an outer edge, the outer edge having a parabolic shape. The arch support portion partially surrounds the medial side of the base layer below the medial longitudinal arch support. In general, it is located either in the arch region of the foot or below the talus, the scaphoid, the first clavicle, and the proximal portion of the first metatarsal. The arch support is formed in the same manner as the arch support region and is secured to the underside of the base layer. An adhesive or cement can be used to secure the arch support to the arch Support area.

足弓支撐部的一具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個延伸肋部,其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的硬支撐。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。每個延伸肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A specific embodiment of the arch support is defined from the proximal end to the distal end a plurality of extension ribs extending outwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a hard support for the arch region. The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The width of each of the extended ribs is about 5 mm (millimeters).

此第一具體實施例最好是利用具有約90-100 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This first embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 90-100 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-ribbed region ranges from about mm (mm). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第二具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個肋形凹部,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的彈性支撐。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。每個肋形凹部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A second embodiment of the arch support defines a plurality of rib-shaped recesses extending from the proximal end to the distal end extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides elastic support for the arch region. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The width of each rib recess is about 5 mm (millimeter).

此第二具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Shore A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材 料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This second embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Shore A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-ribbed region ranges from about mm (mm). Other materials can be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate hardness and material. The material features to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第三具體實施例包括複數個延伸肋部,其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸;複數個本質水平肋部,其具有在該足弓支撐部呈鋸齒狀的一肋部外形;及複數個肋形開口,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的半彈性或半硬支撐。 A third embodiment of the arch support includes a plurality of extended ribs extending outwardly from the arch support; a plurality of essentially horizontal ribs having a rib that is serrated at the arch support a shape; and a plurality of rib-shaped openings extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a semi-elastic or semi-rigid support of the arch region.

足弓支撐部是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義一或多個延伸肋部、一或多個本質水平肋部、與一或多個肋形凹部。最好係,使用三個延伸肋部、該等本質水平肋部之三者、與三個肋形凹部。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。本質水平肋部具有約0.5mm(公釐)深度的一肋部外形。 The arch support defines one or more extended ribs, one or more intrinsic horizontal ribs, and one or more rib shaped recesses from the proximal end to the distal end. Preferably, three extension ribs, three of the essentially horizontal ribs, and three rib recesses are used. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The intrinsic horizontal rib has a rib profile of about 0.5 mm (millimeter) depth.

肋形凹部改善足弓支撐部的該遠緣端之彈性,而沒有犧牲在足弓支撐部的中央與近端之縱向足弓支撐部。 The rib-shaped recess improves the elasticity of the distal end of the arch support without sacrificing the longitudinal arch support at the center and proximal ends of the arch support.

足弓支撐部之遠端三分之一的最初三個肋形凹部係提供,以允許緊鄰第一蹠骨頭近側的區域(即是,第一蹠骨的遠側軸)保持彈性,以在步伐行進階段期間促成不受限的第一趾幅蹠屈。 The first three rib-shaped recesses of the distal third of the arch support are provided to allow the region proximal to the proximal side of the first metatarsal head (ie, the distal axis of the first metatarsal) to remain resilient at the pace Unconstrained first toe flexion is facilitated during the travel phase.

足弓支撐部(水平肋部與延伸肋部)的中央與近側三分之二係藉由漸進較厚橫條硬化,以提供改善的足弓支撐,且當腳部移至內旋位置時,施加較高的抗腳掌內翻地面反作用力(GRF)大小在載距突區。 The center and proximal two-thirds of the arch support (horizontal ribs and extension ribs) are hardened by progressively thicker transverse bars to provide improved arch support and when the foot is moved to the internal rotation position Apply a higher anti-foot varus ground reaction force (GRF) size in the load-to-distance zone.

此第三具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This third embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

或者,肋形凹部可為肋形開口。肋形開口係定義允許該基底層經由其延伸。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。基底層係成型以便其部分材料注入該等肋形開口,使得此部分概略齊平弓支撐部的外表面,且機械式鎖定足弓支撐部與基底層在一起。有利地係,當壓縮基底層(例如,當步行或跑步)時,基底層材料亦可透過肋形開口鼓起以提供附加的彈性墊作用。 Alternatively, the rib-shaped recess may be a rib-shaped opening. The ribbed opening is defined to allow the substrate layer to extend therethrough. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The base layer is shaped such that a portion of its material is injected into the rib-shaped openings such that the portion substantially flushes the outer surface of the arch support and mechanically locks the arch support with the substrate layer. Advantageously, when compressing the substrate layer (e.g., when walking or running), the substrate layer material can also be blasted through the rib-shaped openings to provide additional elastic pad action.

對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足弓支撐部是約104-105mm(公釐)長度。在接近中央之最寬點的寬度是約37.5至38.5mm(公釐)。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維 持第一足弓支撐部的想要效能。 For a men's mid-size insole, the arch support is about 104-105 mm (millimeters) in length. The width at the widest point near the center is about 37.5 to 38.5 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary within ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain The desired performance of the first arch support.

足跟抬高部概略從約4mm(公釐)的較厚近緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄遠緣呈錐形化。足跟抬高部用來調整在矢狀面的鞋墊,用以調適前足與腳踝蹠屈、及下肢肌肉骨骼系統的其相關運動學與運動影響;或用來平衡下肢長度差異。 The heel elevation is generally tapered from a thicker edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The heel lift is used to adjust the saddle in the sagittal plane to adjust the forefoot and ankle flexion, and the associated kinematics and motor effects of the lower extremity musculoskeletal system; or to balance the difference in length of the lower extremities.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟抬高部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel elevation can be altered if the alternative shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟抬高部具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟抬高部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟抬高部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's mid-size insole, the heel elevation has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel lift. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the heel lift.

最好係,足跟抬高部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於足跟抬高部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟抬高部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel lift is made from a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel lifts, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide adequate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall heel elevation Structure and flexibility.

第一蹠骨頭墊區是在基底層之底面的一區域,且位在腳部 的第一蹠骨頭下面。第一蹠骨頭墊本質成形係相同於第一蹠骨頭墊區,且固定至第一蹠骨頭墊區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定第一蹠骨頭墊至第一蹠骨頭墊區。 The first metatarsal head pad area is an area on the underside of the base layer and is located at the foot Below the first metatarsal bone. The first metatarsal head pad is formed in the same manner as the first metatarsal head pad area and is fixed to the first metatarsal head pad area. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the first metatarsal head pad to the first metatarsal head pad area.

第一蹠骨頭墊的外形是一略微不規則多角形狀。最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊具有一本質線性遠緣;一略微曲線內側緣,其遵循鞋墊的內側界之彎曲;一近緣,其為彎曲或形成角度,以遵循足弓支撐區的蹠骨緣之形狀;及一外側緣,其為曲線或線性。 The shape of the first metatarsal head pad is a slightly irregular polygonal shape. Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad has an intrinsic linear distal edge; a slightly curved inner edge that follows the curvature of the inner side of the insole; a proximal edge that is curved or angled to follow the arch support region The shape of the humerus edge; and an outer edge, which is curved or linear.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,第一蹠骨頭墊在遠緣處具有約73.5mm(公釐)長度與約29.3mm(公釐)寬度。第一蹠骨頭墊的近端來到在近與外側緣處的一點。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一蹠骨頭墊的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變第一蹠骨頭墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the first metatarsal head pad has a length of about 73.5 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 29.3 mm (millimeter) at the distal edge. The proximal end of the first metatarsal head pad comes to a point near the outer and outer edges. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first metatarsal head pad. For different size insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the first metatarsal head pad.

最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊是利用約40-45 Asker C硬度的EVA材料。或者,第一蹠骨頭墊的硬度在45-55 Asker C、或(或者)55-60 Asker C間。第一蹠骨頭墊的厚度是約2-2.5mm(公釐)厚或第一蹠骨頭墊區的深度。第一蹠骨頭墊的基本設計是建立在蹠骨頭下面的地面反作用力(GRF)差異,且當未接合第一蹠 骨頭墊時,允許第一蹠骨頭降低於其他蹠骨面。其他材料可用於第一蹠骨頭墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持第一蹠骨頭墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad is an EVA material utilizing a hardness of about 40-45 Asker C. Alternatively, the hardness of the first metatarsal head pad is between 45-55 Asker C, or (or) 55-60 Asker C. The thickness of the first metatarsal head pad is about 2-2.5 mm (millimeters) thick or the depth of the first metatarsal head pad area. The basic design of the first metatarsal head pad is based on the ground reaction force (GRF) difference below the humeral head, and when the first 跖 is not engaged When the bone pad is used, the first metatarsal head is allowed to lower on the other tibial surfaces. Other materials may be used for the first metatarsal head pad, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the first metatarsal head pad. Structure and flexibility.

足跟墊區位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區的邊界內之鞋墊的足跟區。足跟墊提供在腳跟著地處的衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。維持足跟墊未接合將可減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The heel pad is located in the heel area of the insole within the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone. The heel pad provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action at the heel strike. Maintaining the heel pad unengaged will reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel area to treat a particular foot condition and reduce the insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟墊的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel pad can be altered if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊具有約63.3mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊的想要效能,且最好是小於後足楔形或足跟抬高部。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel pad has a length of about 63.3 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 38.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad, and is preferably less than the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel pad.

最好係,足跟墊是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可為使用約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用 於足跟墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad can be a medium density material that uses a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) 50-75 Asker C. Other materials available For a heel pad, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, it provides suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the heel pad.

足跟墊可固定在基底層與後足楔形或足跟抬高部間的足跟墊區。 The heel pad can be secured to the heel pad area between the base layer and the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation.

實例15: Example 15:

情境:患者報告右膝蓋外部疼痛。滑雪假日開始疼痛,右膝蓋的側面在側跨步變得很疼痛。現階段在接受有氧運動課程持續疼痛。 Situation: The patient reports external pain in the right knee. The skiing holiday started to hurt, and the side of the right knee became painful on the side. At this stage, the aerobic exercise program continues to suffer pain.

檢查:對外側股骨髁直接壓力產生疼痛且概略沿著髂脛束(ITB,Iliotibial Band)的4-5cm(公分)。在靜態站立呈現附帶跟骨外翻的過度腳掌內翻,造成足內旋,如通過「闘雞眼式」髕骨。 Examination: Pain is caused by direct pressure on the lateral femoral condyle and is roughly 4-5 cm (cm) along the tendon bundle (ITB, Ilitobial Band). In the static standing, the excessive sole of the foot with the calcaneus valgus is turned, causing the internal rotation of the foot, such as through the "chicken eye type" tibia.

診斷:髂脛束摩擦症候群與肌腱炎。 Diagnosis: 髂胫 bundle friction syndrome and tendinitis.

治療:當癥狀本質為嚴重,患者可開始穿著只有第一蹠骨墊與足跟墊的鞋墊,以觀察結合內側縱向足弓支撐部是否減少 癥狀。如果癥狀持續存在,足弓支撐部可添加至兩鞋墊,連同足跟墊後足楔形部至右鞋墊以減少腳掌內翻力矩。 Treatment: When the symptoms are severe, the patient can start wearing an insole with only the first metatarsal pad and the heel pad to see if the medial longitudinal arch support is reduced. symptom. If the symptoms persist, the arch support can be added to the two insoles, along with the heel pad posterior foot wedge to the right insole to reduce the paw varus moment.

或者,在穿戴者施加附加組件前,交付給穿戴者的鞋墊可為採用預接合的足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊。 Alternatively, the insole delivered to the wearer may be a pre-engaged heel pad and a first metatarsal head pad prior to application of the add-on by the wearer.

第一蹠骨頭墊區是在基底層之底面的一區域,且位在腳部的第一蹠骨頭下面。第一蹠骨頭墊本質成形係相同於第一蹠骨頭墊區,且固定至第一蹠骨頭墊區。一黏著或接合劑可用來固定第一蹠骨頭墊至第一蹠骨頭墊區。 The first metatarsal head pad area is an area on the underside of the base layer and is located below the first metatarsal head of the foot. The first metatarsal head pad is formed in the same manner as the first metatarsal head pad area and is fixed to the first metatarsal head pad area. An adhesive or bonding agent can be used to secure the first metatarsal head pad to the first metatarsal head pad area.

第一蹠骨頭墊的外形是一略微不規則多角形狀。最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊具有一本質線性遠緣;一略微曲線內側緣,其遵循鞋墊的內側界之彎曲;一近緣,其為彎曲或形成角度,以遵循足弓支撐區的蹠骨緣之形狀;及一外側緣,其為曲線或線性。 The shape of the first metatarsal head pad is a slightly irregular polygonal shape. Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad has an intrinsic linear distal edge; a slightly curved inner edge that follows the curvature of the inner side of the insole; a proximal edge that is curved or angled to follow the arch support region The shape of the humerus edge; and an outer edge, which is curved or linear.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,第一蹠骨頭墊在遠緣處具有約73.5mm(公釐)長度與約29.3mm(公釐)寬度。第一蹠骨頭墊的近端來到在近與外側緣處的一點。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一蹠骨頭墊的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變第一蹠骨頭墊的所有 尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the first metatarsal head pad has a length of about 73.5 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 29.3 mm (millimeter) at the distal edge. The proximal end of the first metatarsal head pad comes to a point near the outer and outer edges. This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first metatarsal head pad. For different sizes of insoles, the size can change all of the first metatarsal head pad proportionally The size is achieved.

最好係,該第一蹠骨頭墊是利用約40-45 Asker C硬度的EVA材料。或者,第一蹠骨頭墊的硬度可在約45-55 Asker C、或(或者)55-60 Asker C間。第一蹠骨頭墊的厚度是約2-2.5mm(公釐)厚或第一蹠骨頭墊區的深度。第一蹠骨頭墊的基本設計是建立在蹠骨頭下面的地面反作用力(GRF)差異,且當未接合第一蹠骨頭墊時,允許第一蹠骨頭降低於其他蹠骨面。其他材料可用於第一蹠骨頭墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持第一蹠骨頭墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the first metatarsal head pad is an EVA material utilizing a hardness of about 40-45 Asker C. Alternatively, the first metatarsal head pad may have a hardness of between about 45-55 Asker C, or (or) 55-60 Asker C. The thickness of the first metatarsal head pad is about 2-2.5 mm (millimeters) thick or the depth of the first metatarsal head pad area. The basic design of the first metatarsal head pad is based on the ground reaction force (GRF) difference under the humeral head and allows the first metatarsal head to be lowered to the other metatarsal surface when the first metatarsal head pad is not engaged. Other materials may be used for the first metatarsal head pad, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provides appropriate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the integrity of the first metatarsal head pad. Structure and flexibility.

實例16: Example 16:

情境:患者報告當步行時下背痛,當慢跑超過1哩時則更為惡化,休息可改善狀況。先前矯型檢查與成像沒有顯現傷害或病理狀況。先前診斷是病因不明性下背痛。物理治療師指示的主要穩定性訓練已降低癥狀約50%。 Situation: The patient reported a lower back pain when walking, and worsened when jogging more than 1 ,, rest can improve the condition. Previous orthopedic examinations and imaging showed no signs of injury or pathology. The previous diagnosis was an unexplained lower back pain. The main stability training indicated by the physiotherapist has reduced the symptoms by about 50%.

檢查:患者指向疼痛腰脊椎區位置。約8.0-9.0mm(公釐)的短左腳引起靜態站立時的骨盤向左傾斜。附帶外翻足跟的雙側內旋足,左腳大於右腳。在赫布切爾操作(Hubscher Maneuver) 試驗下,限制性左腳拇趾背屈的左足顯著第一趾幅蹠屈呈現功能性拇趾僵直症(FHL)。 Check: The patient points to the location of the lumbar spine. A short left foot of about 8.0-9.0 mm (millimeters) causes the pelvis to tilt to the left when standing statically. The bilateral internal rotation of the heel with the heel of the heel, the left foot is larger than the right foot. Operation in Herbchel (Hubscher Maneuver) Under the test, the left foot of the left hind paw with dorsiflexion of the left foot showed a significant first toe stiffness and functionalized hallux ankle stiffness (FHL).

診斷:不正常步伐的下背痛。 Diagnosis: lower back pain at abnormal pace.

治療:一足跟抬高部(在小心與密切監督下)可適用於左鞋墊以減少骨盤傾斜。足弓支撐部(患者耐受性)與後足楔形部可施加以減少過度腳掌內翻力矩。一第一蹠骨頭墊可施加於右鞋墊。左鞋墊可在沒有第一蹠骨頭墊使用以改善腳拇趾背屈。足跟墊可施加以維持在中央足跟下方的地面反作用力(GRF)大小。 Treatment: A heel lift (under careful and close supervision) can be applied to the left insole to reduce slanting of the pelvis. The arch support (patient tolerance) and the hindfoot wedge can be applied to reduce excessive foot varus moments. A first metatarsal head pad can be applied to the right insole. The left insole can be used without the first metatarsal head pad to improve the dorsiflexion of the foot. The heel pad can be applied to maintain a ground reaction force (GRF) size below the central heel.

或者,在穿戴者施加附加組件前,交付給穿戴者的鞋墊可為採用預接合的足跟墊與第一蹠骨頭墊。對於此實例,需要調整左鞋墊的第一蹠骨頭墊,以減少在第一蹠骨頭下方的地面反作用力(GRF)及改善腳拇趾背屈。 Alternatively, the insole delivered to the wearer may be a pre-engaged heel pad and a first metatarsal head pad prior to application of the add-on by the wearer. For this example, the first metatarsal head pad of the left insole needs to be adjusted to reduce ground reaction force (GRF) under the first humeral head and improve dorsiflexion of the foot.

足弓支撐區是沿著縱向足弓支撐部設置,且其一近緣端最接近鞋墊的足跟端,且一遠緣端延伸向鞋墊的該腳趾端。連接該近緣端至該遠緣端是一內側緣與一外側緣,該外側緣具有一類似拋物線形狀。足弓支撐部係部分圍繞在內側縱向足弓支撐部下面之基底層的內側邊。大體上,其概略位在腳部的足弓區 或在距骨、舟骨、第一楔骨、與第一蹠骨之近部下方。足弓支撐部本質成形係相同於足弓支撐區,且固定在基底層之底面的該足弓支撐區。一黏著或黏合劑可用來固定足弓支撐部至足弓支撐區。 The arch support region is disposed along the longitudinal arch support and has a proximal end that is closest to the heel end of the insole and a distal end that extends toward the toe end of the insole. Connecting the proximal end to the distal end is an inner edge and an outer edge, the outer edge having a parabolic shape. The arch support portion partially surrounds the medial side of the base layer below the medial longitudinal arch support. In general, it is located in the arch area of the foot. Or below the talus, the scaphoid, the first clavicle, and the proximal part of the first metatarsal. The arch support is formed in the same manner as the arch support region and is secured to the arch support region of the underside of the base layer. An adhesive or adhesive can be used to secure the arch support to the arch support area.

足弓支撐部的一具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個延伸肋部,其是從該足弓支撐部向外延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的硬支撐。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。每個延伸肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A specific embodiment of the arch support defines a plurality of extension ribs extending from the proximal end to the distal end that extend outwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a hard support for the arch region. The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The width of each of the extended ribs is about 5 mm (millimeters).

此第一具體實施例最好是利用具有約90-100 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This first embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 90-100 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-ribbed region ranges from about mm (mm). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide suitable hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第二具體實施例是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義複數個肋形凹部,其是從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的彈性支撐。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。每個肋形凹部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。 A second embodiment of the arch support defines a plurality of rib-shaped recesses extending from the proximal end to the distal end extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides elastic support for the arch region. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The width of each rib recess is about 5 mm (millimeter).

此第二具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Shore A硬度 的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This second embodiment preferably utilizes a hardness of about 80-90 Shore A Made of nylon material, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-ribbed region ranges from about mm (mm). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide suitable hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

足弓支撐部的一第三具體實施例包括複數個延伸肋部,其從該足弓支撐部向外延伸;複數個本質水平肋部,其具有在該足弓支撐部呈鋸齒狀的一肋部外形;及複數個肋形開口,其從該足弓支撐部向內延伸。此具體實施例提供足弓區的半彈性或半硬支撐。 A third embodiment of the arch support includes a plurality of extended ribs extending outwardly from the arch support; a plurality of essentially horizontal ribs having a rib that is serrated at the arch support a shape; and a plurality of rib-shaped openings extending inwardly from the arch support. This particular embodiment provides a semi-elastic or semi-rigid support of the arch region.

足弓支撐部是從該近緣端至該遠緣端定義一或多個延伸肋部、一或多個本質水平肋部、與一或多個肋形凹部。最好係,使用三個延伸肋部、該等本質水平肋部之三者、與三個肋形凹部。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。延伸肋部是約0.5mm(公釐)厚度。肋形凹部係凹入該足弓支撐部約0.5mm(公釐)。本質水平肋部具有約0.5mm(公釐)深度的一肋部外形。 The arch support defines one or more extended ribs, one or more intrinsic horizontal ribs, and one or more rib shaped recesses from the proximal end to the distal end. Preferably, three extension ribs, three of the essentially horizontal ribs, and three rib recesses are used. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The extended rib is about 0.5 mm (millimeter) thick. The rib recess is recessed into the arch support portion by about 0.5 mm (millimeter). The intrinsic horizontal rib has a rib profile of about 0.5 mm (millimeter) depth.

肋形凹部改善在足弓支撐部的該遠緣端之彈性,而沒有犧牲在足弓支撐的中央與近端處的縱向足弓支撐部。 The rib recess improves the elasticity at the distal end of the arch support without sacrificing the longitudinal arch support at the center and proximal ends of the arch support.

足弓支撐部之遠端三分之一的最初三個肋形凹部係提供 允許緊鄰第一蹠骨頭(即是,第一蹠骨的遠側軸)近側的區域保持彈性,以在步伐行進階段期間促成不受限的第一趾幅蹠屈。 The first three rib recesses of the distal third of the arch support are provided The region proximal to the first metatarsal head (ie, the distal shaft of the first metatarsal) is allowed to remain resilient to facilitate unrestricted first toe flexion during the paced travel phase.

足弓支撐部(水平肋部與延伸肋部)的中央與近側三分之二係藉由漸進較厚橫條硬化,以提供改善的足弓支撐,且當腳部移至內旋位置時,施加較高的抗腳掌內翻地面反作用力(GRF)大小在載距突區。 The center and proximal two-thirds of the arch support (horizontal ribs and extension ribs) are hardened by progressively thicker transverse bars to provide improved arch support and when the foot is moved to the internal rotation position Apply a higher anti-foot varus ground reaction force (GRF) size in the load-to-distance zone.

此第三具體實施例最好是利用具有約80-90 Asker A硬度的尼龍材料製成,例如Nylon 66。非肋部區的此足弓支撐部之厚度範圍係自約1-2mm(公釐)。其他材料可使用,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,以提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足弓支撐部的整體結構與彈性。 This third embodiment is preferably made of a nylon material having a hardness of about 80-90 Asker A, such as Nylon 66. The thickness of the arch support portion of the non-rib area ranges from about 1-2 mm (millimeters). Other materials may be used, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel to provide adequate stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the arch support.

或者,肋形凹部可為肋形開口。肋形開口係定義允許該基底層經由其延伸。每個肋部的寬度是約5mm(公釐)。基底層係成型以便其部分材料注入該等肋形開口,使得此部分概略齊平弓支撐部的外表面,且機械式鎖定足弓支撐部與基底層在一起。有利地係,當壓縮基底層(例如,當步行或跑步)時,基底層材料亦可透過肋形開口鼓起以提供附加的彈性墊作用。 Alternatively, the rib-shaped recess may be a rib-shaped opening. The ribbed opening is defined to allow the substrate layer to extend therethrough. The width of each rib is about 5 mm (millimeters). The base layer is shaped such that a portion of its material is injected into the rib-shaped openings such that the portion substantially flushes the outer surface of the arch support and mechanically locks the arch support with the substrate layer. Advantageously, when compressing the substrate layer (e.g., when walking or running), the substrate layer material can also be blasted through the rib-shaped openings to provide additional elastic pad action.

對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足弓支撐部是約104-105 mm(公釐)長度。在接近中央之最寬點的寬度是約37.5至38.5mm(公釐)。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持第一足弓支撐部的想要效能。 For men's mid-size insoles, the arch support is about 104-105 Mm (millimeter) length. The width at the widest point near the center is about 37.5 to 38.5 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the first arch support.

足跟抬高部概略從約4mm(公釐)的較厚近緣至約1mm(公釐)的較薄遠緣呈錐形化。足跟抬高部用來調整在矢狀面的鞋墊,用以調適前足與腳踝蹠屈、及下肢肌肉骨骼系統的其相關運動學與運動影響;或用來平衡下肢長度差異。 The heel elevation is generally tapered from a thicker edge of about 4 mm (millimeters) to a thinner edge of about 1 mm (millimeter). The heel lift is used to adjust the saddle in the sagittal plane to adjust the forefoot and ankle flexion, and the associated kinematics and motor effects of the lower extremity musculoskeletal system; or to balance the difference in length of the lower extremities.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟抬高部的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel elevation can be altered if the alternative shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟抬高部具有約71.8mm(公釐)長度與約46.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟抬高部的想要效能。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟抬高部的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's mid-size insole, the heel elevation has a length of about 71.8 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 46.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel lift. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by proportionally changing all dimensions of the heel lift.

最好係,足跟抬高部是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。其他材料可用於足跟抬高部,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟抬高部的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel lift is made from a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel lifts, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gel, which provide adequate hardness and material characteristics to maintain the overall heel elevation Structure and flexibility.

足跟墊區位在後足楔形/足跟抬高區的邊界內之鞋墊的足跟區。足跟墊提供在腳跟著地處的衝擊衰減與彈性墊作用。維持足跟墊未接合將可減少在中央足跟區下方的地面反作用力(GRF)以治療特定腳疾病,且減少鞋墊厚度以改善鞋適宜性。 The heel pad is located in the heel area of the insole within the boundary of the hindfoot wedge/heel elevation zone. The heel pad provides impact attenuation and elastic pad action at the heel strike. Maintaining the heel pad unengaged will reduce the ground reaction force (GRF) below the central heel area to treat a particular foot condition and reduce the insole thickness to improve shoe suitability.

假如維持在足跟區內之一位置的替代形狀不會妨礙足弓支撐區,足跟墊的形狀可改變。 The shape of the heel pad can be altered if the alternate shape maintained at one of the heel regions does not interfere with the arch support region.

最好係,對於男人的中型尺寸鞋墊,足跟墊具有約63.3mm(公釐)長度與約38.9mm(公釐)寬度。此長度與寬度可為±5mm(公釐)範圍內變化且仍維持足跟墊的想要效能,且最好是小於後足楔形或足跟抬高部。對於不同尺寸鞋墊,尺寸可依比例地改變足跟墊的所有尺寸而達成。 Preferably, for a men's midsize insole, the heel pad has a length of about 63.3 mm (millimeter) and a width of about 38.9 mm (millimeter). This length and width can vary from ±5 mm (millimeters) and still maintain the desired performance of the heel pad, and is preferably less than the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation. For different sizes of insoles, the size can be achieved by varying the dimensions of the heel pad.

最好係,足跟墊是利用約75-80 Asker C硬度的高密度EVA材料製成。或者,足跟墊可為使用約45-50 Asker C硬度的低密度、或(或者)50-75 Asker C的中等密度之材料。其他材料可用於足跟墊,諸如聚亞安酯(PU)、聚丙烯(PP)、聚乙烯(PE)或凝膠,其提供適當硬度與材料特徵以維持足跟墊的整體結構與彈性。 Preferably, the heel pad is made of a high density EVA material having a hardness of about 75-80 Asker C. Alternatively, the heel pad can be a medium density material that uses a low density of about 45-50 Asker C hardness, or (or) 50-75 Asker C. Other materials may be used in heel pads, such as polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polyethylene (PE) or gels, which provide suitable stiffness and material characteristics to maintain the overall structure and elasticity of the heel pad.

足跟墊可固定在基底層與後足楔形或足跟抬高部間的足跟墊區。 The heel pad can be secured to the heel pad area between the base layer and the hindfoot wedge or heel elevation.

雖然已顯示及描述本發明的較佳具體實施例,不過熟諳此技者可進行修改,不致悖離本發明的精神與說明。本說明書描述的具體實施例只是實例而不是限制。本說明書揭露本發明的許多變化與修改是可能且在本發明的範疇內。 While the preferred embodiment of the present invention has been shown and described, The specific embodiments described in this specification are by way of example and not limitation. The description discloses that many variations and modifications of the invention are possible and are within the scope of the invention.

101‧‧‧鞋墊 101‧‧‧ insole

103‧‧‧頂片 103‧‧‧Top film

105‧‧‧基底層 105‧‧‧ basal layer

105A‧‧‧頂面 105A‧‧‧ top surface

105B‧‧‧底面 105B‧‧‧ bottom

106‧‧‧足弓支撐部 106‧‧‧foot arch support

107‧‧‧前足楔形區 107‧‧‧Forefoot Wedge

108‧‧‧前足楔形部 108‧‧‧Forefoot wedge

109‧‧‧第一蹠骨頭墊區 109‧‧‧First humeral head area

110‧‧‧第一蹠骨頭墊 110‧‧‧First humeral head cushion

111‧‧‧足跟墊區 111‧‧‧ heel pad area

112‧‧‧足跟墊 112‧‧‧ heel pad

113‧‧‧後足楔形/足跟抬高區 113‧‧‧ hind foot wedge/heel elevation zone

114‧‧‧後足楔形部 114‧‧‧ hind foot wedge

115‧‧‧足跟抬高部 115‧‧‧Heel uplift

117‧‧‧足弓支撐區 117‧‧‧foot arch support area

118‧‧‧足弓支撐部 118‧‧‧foot arch support

118A‧‧‧延伸肋部 118A‧‧‧Extended ribs

118B‧‧‧水平肋部 118B‧‧‧ horizontal ribs

118C‧‧‧肋形凹部 118C‧‧‧ Rib recess

120‧‧‧分隔壁 120‧‧‧ partition wall

138‧‧‧蹠骨墊 138‧‧‧跖骨骨垫

Claims (27)

一種鞋墊,其具有一頂側,用於接觸穿戴者腳部;及一底側,用於接觸穿戴者鞋內部,該鞋墊包括:一基部,其具有:一基部頂面;一基部底面;一足跟端;一腳趾端;一內側界,其位在接近該基部的一內側緣;及一外側界,其位在接近該基部的一外側緣,該基部底側具有:一第一蹠骨頭墊區,其是從該內側界延伸至該第一蹠骨下方的一位置;一前足楔形區,其是沿著第二至第五蹠骨而從該第一蹠骨頭墊區延伸至該外側界;一足跟區,其是從概略足骰骨延伸至該足跟端;及一足弓支撐區,其是在該基部內側的腳部足弓下面縱向延伸。一可互換足弓支撐部,其置於該足弓支撐區下面,該可互換足弓支撐部係利用可變強度材料製成,以提供可變強度足弓支撐,其是沿著該內側界且在腳部足弓下面向上延伸;一第一蹠骨頭墊,其定位該第一蹠骨頭墊區;一前足楔形墊,其置於該前足楔形區;及一足跟軟墊,其位在該足跟區,該足跟軟墊是搭配置於該足跟區而具該足跟軟墊的一補充軟墊一起使用。 An insole having a top side for contacting a wearer's foot; and a bottom side for contacting a wearer's shoe interior, the insole comprising: a base having: a base top surface; a base bottom surface; a heel end; a toe end; an inner boundary positioned adjacent an inner edge of the base; and an outer boundary positioned adjacent an outer edge of the base, the bottom side of the base having: a first metatarsal head pad a region extending from the medial boundary to a position below the first metatarsal; a forefoot wedge region extending from the first metatarsal head pad region to the lateral boundary along the second to fifth metatarsal; A heel region extending from the skeleton footbone to the heel end; and a arch support region extending longitudinally under the arch of the foot inside the base. An interchangeable arch support portion disposed below the arch support region, the interchangeable arch support portion being formed from a variable strength material to provide a variable strength arch support along the medial boundary And extending upwardly under the arch of the foot; a first metatarsal head pad that positions the first metatarsal head pad; a forefoot wedge pad that is placed in the forefoot wedge region; and a heel cushion that is located In the heel area, the heel cushion is used in conjunction with a supplemental cushion placed in the heel area with the heel cushion. 如請求項1所述之鞋墊,其中該補充軟墊是一足跟抬高軟 墊。 The insole of claim 1, wherein the supplemental cushion is a heel lift soft pad. 如請求項1所述之鞋墊,其中該補充軟墊是一後足楔形軟墊。 The insole of claim 1, wherein the supplemental cushion is a hindfoot wedge cushion. 如請求項1所述之鞋墊,其中該足弓支撐是一硬支撐。 The insole of claim 1 wherein the arch support is a hard support. 如請求項1所述之鞋墊,其中該足弓支撐是一彈性支撐。 The insole of claim 1, wherein the arch support is an elastic support. 如請求項1所述之鞋墊,其中該前足楔形墊是從一較厚外側緣至一較薄內側緣呈錐形化。 The insole of claim 1 wherein the forefoot wedge pad is tapered from a thicker outer edge to a thinner inner edge. 如請求項1所述之鞋墊,其中該足跟抬高組件是從一較厚近緣至一較薄遠緣呈錐形化。 The insole of claim 1 wherein the heel lift assembly is tapered from a thicker proximal edge to a thinner distal edge. 如請求項1所述之鞋墊,其中該後足楔形墊是從一較厚內側緣至一較薄外側緣呈錐形化。 The insole of claim 1, wherein the hind foot wedge pad is tapered from a thicker inner edge to a thinner outer edge. 一種鞋墊,其具有一頂側,用於接觸穿戴者腳部;及一底側,用於接觸穿戴者鞋內部,該鞋墊包括:一基部,其具有:一基部頂面;一基部底面;一足跟端;一腳趾端;一內側界,其位在接近該基部的一內側緣;及一外側界,其位在接近該基部的一外側緣,該基部底側具有:一第一蹠骨頭墊區,其是從該內側界延伸至該第一蹠骨下 面的一位置;一前足楔形區,其是沿著第二至第五蹠骨而從該第一蹠骨頭墊區延伸至該外側界;一足跟區,其是從概略足骰骨延伸至該足跟端;及一足弓支撐區,其是在該基部內側的腳部足弓下面縱向延伸。一可互換足弓支撐部,其置於該足弓支撐區下面,其具有可變硬強度,且基於一或多個可互換足弓支撐部置放在該足弓支撐區之一者,以提供該足弓區的可變支撐,其是沿著該內側界且在該腳部足弓區下面向上沿伸。一足跟軟墊,其位在該足跟區。 An insole having a top side for contacting a wearer's foot; and a bottom side for contacting a wearer's shoe interior, the insole comprising: a base having: a base top surface; a base bottom surface; a heel end; a toe end; an inner boundary positioned adjacent an inner edge of the base; and an outer boundary positioned adjacent an outer edge of the base, the bottom side of the base having: a first metatarsal head pad a region extending from the medial boundary to the first metatarsal a position of the face; a forefoot wedge region extending from the first metatarsal head pad region to the lateral boundary along the second to fifth metatarsal; a heel region extending from the skeleton footbone to the foot And the one-leg support region extending longitudinally under the arch of the foot on the inner side of the base. An interchangeable arch support disposed below the arch support region having a variable stiffness and based on one or more interchangeable arch supports placed in one of the arch support regions A variable support of the arch region is provided along the medial boundary and extending upwardly below the arch region of the foot. A heel pad is placed in the heel area. 如請求項9所述之鞋墊,其中該足弓支撐部具有一可變強度硬材料,以提供一可變強度足弓支撐。 The insole of claim 9, wherein the arch support has a variable strength hard material to provide a variable strength arch support. 如請求項10所述之鞋墊,其中該足弓支撐部是一硬支撐。 The insole of claim 10, wherein the arch support is a hard support. 如請求項10所述之鞋墊,其中該足弓支撐部是一彈性支撐。 The insole of claim 10, wherein the arch support is an elastic support. 如請求項9所述之鞋墊,其更包括:一第一蹠骨頭墊,其置於該第一蹠骨頭墊區。 The insole of claim 9, further comprising: a first metatarsal head pad disposed in the first metatarsal head pad area. 如請求項9所述之鞋墊,其更包括:一前足楔形墊,其置於該前足楔形區。 The insole of claim 9, further comprising: a forefoot wedge pad disposed in the forefoot wedge region. 如請求項14所述之鞋墊,其中該前足楔形墊是從一較厚外側緣至一較薄內側緣呈錐形化。 The insole of claim 14, wherein the forefoot wedge pad is tapered from a thicker outer edge to a thinner inner edge. 如請求項9所述之鞋墊,其中該足跟軟墊是搭配一足跟抬高軟墊使用,其分別置於具足跟軟墊的該足跟區。 The insole of claim 9, wherein the heel cushion is used with a heel lift pad that is placed in the heel region with a heel cushion, respectively. 如請求項16所述之鞋墊,其中該足跟抬高部是從一較厚近緣至一較薄遠緣呈錐形化。 The insole of claim 16 wherein the heel elevation is tapered from a thicker proximal edge to a thinner distal edge. 如請求項9所述之鞋墊,其中該足跟軟墊是搭配一後足楔形軟墊使用,其分別置於具該足跟軟墊的該足跟區。 The insole of claim 9, wherein the heel cushion is used with a hind foot wedge cushion placed in the heel region with the heel cushion. 如請求項18所述之鞋墊,其中該後足楔形墊是從一較厚內側緣至一較薄外側緣呈錐形化。 The insole of claim 18, wherein the hindfoot wedge pad is tapered from a thicker inner edge to a thinner outer edge. 一種製造鞋墊之方法,該鞋墊具有一頂側,用於接觸穿戴者腳部;及一底側,用於接觸穿戴者鞋內部,該方法包括下列步驟:提供一基部,其具有:一基部頂面;一基部底面;一足跟端;一腳趾端;一內側界,其位在接近該基部的內側緣;及一 外側界,其位在接近該基部的外側緣,該基部底側具有:一第一蹠骨頭墊區,其是從該內側界延伸至該第一蹠骨下面的一位置;一前足楔形區,其是沿著第二至第五蹠骨而從該第一蹠骨頭墊區延伸至該外側界;一足跟區,其是從概略足骰骨延伸至該足跟端;及一足弓支撐區,其是在該基部內側的腳部足弓下面縱向延伸。接合一可變強度足弓支撐部至該足弓支撐區下面的基部,該足弓支撐部為可互換成一或多個可變強度足弓支撐材料,以提供可變強度足弓支撐,其是沿著該內側界且在腳部足弓下面向上延伸;接合一第一蹠骨頭墊至置於該第一蹠骨頭墊區的該基部;接合一前足楔形墊至位在該前足楔形區的該基部;接合一足跟軟墊至位在該足跟區的該基部;及接合一補充軟墊至該基部與足跟軟墊,其分別置於具有足跟軟墊的該足跟區。 A method of making an insole having a top side for contacting a wearer's foot and a bottom side for contacting a wearer's shoe interior, the method comprising the steps of: providing a base having: a base top a base; a base; a heel end; a toe end; an inner boundary positioned adjacent the inner edge of the base; The outer boundary is located adjacent to the outer edge of the base, the bottom side of the base having: a first metatarsal head pad region extending from the medial boundary to a position below the first metatarsal; a forefoot wedge shaped region Extending from the first metatarsal head pad region to the lateral boundary along the second to fifth metatarsal; a heel region extending from the skeleton footbone to the heel end; and a arch support region, which is Extending longitudinally under the arch of the foot on the inside of the base. Engaging a variable strength arch support to a base below the arch support region, the arch support being interchangeable into one or more variable strength arch support materials to provide variable strength arch support, which is Along the medial boundary and extending upwardly under the arch of the foot; engaging a first metatarsal head pad to the base portion of the first metatarsal head pad region; engaging a forefoot wedge pad in the forefoot wedge shaped region a base; engaging a heel cushion in the base of the heel region; and engaging a supplemental cushion to the base and heel cushion, respectively placed in the heel region having a heel cushion. 如請求項20所述之方法,其中該補充軟墊是一足跟抬高軟墊。 The method of claim 20, wherein the supplemental cushion is a heel lift cushion. 如請求項20所述之方法,其中該補充軟墊是一後足楔形 軟墊。 The method of claim 20, wherein the supplemental cushion is a hindfoot wedge Padded. 如請求項20所述之方法,其中該足弓支撐部是一硬支撐。 The method of claim 20, wherein the arch support is a hard support. 如請求項20所述之方法,其中該足弓支撐部是一彈性支撐。 The method of claim 20, wherein the arch support is an elastic support. 如請求項20所述之方法,其中該前足楔形墊是從一較厚外側緣至一較薄內側緣呈錐形化。 The method of claim 20, wherein the forefoot wedge pad is tapered from a thicker outer edge to a thinner inner edge. 如請求項20所述之方法,其中該足跟抬高組件是從一較厚近緣至一較薄遠緣呈錐形化。 The method of claim 20, wherein the heel lift assembly is tapered from a thicker proximal edge to a thinner distal edge. 如請求項20所述之方法,其中該後足楔形墊是從一較厚內側緣至一較薄外側緣呈錐形化。 The method of claim 20, wherein the hind foot wedge pad is tapered from a thicker inner edge to a thinner outer edge.
TW104101875A 2014-01-21 2015-01-21 Customizable component insole system and method thereof TW201531248A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201461929944P 2014-01-21 2014-01-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201531248A true TW201531248A (en) 2015-08-16

Family

ID=53681863

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104101875A TW201531248A (en) 2014-01-21 2015-01-21 Customizable component insole system and method thereof

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (1) US20170027277A1 (en)
TW (1) TW201531248A (en)
WO (1) WO2015112471A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI569743B (en) * 2016-01-15 2017-02-11 歐立達股份有限公司 A device for foot three dimensional motion control and plantar pressure redistribution

Families Citing this family (38)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3094203B1 (en) * 2014-01-17 2019-04-10 Correct Motion Inc. Insole for sport footwear
KR20180004106A (en) * 2015-05-28 2018-01-10 임플러스 풋케어 엘엘씨 Shoe insole
AU2016317759A1 (en) * 2015-08-28 2018-04-19 Evelyn SCHICKLING Customizable arch support system
WO2017053168A1 (en) * 2015-09-25 2017-03-30 Tetrad Technologies, Llc Sandal with cushioning and contoured support
WO2017116833A1 (en) * 2015-12-28 2017-07-06 Trustees Of Boston University Method and apparatus to assist foot motion about the pronation axis
US10582740B2 (en) * 2016-02-26 2020-03-10 Nike, Inc. Method of customizing stability in articles of footwear
US10390587B2 (en) 2016-03-01 2019-08-27 Hbn Shoe, Llc Device for high-heeled shoes and method of constructing a high-heeled shoe
US10477915B2 (en) 2016-03-01 2019-11-19 Hbn Shoe, Llc Device for high-heeled shoes and method of constructing a high-heeled shoe
US10631590B2 (en) 2016-03-08 2020-04-28 Nike, Inc. Footwear arch support
EP3509544B1 (en) * 2016-09-06 2021-12-15 Kinetic Orthotics Pty Ltd An orthotic product
US10568384B2 (en) 2016-10-28 2020-02-25 Tammy Terrell Glaze Sole insert with mating attachment system
JP6295386B1 (en) * 2017-05-08 2018-03-14 周平 宮田 New heel assembly and footwear comprising the same
US20190082788A1 (en) * 2017-09-18 2019-03-21 Joseph DeRose Orthotic device and method therefor
WO2019090439A1 (en) * 2017-11-13 2019-05-16 Jeff Lewis Modular orthotic footwear system
US11311075B2 (en) * 2017-12-15 2022-04-26 Chez Nous Brands, Inc. Comfortable dress shoes
CN108095248A (en) * 2018-01-24 2018-06-01 北京服装学院 A kind of insole that can adjust vola balance and preparation method thereof
DE202018000386U1 (en) * 2018-01-25 2018-03-14 ADOMUS-GmbH Sole element with defined bending stiffness
US10702008B2 (en) * 2018-02-26 2020-07-07 Hbn Shoe, Llc Device and method of constructing shoes
KR101995532B1 (en) * 2018-03-21 2019-07-02 문광섭 Assembly Insole
WO2019207569A1 (en) * 2018-04-22 2019-10-31 Insand Ltd. Insole, insert, sole, and shoes and footwear having such components
US11350699B2 (en) * 2018-07-06 2022-06-07 Richard Kim Orthotic arch support device and method of use
IT201800008189A1 (en) * 2018-08-27 2020-02-27 Torototela Srls Footwear
CN109717545A (en) * 2019-01-18 2019-05-07 湖北福力德鞋业有限责任公司 A kind of environment-friendly type ultra-light anti-skid shoes bottom and preparation method thereof
USD903268S1 (en) 2019-02-06 2020-12-01 S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Insole
USD906658S1 (en) 2019-02-19 2021-01-05 S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Insole
WO2020227683A1 (en) 2019-05-08 2020-11-12 Scholl's Wellness Company Llc Flexible arch support for footwear
USD933946S1 (en) * 2019-05-08 2021-10-26 Scholl's Wellness Company Llc Insert for footwear
US20210085020A1 (en) * 2019-09-20 2021-03-25 R. G. Barry Corporation Footwear article including cushion management system
IT201900020228A1 (en) * 2019-11-04 2021-05-04 U Power Group S P A REMOVABLE INSOLE FOR PROFESSIONAL WORK SHOES AND PROFESSIONAL WORK SHOES INCLUDING THIS REMOVABLE INSOLE.
FR3106960B1 (en) * 2020-02-11 2022-01-21 Sigvaris Ag Morphological sole, footwear, and method of manufacture
US20220039516A1 (en) * 2020-08-10 2022-02-10 Ashley Miller Footwear Insert and Method of Manufacture
FR3113569B1 (en) * 2020-09-03 2022-09-02 Remarche Orthopedic shoe for a user with a gait disorder
US20220151814A1 (en) * 2020-11-18 2022-05-19 Kinetic Orthotics Pty Ltd Orthotics
EP4070681B1 (en) * 2021-04-06 2023-06-07 Spannrit GmbH Orthopaedic shoe insert sole blank
US11540588B1 (en) 2021-11-24 2023-01-03 Hbn Shoe, Llc Footwear insole
USD975418S1 (en) * 2021-12-17 2023-01-17 Nike, Inc. Shoe
WO2023168479A1 (en) * 2022-03-07 2023-09-14 Frankie4 IP 1 Pty Ltd Adjustable footbed & system
US11805850B1 (en) 2023-07-19 2023-11-07 Hbn Shoe, Llc Cuboid pad

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7107705B2 (en) * 2002-12-23 2006-09-19 Spenco Medical Corporation Insole with improved cushioning and anatomical centering device
DE10218987A1 (en) * 2002-04-24 2003-11-06 Hans Seiter Shoe insole for diabetics
US20040181971A1 (en) * 2003-03-21 2004-09-23 E-Z Gard Industries, Inc.. Footbed
US20090025254A1 (en) * 2007-07-25 2009-01-29 Smith Charles A Orthotic insole assembly
US8453346B2 (en) * 2007-08-24 2013-06-04 Orthosole Limited, A Guernsey Limited Company Orthotic foot device with removable support components and method of making same

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI569743B (en) * 2016-01-15 2017-02-11 歐立達股份有限公司 A device for foot three dimensional motion control and plantar pressure redistribution

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2015112471A1 (en) 2015-07-30
US20170027277A1 (en) 2017-02-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201531248A (en) Customizable component insole system and method thereof
US9788602B2 (en) Basketball insole
US20040103561A1 (en) Footwear with orthopedic component system
US20020162250A1 (en) Unitary orthotic insert and orthopedic insole
US20160021972A1 (en) Neutral posture orienting footbed system for footwear
US8756836B2 (en) Foot support
US20120285040A1 (en) Spring shoe sole device
US20090084000A1 (en) Anatomy-based biomechanic shoe sole
US10299534B2 (en) Midfoot orthotic shoe insert
US20130340281A1 (en) Flexible midfoot orthotic shoe insert
US20170340052A1 (en) Orthotic Insert Device
JP5263880B2 (en) Insoles for shoes
KR102463611B1 (en) insoles for shoes
US20190350273A1 (en) Sock with support assemblage
US20110289802A1 (en) Shoe appliance with an orthopedic device
US20220117768A1 (en) Ankle brace with rear heel calcaneal stabilizing depression
CN112716100A (en) Shoes suitable for flat feet
US20190321209A1 (en) Peditrack
US20130031809A1 (en) Shoe having improved podiatric support
CA3209671C (en) Auxiliary or integrated inner sole structure for footwear
US20160206463A1 (en) Arch Support Brace
KR200389448Y1 (en) fanctional formal dress shoes for woman`s
JP2023505321A (en) Shoes with a sole that achieves dynamic plantar arch support
KR200313793Y1 (en) Shoes with leg correction
JP2020058555A (en) Foot correcting tool